PIC24FJ64GA104 Family Data Sheet 28/44-Pin, 16-Bit General Purpose Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices: • Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet. • Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the intended manner and under normal conditions. • There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property. • Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code. • Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.” Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act. Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is provided only for your convenience and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to ensure that your application meets with your specifications. MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION, QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims, suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip intellectual property rights. Trademarks The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC, KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART, PIC32 logo, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor, MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, CodeGuard, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN, ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP, Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, mTouch, Octopus, Omniscient Code Generation, PICC, PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit, PICtail, REAL ICE, rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance, TSHARC, UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies. © 2010, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the U.S.A., All Rights Reserved. Printed on recycled paper. ISBN:978-1-60932-440-7 Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 certification for its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified. DS39951C-page 2 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 28/44-Pin, 16-Bit General Purpose Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology Power Management Modes: Special Microcontroller Features (continued): • Selectable Power Management modes with nanoWatt XLP Technology for Extremely Low Power: - Deep Sleep mode allows near total power-down (20 nA typical and 500 nA with RTCC or WDT), along with the ability to wake-up on external triggers, or self-wake on programmable WDT or RTCC alarm - Extreme low-power DSBOR for Deep Sleep, LPBOR for all other modes - Sleep mode shuts down peripherals and core for substantial power reduction, fast wake-up - Idle mode shuts down the CPU and peripherals for significant power reduction, down to 4.5 A typical - Doze mode enables CPU clock to run slower than peripherals - Alternate Clock modes allow on-the-fly switching to a lower clock speed for selective power reduction during Run mode, down to 15 A typical • Flash Program Memory: - 10,000 erase/write cycle endurance (minimum) - 20-year data retention minimum - Selectable write protection boundary • Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Operation: - Detects clock failure and switches to on-chip FRC Oscillator • On-Chip 2.5V Regulator • Power-on Reset (POR), Power-up Timer (PWRT) and Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) • Two Flexible Watchdog Timers (WDT) for Reliable Operation: - Standard programmable WDT for normal operation - Extreme low-power WDT with programmable period of 2 ms to 26 days for Deep Sleep mode • In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) and In-Circuit Debug (ICD) via 2 Pins • JTAG Boundary Scan Support High-Performance CPU: • Modified Harvard Architecture • Up to 16 MIPS Operation @ 32 MHz • 8 MHz Internal Oscillator with: - 4x PLL option - Multiple divide options • 17-Bit x 17-Bit Single-Cycle Hardware Fractional/integer Multiplier • 32-Bit by 16-Bit Hardware Divider • 16 x 16-Bit Working Register Array • C Compiler Optimized Instruction Set Architecture: - 76 base instructions - Flexible addressing modes • Linear Program Memory Addressing, up to 12 Mbytes • Linear Data Memory Addressing, up to 64 Kbytes • Two Address Generation Units for Separate Read and Write Addressing of Data Memory Analog Features: • 10-Bit, up to 13-Channel Analog-to-Digital (A/D) Converter: - 500 ksps conversion rate - Conversion available during Sleep and Idle • Three Analog Comparators with Programmable Input/Output Configuration • Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU): - Supports capacitive touch sensing for touch screens and capacitive switches - Provides high-resolution time measurement and simple temperature sensing Special Microcontroller Features: Operating Voltage Range of 2.0V to 3.6V Self-Reprogrammable under Software Control 5.5V Tolerant Input (digital pins only) High-Current Sink/Source (18 mA/18 mA) on All I/O pins PIC24FJ Device Program Memory (Bytes) SRAM (Bytes) Remappable Pins Timers 16-Bit Capture Input Compare/PWM Output UART w/ IrDA® SPI I2C™ 10-Bit A/D (ch) Comparators PMP/PSP RTCC CTMU Remappable Peripherals Pins • • • • 32GA102 28 32K 8K 16 5 5 5 2 2 2 10 3 Y Y Y 64GA102 28 64K 8K 16 5 5 5 2 2 2 10 3 Y Y Y 32GA104 44 32K 8K 26 5 5 5 2 2 2 13 3 Y Y Y 64GA104 44 64K 8K 26 5 5 5 2 2 2 13 3 Y Y Y 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 3 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY Peripheral Features: • Two UART modules: - Supports RS-485, RS-232 and LIN/J2602 - On-chip hardware encoder/decoder for IrDA® - Auto-wake-up on Start bit - Auto-Baud Detect (ABD) - 4-level deep FIFO buffer • Five 16-Bit Timers/Counters with Programmable Prescaler • Five 16-Bit Capture Inputs, each with a Dedicated Time Base • Five 16-Bit Compare/PWM Outputs, each with a Dedicated Time Base • Programmable, 32-Bit Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Generator • Configurable Open-Drain Outputs on Digital I/O Pins • Up to 3 External Interrupt Sources • Peripheral Pin Select: - Allows independent I/O mapping of many peripherals - Up to 26 available pins (44-pin devices) - Continuous hardware integrity checking and safety interlocks prevent unintentional configuration changes • 8-Bit Parallel Master Port (PMP/PSP): - Up to 16-bit multiplexed addressing, with up to 11 dedicated address pins on 44-pin devices - Programmable polarity on control lines - Supports legacy Parallel Slave Port • Hardware Real-Time Clock/Calendar (RTCC): - Provides clock, calendar and alarm functions - Functions even in Deep Sleep mode • Two 3-Wire/4-Wire SPI modules (support 4 Frame modes) with 8-Level FIFO Buffer • Two I2C™ modules support Multi-Master/Slave mode and 7-Bit/10-Bit Addressing Pin Diagrams 28-Pin SPDIP, SOIC, SSOP(1) Legend: Note 1: 2: DS39951C-page 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 PIC24FJXXGA102 MCLR AN0/C3INC/VREF+/CN2/CTED1/RA0 AN1/C3IND/VREF-/CN3/CTED2/RA1 PGED1/AN2/C2INB/RP0/CN4/RB0 PGEC1/AN3/C2INA/RP1/CN5/RB1 AN4/C1INB/RP2/SDA2/CN6/RB2 AN5/C1INA/RP3/SCL2/CN7/RB3 VSS OSCI/CLKI/C1IND/CN30/RA2 OSCO/CLKO/PMA0/CN29/RA3 SOSCI/C2IND/RP4/PMBE/CN1/RB4 SOSCO/SCLKI/T1CK/C2INC/CN0/PMA1/RA4 VDD PGED3/RP5/ASDA1(2)/CN27/PMD7/RB5 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 VDD VSS AN9/C3INA/RP15/CN11/PMCS1/RB15 AN10/C3INB/CVREF/RTCC/RP14/CN12/PMWR/RB14 AN11/C1INC/RP13/CN13/PMRD/REFO/RB13 AN12/RP12/CN14/PMD0/RB12 PGEC2/TMS/RP11/CN15/PMD1/RB11 PGED2/TDI/RP10/CN16/PMD2/RB10 VCAP/VDDCORE DISVREG TDO/RP9/SDA1/CN21/PMD3/RB9 TCK/RP8/SCL1/CN22/PMD4/RB8 RP7/INT0/CN23/PMD5/RB7 PGC3/EMUC3/RP6/ASCL1(2)/CN24/PMD6/RB6 RPn represents remappable peripheral pins. Gray shading indicates 5.5V tolerant input pins. Alternative multiplexing for SDA1 and SCL1 when the I2C1SEL bit is set. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY AN1/C3IND/VREF-/CN3/CTED2/RA1 AN0/C3INC/VREF+/CN2/CTED1/RA0 MCLR 28-Pin QFN(1,3) VDD VSS AN9/C3INA/RP15/CN11/PMCS1/RB15 AN10/C3INB/CVREF/RTCC/RP14/CN12/PMWR/RB14 Pin Diagrams 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 AN5/C1INA/SCL2/RP3/CN7/RB3 VSS OSCI/CLKI/C1IND/CN30/RA2 OSCO/CLKO/CN29/PMA0/RA3 PIC24FJXXGA102 SOSCI/C2IND/RP4/PMBE/CN1/RB4 8 Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 9 10 11 12 13 14 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 AN11/C1INC/RP13/CN13/PMRD/REFO/RB13 AN12/RP12/CN14/PMD0/RB12 PGEC2/TMS/RP11/CN15/PMD1/RB11 PGED2/TDI/RP10/CN16/PMD2/RB10 VCAP/VDDCORE DISVREG TDO/RP9/SDA1/CN21/PMD3/RB9 RP7/INT0/CN23/PMD5/RB7 TCK/RP8/SCL1/CN22/PMD4/RB8 AN4/C1INB/SDA2/RP2/CN6/RB2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SOSCO/SCLKI/T1CK/C2INC/CN0/PMA1/RA4 VDD PGED3/RP5/ASDA1(2)/CN27/PMD7/RB5 PGEC3/RP6/ASCL1(2)/CN24/PMD6/RB6 PGED1/AN2/C2INB/RP0/CN4/RB0 PGEC1/AN3/C2INA/RP1/CN5/RB1 RPn represents remappable peripheral pins. Gray shading indicates 5.5V tolerant input pins. Alternative multiplexing for SDA1 and SCL1 when the I2C1SEL bit is set. The back pad on QFN devices should be connected to VSS. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 5 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY RP8/SCL1/CN22/PMD4/RB8 RP7/INT0/CN23/PMD5/RB7 PGEC3/RP6/ASCL1(2)/CN24/PMD6/RB6 PGED3/RP5/ASDA1(2)/CN27/PMD7/RB5 VDD VSS RP21/CN26/PMA3/RC5 RP20/CN25/PMA4/RC4 RP19/CN28/PMBE/RC3 TDI/PMA9/RA9 SOSCO/SCLKI/T1CK/C2INC/CN0/RA4 Pin Diagrams 44-PIN TQFP, 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 44-Pin QFN(1,3) PIC24FJXXGA104 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 SOSCI/C1IND/RP4/CN1/RB4 TDO/PMA8/RA8 OSCO/CLKO/CN29/RA3 OSCI/CLKI/C1IND/CN30/RA2 VSS VDD AN8/RP18/PMA2/CN10/RC2 AN7/RP17/CN9/RC1 AN6/RP16/CN8/RC0 AN5/C1INA/RP3/SCL2/CN7/RB3 AN4/C1INB/RP2/SDA2/CN6/RB2 TMS/PMA10/RA10 TCK/PMA7/RA7 AN10/C3INB/CVREF/RTCC/RP14/CN12/PMWR/RB14 AN9/C3INA/RP15/CN11/RB15 AVSS AVDD MCLR AN0/C3INC/VREF+/CN2/CTED1/RA0 AN1/C3IND/VREF-/CN3/CTED2/RA1 PGED1/AN2/C2INB/RP0/CN4/RB0 PGEC1/AN3/C2INA/RP1/CN5/RB1 RP9/SDA1/CN21/PMD3/RB9 RP22/CN18/PMA1/RC6 RP23/CN17/PMA0/RC7 RP24/CN20/PMA5/RC8 RP25/CN19/PMA6/RC9 DISVREG VCAP/VDDCORE PGED2/RP10/CN16/PMD2/RB10 PGEC2/RP11/CN15/PMD1/RB11 AN12/RP12/CN14/PMD0/RB12 AN11/C1INC/RP13/PMRD/REFO/CN13/RB13 Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: DS39951C-page 6 RPn represents remappable peripheral pins. Gray shading indicates 5.5V tolerant input pins. Alternative multiplexing for SDA1 and SCL1 when the I2C1SEL bit is set. The back pad on QFN devices should be connected to VSS. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY Table of Contents 1.0 Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 9 2.0 Guidelines for Getting Started with 16-bit Microcontrollers ........................................................................................................ 19 3.0 CPU ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 25 4.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 31 5.0 Flash Program Memory.............................................................................................................................................................. 51 6.0 Resets ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 59 7.0 Interrupt Controller ..................................................................................................................................................................... 65 8.0 Oscillator Configuration ............................................................................................................................................................ 101 9.0 Power-Saving Features............................................................................................................................................................ 111 10.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 121 11.0 Timer1 ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 143 12.0 Timer2/3 and Timer4/5 ............................................................................................................................................................ 145 13.0 Input Capture with Dedicated Timers ....................................................................................................................................... 151 14.0 Output Compare with Dedicated Timers .................................................................................................................................. 155 15.0 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)............................................................................................................................................... 165 16.0 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C™) ................................................................................................................................................. 175 17.0 Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) ........................................................................................................... 183 18.0 Parallel Master Port (PMP)....................................................................................................................................................... 191 19.0 Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) .................................................................................................................................. 201 20.0 32-Bit Programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Generator ........................................................................................ 213 21.0 10-Bit High-Speed A/D Converter ............................................................................................................................................ 219 22.0 Triple Comparator Module........................................................................................................................................................ 229 23.0 Comparator Voltage Reference................................................................................................................................................ 233 24.0 Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU) ................................................................................................................................ 235 25.0 Special Features ...................................................................................................................................................................... 239 26.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 251 27.0 Instruction Set Summary .......................................................................................................................................................... 255 28.0 Electrical Characteristics .......................................................................................................................................................... 263 29.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 283 Appendix A: Revision History............................................................................................................................................................. 297 Index ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 299 The Microchip Web Site ..................................................................................................................................................................... 305 Customer Change Notification Service .............................................................................................................................................. 305 Customer Support .............................................................................................................................................................................. 305 Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 306 Product Identification System ............................................................................................................................................................ 307 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 7 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced. If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via E-mail at [email protected] or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We welcome your feedback. Most Current Data Sheet To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at: http://www.microchip.com You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page. The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000). Errata An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision of silicon and revision of document to which it applies. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following: • Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com • Your local Microchip sales office (see last page) When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are using. Customer Notification System Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products. DS39951C-page 8 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW This document contains device-specific information for the following devices: • PIC24FJ32GA102 • PIC24FJ32GA104 • PIC24FJ64GA102 • PIC24FJ64GA104 The PIC24FJ64GA104 family provides an expanded peripheral feature set and a new option for high-performance applications which may need more than an 8-bit platform, but do not require the power of a digital signal processor. 1.1 1.1.1 Core Features 16-BIT ARCHITECTURE Central to all PIC24F devices is the 16-bit modified Harvard architecture, first introduced with Microchip’s dsPIC® digital signal controllers. The PIC24F CPU core offers a wide range of enhancements, such as: • 16-bit data and 24-bit address paths with the ability to move information between data and memory spaces • Linear addressing of up to 12 Mbytes (program space) and 64 Kbytes (data) • A 16-element working register array with built-in software stack support • A 17 x 17 hardware multiplier with support for integer math • Hardware support for 32 by 16-bit division • An instruction set that supports multiple addressing modes and is optimized for high-level languages, such as ‘C’ • Operational performance up to 16 MIPS 1.1.2 POWER-SAVING TECHNOLOGY All of the devices in the PIC24FJ64GA104 family incorporate a range of features that can significantly reduce power consumption during operation. Key items include: • On-the-Fly Clock Switching: The device clock can be changed under software control to the Timer1 source or the internal, Low-Power Internal RC Oscillator during operation, allowing the user to incorporate power-saving ideas into their software designs. • Doze Mode Operation: When timing-sensitive applications, such as serial communications, require the uninterrupted operation of peripherals, the CPU clock speed can be selectively reduced, allowing incremental power savings without missing a beat. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. • Instruction-Based Power-Saving Modes: There are three instruction-based power-saving modes: - Idle Mode – The core is shut down while leaving the peripherals active. - Sleep Mode – The core and peripherals that require the system clock are shut down, leaving the peripherals active that use their own clock or the clock from other devices. - Deep Sleep Mode – The core, peripherals (except RTCC and DSWDT), Flash and SRAM are shut down for optimal current savings to extend battery life for portable applications. 1.1.3 OSCILLATOR OPTIONS AND FEATURES All of the devices in the PIC24FJ64GA104 family offer five different oscillator options, allowing users a range of choices in developing application hardware. These include: • Two Crystal modes using crystals or ceramic resonators. • Two External Clock modes offering the option of a divide-by-2 clock output. • A Fast Internal Oscillator (FRC) with a nominal 8 MHz output, which can also be divided under software control to provide clock speeds as low as 31 kHz. • A Phase Lock Loop (PLL) frequency multiplier available to the external oscillator modes and the FRC Oscillator, which allows clock speeds of up to 32 MHz. • A separate Low-Power Internal RC Oscillator (LPRC) with a fixed 31 kHz output, which provides a low-power option for timing-insensitive applications. The internal oscillator block also provides a stable reference source for the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor. This option constantly monitors the main clock source against a reference signal provided by the internal oscillator and enables the controller to switch to the internal oscillator, allowing for continued low-speed operation or a safe application shutdown. 1.1.4 EASY MIGRATION Regardless of the memory size, all devices share the same rich set of peripherals, allowing for a smooth migration path as applications grow and evolve. The consistent pinout scheme used throughout the entire family also aids in migrating from one device to the next larger device. The PIC24F family is pin-compatible with devices in the dsPIC33 family, and shares some compatibility with the pinout schema for PIC18 and dsPIC30 devices. This extends the ability of applications to grow from the relatively simple, to the powerful and complex, yet still selecting a Microchip device. DS39951C-page 9 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 1.2 Other Special Features • Peripheral Pin Select: The Peripheral Pin Select feature allows most digital peripherals to be mapped over a fixed set of digital I/O pins. Users may independently map the input and/or output of any one of the many digital peripherals to any one of the I/O pins. • Communications: The PIC24FJ64GA104 family incorporates a range of serial communication peripherals to handle a range of application requirements. There are two independent I2C™ modules that support both Master and Slave modes of operation. Devices also have, through the Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) feature, two independent UARTs with built-in IrDA® encoder/decoders and two SPI modules. • Analog Features: All members of the PIC24FJ64GA104 family include a 10-bit A/D Converter module and a triple comparator module. The A/D module incorporates programmable acquisition time, allowing for a channel to be selected and a conversion to be initiated without waiting for a sampling period, as well as faster sampling speeds. The comparator module includes three analog comparators that are configurable for a wide range of operations. • CTMU Interface: This module provides a convenient method for precision time measurement and pulse generation, and can serve as an interface for capacitive sensors. • Parallel Master/Enhanced Parallel Slave Port: One of the general purpose I/O ports can be reconfigured for enhanced parallel data communications. In this mode, the port can be configured for both master and slave operations, and supports 8-bit and 16-bit data transfers with up to 12 external address lines in Master modes. • Real-Time Clock/Calendar: This module implements a full-featured clock and calendar with alarm functions in hardware, freeing up timer resources and program memory space for the use of the core application. DS39951C-page 10 1.3 Details on Individual Family Members Devices in the PIC24FJ64GA104 family are available in 28-pin and 44-pin packages. The general block diagram for all devices is shown in Figure 1-1. The devices are differentiated from each other in several ways: • Flash Program Memory: - PIC24FJ32GA1 devices – 32 Kbytes - PIC24FJ64GA1 devices – 64 Kbytes • Available I/O Pins and Ports: - 28-pin devices – 21 pins on two ports - 44-pin devices – 35 pins on three ports • Available Interrupt-on-Change Notification (ICN) Inputs: - 28-pin devices – 21 - 44-pin devices – 31 • Available Remappable Pins: - 28-pin devices – 16 pins - 44-pin devices – 26 pins • Available PMP Address Pins: - 28-pin devices – 3 pins - 44-pin devices – 12 pins • Available A/D Input Channels: - 28-pin devices – 10 pins - 44-pin devices – 13 pins All other features for devices in this family are identical. These are summarized in Table 1-1. A list of the pin features available on the PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices, sorted by function, is shown in Table 1-2. Note that this table shows the pin location of individual peripheral features and not how they are multiplexed on the same pin. This information is provided in the pinout diagrams in the beginning of this data sheet. Multiplexed features are sorted by the priority given to a feature, with the highest priority peripheral being listed first. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 1-1: DEVICE FEATURES FOR THE PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY Features PIC24FJ32GA102 PIC24FJ64GA102 PIC24FJ32GA104 PIC24FJ64GA104 Operating Frequency Program Memory (bytes) Program Memory (instructions) DC – 32 MHz 32K 64K 11,008 22,016 Data Memory (bytes) 64K 11,008 22,016 8,192 Interrupt Sources (soft vectors/ NMI traps) I/O Ports 32K 45 (41/4) Ports A and B Ports A, B, C Total I/O Pins 21 35 Remappable Pins 16 26 Timers: 5(1) Total Number (16-bit) 32-Bit (from paired 16-bit timers) 2 Input Capture Channels 5(1) Output Compare/PWM Channels 5(1) Input Change Notification Interrupt 21 31 Serial Communications: UART 2(1) SPI (3-wire/4-wire) 2(1) I2C™ 2 Parallel Communications (PMP/PSP) Yes JTAG Boundary Scan 10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Module (input channels) Yes 10 Analog Comparators 3 CTMU Interface Resets (and delays) Instruction Set Packages Note 1: 13 Yes POR, BOR, RESET Instruction, MCLR, WDT; Illegal Opcode, REPEAT Instruction, Hardware Traps, Configuration Word Mismatch (PWRT, OST, PLL Lock) 76 Base Instructions, Multiple Addressing Mode Variations 28-Pin QFN, SOIC, SSOP and SPDIP 44-Pin QFN and TQFP Peripherals are accessible through remappable pins. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 11 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 1-1: PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY GENERAL BLOCK DIAGRAM Data Bus Interrupt Controller PORTA(1) 16 (9 I/O) 16 16 8 Data Latch PSV & Table Data Access Control Block Data RAM PCH PCL Program Counter Repeat Stack Control Control Logic Logic 23 Address Latch PORTB (16 I/O) 16 23 16 Read AGU Write AGU Address Latch PORTC(1) Program Memory (10 I/O) Data Latch 16 EA MUX Literal Data Address Bus 24 Inst Latch 16 16 RP(1) Inst Register RP0:RP25 Instruction Decode & Control Divide Support Control Signals OSCO/CLKO OSCI/CLKI Timing Generation FRC/LPRC Oscillators REFO DISVREG Power-up Timer Oscillator Start-up Timer Watchdog Timer Voltage Regulator BOR and LVD(2) Timer1 Timer2/3(3) 16-Bit ALU Power-on Reset Precision Band Gap Reference VDDCORE/VCAP 16 x 16 W Reg Array 17 x 17 Multiplier VDD, VSS Timer4/5(3) 16 MCLR RTCC 10-Bit ADC Comparators(3) PMP/PSP IC 1-5(3) Note 1: 2: 3: PWM/OC 1-5(3) ICNs(1) SPI 1/2(3) I2C 1/2 UART 1/2(3) CTMU Not all I/O pins or features are implemented on all device pinout configurations. See Table 1-2 for specific implementations by pin count. BOR functionality is provided when the on-board voltage regulator is enabled. These peripheral I/Os are only accessible through remappable pins. DS39951C-page 12 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS Pin Number Function 28-Pin SPDIP/ SOIC/SSOP 28-Pin QFN 44-Pin QFN/ TQFP I/O Input Buffer AN0 2 27 19 I ANA AN1 3 28 20 I ANA AN2 4 1 21 I ANA AN3 5 2 22 I ANA AN4 6 3 23 I ANA AN5 7 4 24 I ANA AN6 — — 25 I ANA AN7 — — 26 I ANA AN8 — — 27 I ANA AN9 26 23 15 I ANA AN10 25 22 14 I ANA AN11 24 21 11 I ANA AN12 23 20 10 I ANA ASCL1 15 12 42 I/O I2C 2 Description A/D Analog Inputs. Alternate I2C1 Synchronous Serial Clock Input/Output. ASDA1 14 11 41 I/O I C Alternate I2C1 Synchronous Serial Data Input/Output. AVDD — — 17 P — Positive Supply for Analog modules. AVSS — — 16 P — Ground Reference for Analog modules. C1INA 7 4 24 I ANA Comparator 1 Input A. C1INB 6 3 23 I ANA Comparator 1 Input B. C1INC 24 21 11 I ANA Comparator 1 Input C. C1IND 9 6 30 I ANA Comparator 1 Input D. C2INA 5 2 22 I ANA Comparator 2 Input A. C2INB 4 1 21 I ANA Comparator 2 Input B. C2INC 12 9 34 I ANA Comparator 2 Input C. C2IND 11 8 33 I ANA Comparator 2 Input D. C3INA 26 23 15 I ANA Comparator 3 Input A. C3INB 25 22 14 I ANA Comparator 3 Input B. C3INC 2 27 19 I ANA Comparator 3 Input C. C3IND 3 28 20 I ANA Comparator 3 Input D. CLKI 9 6 30 I ANA Main Clock Input Connection. 10 7 31 O — CLKO Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ANA = Analog level input/output 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. System Clock Output. ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer DS39951C-page 13 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED) Pin Number Function 28-Pin SPDIP/ SOIC/SSOP 28-Pin QFN 44-Pin QFN/ TQFP I/O Input Buffer CN0 12 9 34 I ST CN1 11 8 33 I ST CN2 2 27 19 I ST CN3 3 28 20 I ST CN4 4 1 21 I ST CN5 5 2 22 I ST CN6 6 3 23 I ST Description Interrupt-on-Change Inputs. CN7 7 4 24 I ST CN8 — — 25 I ST CN9 — — 26 I ST CN10 — — 27 I ST CN11 26 23 15 I ST CN12 25 22 14 I ST CN13 24 21 11 I ST CN14 23 20 10 I ST CN15 22 19 9 I ST CN16 21 18 8 I ST CN17 — — 3 I ST CN18 — — 2 I ST CN19 — — 5 I ST CN20 — — 4 I ST CN21 18 15 1 I ST CN22 17 14 44 I ST CN23 16 13 43 I ST CN24 15 12 42 I ST CN25 — — 37 I ST CN26 — — 38 I ST CN27 14 11 41 I ST CN28 — — 36 I ST CN29 10 7 31 I ST CN30 9 6 30 I ST CTED1 2 27 19 I ANA CTMU External Edge Input 1. CTED2 3 28 20 I ANA CTMU External Edge Input 2. CVREF 25 22 14 O — Comparator Voltage Reference Output. DISVREG 19 16 6 I ST Voltage Regulator Disable. Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ANA = Analog level input/output DS39951C-page 14 ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED) Pin Number 28-Pin SPDIP/ SOIC/SSOP 28-Pin QFN 44-Pin QFN/ TQFP I/O Input Buffer INT0 16 13 43 I ST External Interrupt Input. MCLR 1 26 18 I ST Master Clear (device Reset) Input. This line is brought low to cause a Reset. Function Description OSCI 9 6 30 I ANA Main Oscillator Input Connection. OSCO 10 7 31 O ANA Main Oscillator Output Connection. PGEC1 5 2 22 I/O ST PGED1 4 1 21 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP Programming Data. PGEC2 22 19 9 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP Programming Clock. PGED2 21 18 8 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP Programming Data. PGEC3 15 12 42 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP Programming Clock. PGED3 14 11 41 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP Programming Data. PMA0 10 7 3 I/O ST Parallel Master Port Address Bit 0 Input (Buffered Slave modes) and Output (Master modes). PMA1 12 9 2 I/O ST Parallel Master Port Address Bit 1 Input (Buffered Slave modes) and Output (Master modes). PMA2 — — 27 O — Parallel Master Port Address (Demultiplexed Master modes). PMA3 — — 38 O — PMA4 — — 37 O — PMA5 — — 4 O — PMA6 — — 5 O — PMA7 — — 13 O — PMA8 — — 32 O — PMA9 — — 35 O — PMA10 — — 12 O PMCS1 26 23 15 I/O In-Circuit Debugger/Emulator/ICSP™ Programming Clock. — ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Chip Select 1 Strobe/Address Bit 15. PMBE 11 8 36 O PMD0 23 20 10 I/O PMD1 22 19 9 I/O ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Data (Demultiplexed Master mode) or ST/TTL Address/Data (Multiplexed Master modes). PMD2 21 18 8 I/O ST/TTL PMD3 18 15 1 I/O ST/TTL PMD4 17 14 44 I/O ST/TTL PMD5 16 13 43 I/O ST/TTL PMD6 15 12 42 I/O ST/TTL PMD7 14 11 41 I/O ST/TTL PMRD 24 21 11 O — Parallel Master Port Read Strobe. 25 22 14 O — Parallel Master Port Write Strobe. PMWR Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ANA = Analog level input/output 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. — Parallel Master Port Byte Enable Strobe. ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer DS39951C-page 15 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED) Pin Number Input Buffer 28-Pin SPDIP/ SOIC/SSOP 28-Pin QFN RA0 2 27 19 I/O ST RA1 3 28 20 I/O ST RA2 9 6 30 I/O ST RA3 10 7 31 I/O ST RA4 12 9 34 I/O ST RA7 — — 13 I/O ST RA8 — — 32 I/O ST Function 44-Pin QFN/ TQFP I/O RA9 — — 35 I/O ST RA10 — — 12 I/O ST RB0 4 1 21 I/O ST RB1 5 2 22 I/O ST RB2 6 3 23 I/O ST RB3 7 4 24 I/O ST RB4 11 8 33 I/O ST RB5 14 11 41 I/O ST RB6 15 12 42 I/O ST RB7 16 13 43 I/O ST RB8 17 14 44 I/O ST RB9 18 15 1 I/O ST RB10 21 18 8 I/O ST RB11 22 19 9 I/O ST RB12 23 20 10 I/O ST RB13 24 21 11 I/O ST RB14 25 22 14 I/O ST RB15 26 23 15 I/O ST RC0 — — 25 I/O ST RC1 — — 26 I/O ST RC2 — — 27 I/O ST RC3 — — 36 I/O ST RC4 — — 37 I/O ST RC5 — — 38 I/O ST RC6 — — 2 I/O ST RC7 — — 3 I/O ST RC8 — — 4 I/O ST RC9 — — 5 I/O ST 24 21 11 O — REFO Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ANA = Analog level input/output DS39951C-page 16 Description PORTA Digital I/O. PORTB Digital I/O. PORTC Digital I/O. Reference Clock Output. ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED) Pin Number 28-Pin SPDIP/ SOIC/SSOP 28-Pin QFN 44-Pin QFN/ TQFP I/O Input Buffer RP0 4 1 21 I/O ST RP1 5 2 22 I/O ST RP2 6 3 23 I/O ST Function Description Remappable Peripheral (input or output). RP3 7 4 24 I/O ST RP4 11 8 33 I/O ST RP5 14 11 41 I/O ST RP6 15 12 42 I/O ST RP7 16 13 43 I/O ST RP8 17 14 44 I/O ST RP9 18 15 1 I/O ST RP10 21 18 8 I/O ST RP11 22 19 9 I/O ST RP12 23 20 10 I/O ST RP13 24 21 11 I/O ST RP14 25 22 14 I/O ST RP15 26 23 15 I/O ST RP16 — — 25 I/O ST RP17 — — 26 I/O ST RP18 — — 27 I/O ST RP19 — — 36 I/O ST RP20 — — 37 I/O ST RP21 — — 38 I/O ST RP22 — — 2 I/O ST RP23 — — 3 I/O ST RP24 — — 4 I/O ST RP25 — — 5 I/O ST RTCC 25 22 14 O — Real-Time Clock Alarm/Seconds Pulse Output. I2C1 Synchronous Serial Clock Input/Output. SCL1 17 14 44 I/O I2C SCL2 7 4 24 I/O I2C I2C2 Synchronous Serial Clock Input/Output. SDA1 18 15 1 I/O I2C I2C1 Data Input/Output. SDA2 6 3 23 I/O I2C I2C2 Data Input/Output. SOSCI 11 8 33 I ANA Secondary Oscillator/Timer1 Clock Input. SOSCO 12 9 34 O ANA Secondary Oscillator/Timer1 Clock Output. T1CK 12 9 34 I ST Timer1 Clock Input. TCK 17 14 13 I ST JTAG Test Clock Input. TDI 21 18 35 I ST JTAG Test Data Input. TDO 18 15 32 O — JTAG Test Data Output. 22 19 12 I ST JTAG Test Mode Select Input. TMS Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ANA = Analog level input/output 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer DS39951C-page 17 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED) Pin Number Function 28-Pin SPDIP/ SOIC/SSOP 28-Pin QFN 44-Pin QFN/ TQFP I/O Input Buffer Description VCAP 20 17 7 P — External Filter Capacitor Connection (regulator enabled). VDD 13, 28 10, 25 28, 40 P — Positive Supply for Peripheral Digital Logic and I/O Pins. VDDCORE 20 17 7 P — Positive Supply for Microcontroller Core Logic (regulator disabled). VREF- 3 28 20 I ANA A/D and Comparator Reference Voltage (low) Input. VREF+ 2 27 19 I ANA A/D and Comparator Reference Voltage (high) Input. 8, 27 5, 24 29, 39 P — VSS Legend: TTL = TTL input buffer ANA = Analog level input/output DS39951C-page 18 Ground Reference for Logic and I/O Pins. ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY • All VDD and VSS pins (see Section 2.2 “Power Supply Pins”) • All AVDD and AVSS pins, regardless of whether or not the analog device features are used (see Section 2.2 “Power Supply Pins”) • MCLR pin (see Section 2.3 “Master Clear (MCLR) Pin”) • ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE pins (PIC24FJ devices only) (see Section 2.4 “Voltage Regulator Pins (ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE)”) These pins must also be connected if they are being used in the end application: • PGECx/PGEDx pins used for In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) and debugging purposes (see Section 2.5 “ICSP Pins”) • OSCI and OSCO pins when an external oscillator source is used (see Section 2.6 “External Oscillator Pins”) Additionally, the following pins may be required: • VREF+/VREF- pins used when external voltage reference for analog modules is implemented Note: VDD R2 VSS R1 (1) (1) (EN/DIS)VREG MCLR VCAP/VDDCORE C1 C7 PIC24FXXXX C6(2) VSS VDD VDD VSS C3(2) C5(2) VSS The following pins must always be connected: C2(2) VDD Getting started with the PIC24FJ64GA104 family of 16-bit microcontrollers requires attention to a minimal set of device pin connections before proceeding with development. RECOMMENDED MINIMUM CONNECTIONS VDD Basic Connection Requirements FIGURE 2-1: AVSS 2.1 GUIDELINES FOR GETTING STARTED WITH 16-BIT MICROCONTROLLERS AVDD 2.0 C4(2) Key (all values are recommendations): C1 through C6: 0.1 F, 20V ceramic C7: 10 F, 6.3V or greater, tantalum or ceramic R1: 10 kΩ R2: 100Ω to 470Ω Note 1: 2: See Section 2.4 “Voltage Regulator Pins (ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE)” for explanation of ENVREG/DISVREG pin connections. The example shown is for a PIC24F device with five VDD/VSS and AVDD/AVSS pairs. Other devices may have more or less pairs; adjust the number of decoupling capacitors appropriately. The AVDD and AVSS pins must always be connected, regardless of whether any of the analog modules are being used. The minimum mandatory connections are shown in Figure 2-1. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 19 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 2.2 2.2.1 Power Supply Pins DECOUPLING CAPACITORS The use of decoupling capacitors on every pair of power supply pins, such as VDD, VSS, AVDD and AVSS is required. Consider the following criteria when using decoupling capacitors: • Value and type of capacitor: A 0.1 F (100 nF), 10-20V capacitor is recommended. The capacitor should be a low-ESR device with a resonance frequency in the range of 200 MHz and higher. Ceramic capacitors are recommended. • Placement on the printed circuit board: The decoupling capacitors should be placed as close to the pins as possible. It is recommended to place the capacitors on the same side of the board as the device. If space is constricted, the capacitor can be placed on another layer on the PCB using a via; however, ensure that the trace length from the pin to the capacitor is no greater than 0.25 inch (6 mm). • Handling high-frequency noise: If the board is experiencing high-frequency noise (upward of tens of MHz), add a second ceramic type capacitor in parallel to the above described decoupling capacitor. The value of the second capacitor can be in the range of 0.01 F to 0.001 F. Place this second capacitor next to each primary decoupling capacitor. In high-speed circuit designs, consider implementing a decade pair of capacitances as close to the power and ground pins as possible (e.g., 0.1 F in parallel with 0.001 F). • Maximizing performance: On the board layout from the power supply circuit, run the power and return traces to the decoupling capacitors first, and then to the device pins. This ensures that the decoupling capacitors are first in the power chain. Equally important is to keep the trace length between the capacitor and the power pins to a minimum, thereby reducing PCB trace inductance. 2.2.2 TANK CAPACITORS On boards with power traces running longer than six inches in length, it is suggested to use a tank capacitor for integrated circuits including microcontrollers to supply a local power source. The value of the tank capacitor should be determined based on the trace resistance that connects the power supply source to the device, and the maximum current drawn by the device in the application. In other words, select the tank capacitor so that it meets the acceptable voltage sag at the device. Typical values range from 4.7 F to 47 F. DS39951C-page 20 2.3 Master Clear (MCLR) Pin The MCLR pin provides two specific device functions: device Reset, and device programming and debugging. If programming and debugging are not required in the end application, a direct connection to VDD may be all that is required. The addition of other components, to help increase the application’s resistance to spurious Resets from voltage sags, may be beneficial. A typical configuration is shown in Figure 2-1. Other circuit designs may be implemented, depending on the application’s requirements. During programming and debugging, the resistance and capacitance that can be added to the pin must be considered. Device programmers and debuggers drive the MCLR pin. Consequently, specific voltage levels (VIH and VIL) and fast signal transitions must not be adversely affected. Therefore, specific values of R1 and C1 will need to be adjusted based on the application and PCB requirements. For example, it is recommended that the capacitor, C1, be isolated from the MCLR pin during programming and debugging operations by using a jumper (Figure 2-2). The jumper is replaced for normal run-time operations. Any components associated with the MCLR pin should be placed within 0.25 inch (6 mm) of the pin. FIGURE 2-2: EXAMPLE OF MCLR PIN CONNECTIONS VDD R1 R2 JP MCLR PIC24FXXXX C1 Note 1: R1 10 k is recommended. A suggested starting value is 10 k. Ensure that the MCLR pin VIH and VIL specifications are met. 2: R2 470 will limit any current flowing into MCLR from the external capacitor, C, in the event of MCLR pin breakdown, due to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical Overstress (EOS). Ensure that the MCLR pin VIH and VIL specifications are met. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY Note: Voltage Regulator Pins (ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE) FIGURE 2-3: The on-chip voltage regulator enable/disable pin (ENVREG or DISVREG, depending on the device family) must always be connected directly to either a supply voltage or to ground. The particular connection is determined by whether or not the regulator is to be used: • For ENVREG, tie to VDD to enable the regulator, or to ground to disable the regulator • For DISVREG, tie to ground to enable the regulator or to VDD to disable the regulator Refer to Section 25.2 “On-Chip Voltage Regulator” for details on connecting and using the on-chip regulator. When the regulator is enabled, a low-ESR (<5Ω) capacitor is required on the VCAP/VDDCORE pin to stabilize the voltage regulator output voltage. The VCAP/VDDCORE pin must not be connected to VDD, and must use a capacitor of 10 F connected to ground. The type can be ceramic or tantalum. A suitable example is the Murata GRM21BF50J106ZE01 (10 F, 6.3V) or equivalent. Designers may use Figure 2-3 to evaluate ESR equivalence of candidate devices. The placement of this capacitor should be close to VCAP/VDDCORE. It is recommended that the trace length not exceed 0.25 inch (6 mm). Refer to Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for additional information. When the regulator is disabled, the VCAP/VDDCORE pin must be tied to a voltage supply at the VDDCORE level. Refer to Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for information on VDD and VDDCORE. FREQUENCY vs. ESR PERFORMANCE FOR SUGGESTED VCAP 10 This section applies only to PIC24FJ devices with an on-chip voltage regulator. 1 ESR () 2.4 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.01 Note: 2.5 0.1 1 10 100 Frequency (MHz) 1000 10,000 Data for Murata GRM21BF50J106ZE01 shown. Measurements at 25°C, 0V DC bias. ICSP Pins The PGECx and PGEDx pins are used for In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP) and debugging purposes. It is recommended to keep the trace length between the ICSP connector and the ICSP pins on the device as short as possible. If the ICSP connector is expected to experience an ESD event, a series resistor is recommended, with the value in the range of a few tens of ohms, not to exceed 100Ω. Pull-up resistors, series diodes and capacitors on the PGECx and PGEDx pins are not recommended as they will interfere with the programmer/debugger communications to the device. If such discrete components are an application requirement, they should be removed from the circuit during programming and debugging. Alternatively, refer to the AC/DC characteristics and timing requirements information in the respective device Flash programming specification for information on capacitive loading limits and pin input voltage high (VIH) and input low (VIL) requirements. For device emulation, ensure that the “Communication Channel Select” (i.e., PGECx/PGEDx pins) programmed into the device matches the physical connections for the ICSP to the Microchip debugger/emulator tool. For more information on available Microchip development tools connection requirements, refer to Section 26.0 “Development Support”. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 21 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 2.6 External Oscillator Pins FIGURE 2-4: Many microcontrollers have options for at least two oscillators: a high-frequency primary oscillator and a low-frequency Secondary Oscillator (refer to Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration” for details). The oscillator circuit should be placed on the same side of the board as the device. Place the oscillator circuit close to the respective oscillator pins with no more than 0.5 inch (12 mm) between the circuit components and the pins. The load capacitors should be placed next to the oscillator itself, on the same side of the board. Use a grounded copper pour around the oscillator circuit to isolate it from surrounding circuits. The grounded copper pour should be routed directly to the MCU ground. Do not run any signal traces or power traces inside the ground pour. Also, if using a two-sided board, avoid any traces on the other side of the board where the crystal is placed. Single-Sided and In-line Layouts: Copper Pour (tied to ground) For additional information and design guidance on oscillator circuits, please refer to these Microchip Application Notes, available at the corporate web site (www.microchip.com): • AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and Crystal Selection for rfPIC™ and PICmicro® Devices” • AN849, “Basic PICmicro® Oscillator Design” • AN943, “Practical PICmicro® Oscillator Analysis and Design” • AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work” Primary Oscillator Crystal DEVICE PINS Primary Oscillator OSCI C1 ` OSCO GND C2 ` SOSCO SOSC I Secondary Oscillator Crystal Layout suggestions are shown in Figure 2-4. In-line packages may be handled with a single-sided layout that completely encompasses the oscillator pins. With fine-pitch packages, it is not always possible to completely surround the pins and components. A suitable solution is to tie the broken guard sections to a mirrored ground layer. In all cases, the guard trace(s) must be returned to ground. In planning the application’s routing and I/O assignments, ensure that adjacent port pins and other signals in close proximity to the oscillator are benign (i.e., free of high frequencies, short rise and fall times and other similar noise). SUGGESTED PLACEMENT OF THE OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT ` Sec Oscillator: C1 Sec Oscillator: C2 Fine-Pitch (Dual-Sided) Layouts: Top Layer Copper Pour (tied to ground) Bottom Layer Copper Pour (tied to ground) OSCO C2 Oscillator Crystal GND C1 OSCI DEVICE PINS DS39951C-page 22 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 2.7 Configuration of Analog and Digital Pins During ICSP Operations If an ICSP compliant emulator is selected as a debugger, it automatically initializes all of the A/D input pins (ANx) as “digital” pins. Depending on the particular device, this is done by setting all bits in the ADnPCFG register(s), or clearing all bit in the ANSx registers. All PIC24F devices will have either one or more ADnPCFG registers or several ANSx registers (one for each port); no device will have both. Refer to Section 21.0 “10-Bit High-Speed A/D Converter”) for more specific information. The bits in these registers that correspond to the A/D pins that initialized the emulator must not be changed by the user application firmware; otherwise, communication errors will result between the debugger and the device. If your application needs to use certain A/D pins as analog input pins during the debug session, the user application must modify the appropriate bits during initialization of the ADC module, as follows: • For devices with an ADnPCFG register, clear the bits corresponding to the pin(s) to be configured as analog. Do not change any other bits, particularly those corresponding to the PGECx/PGEDx pair, at any time. • For devices with ANSx registers, set the bits corresponding to the pin(s) to be configured as analog. Do not change any other bits, particularly those corresponding to the PGECx/PGEDx pair, at any time. When a Microchip debugger/emulator is used as a programmer, the user application firmware must correctly configure the ADnPCFG or ANSx registers. Automatic initialization of this register is only done during debugger operation. Failure to correctly configure the register(s) will result in all A/D pins being recognized as analog input pins, resulting in the port value being read as a logic '0', which may affect user application functionality. 2.8 Unused I/Os Unused I/O pins should be configured as outputs and driven to a logic low state. Alternatively, connect a 1 kΩ to 10 kΩ resistor to VSS on unused pins and drive the output to logic low. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 23 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 24 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 3.0 Note: CPU This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 2. “CPU” (DS39703). The PIC24F CPU has a 16-bit (data), modified Harvard architecture with an enhanced instruction set and a 24-bit instruction word with a variable length opcode field. The Program Counter (PC) is 23 bits wide and addresses up to 4M instructions of user program memory space. A single-cycle instruction prefetch mechanism is used to help maintain throughput and provides predictable execution. All instructions execute in a single cycle, with the exception of instructions that change the program flow, the double-word move (MOV.D) instruction and the table instructions. Overhead-free program loop constructs are supported using the REPEAT instructions, which are interruptible at any point. PIC24F devices have sixteen, 16-bit working registers in the programmer’s model. Each of the working registers can act as a data, address or address offset register. The 16th working register (W15) operates as a Software Stack Pointer for interrupts and calls. The upper 32 Kbytes of the data space memory map can optionally be mapped into program space at any 16K word boundary defined by the 8-bit Program Space Visibility Page Address (PSVPAG) register. The program to data space mapping feature lets any instruction access program space as if it were data space. The Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) has been significantly enhanced beyond that of the PIC18, but maintains an acceptable level of backward compatibility. All PIC18 instructions and addressing modes are supported either directly or through simple macros. Many of the ISA enhancements have been driven by compiler efficiency needs. For most instructions, the core is capable of executing a data (or program data) memory read, a working register (data) read, a data memory write and a program (instruction) memory read per instruction cycle. As a result, three parameter instructions can be supported, allowing trinary operations (that is, A + B = C) to be executed in a single cycle. A high-speed, 17-bit by 17-bit multiplier has been included to significantly enhance the core arithmetic capability and throughput. The multiplier supports Signed, Unsigned and Mixed mode, 16-bit by 16-bit or 8-bit by 8-bit integer multiplication. All multiply instructions execute in a single cycle. The 16-bit ALU has been enhanced with integer divide assist hardware that supports an iterative non-restoring divide algorithm. It operates in conjunction with the REPEAT instruction looping mechanism and a selection of iterative divide instructions to support 32-bit (or 16-bit), divided by 16-bit, integer signed and unsigned division. All divide operations require 19 cycles to complete, but are interruptible at any cycle boundary. The PIC24F has a vectored exception scheme with up to 8 sources of non-maskable traps and up to 118 interrupt sources. Each interrupt source can be assigned to one of seven priority levels. A block diagram of the CPU is shown in Figure 3-1. 3.1 Programmer’s Model The programmer’s model for the PIC24F is shown in Figure 3-2. All registers in the programmer’s model are memory mapped and can be manipulated directly by instructions. A description of each register is provided in Table 3-1. All registers associated with the programmer’s model are memory mapped. The core supports Inherent (no operand), Relative, Literal, Memory Direct and three groups of addressing modes. All modes support Register Direct and various Register Indirect modes. Each group offers up to seven addressing modes. Instructions are associated with predefined addressing modes depending upon their functional requirements. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 25 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 3-1: PIC24F CPU CORE BLOCK DIAGRAM PSV & Table Data Access Control Block Data Bus Interrupt Controller 16 8 16 16 Data Latch 23 23 PCH PCL Program Counter Loop Stack Control Control Logic Logic 16 Data RAM Address Latch 23 16 RAGU WAGU Address Latch Program Memory EA MUX Address Bus Data Latch ROM Latch 24 Control Signals to Various Blocks Instruction Reg Hardware Multiplier Divide Support 16 Literal Data Instruction Decode & Control 16 16 x 16 W Register Array 16 16-Bit ALU 16 To Peripheral Modules DS39951C-page 26 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 3-1: CPU CORE REGISTERS Register(s) Name Description W0 through W15 Working Register Array PC 23-Bit Program Counter SR ALU STATUS Register SPLIM Stack Pointer Limit Value Register TBLPAG Table Memory Page Address Register PSVPAG Program Space Visibility Page Address Register RCOUNT Repeat Loop Counter Register CORCON CPU Control Register FIGURE 3-2: PROGRAMMER’S MODEL 15 Divider Working Registers 0 W0 (WREG) W1 W2 Multiplier Registers W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 Working/Address Registers W8 W9 W10 W11 W12 W13 W14 Frame Pointer W15 Stack Pointer 0 SPLIM 0 22 0 0 PC 7 0 TBLPAG 7 0 PSVPAG 15 0 RCOUNT SRH SRL — — — — — — — DC IPL 2 1 0 RA N OV Z C 15 15 Stack Pointer Limit Value Register Program Counter Table Memory Page Address Register Program Space Visibility Page Address Register Repeat Loop Counter Register 0 ALU STATUS Register (SR) 0 — — — — — — — — — — — — IPL3 PSV — — CPU Control Register (CORCON) Registers or bits shaded for PUSH.S and POP.S instructions. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 27 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 3.2 CPU Control Registers REGISTER 3-1: SR: ALU STATUS REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — — DC bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0(1) IPL2 R/W-0(1) (2) IPL1 (2) R/W-0(1) R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 IPL0(2) RA N OV Z C bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-9 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 8 DC: ALU Half Carry/Borrow bit 1 = A carry out from the 4th low-order bit (for byte-sized data) or 8th low-order bit (for word-sized data) of the result occurred 0 = No carry out from the 4th or 8th low-order bit of the result has occurred bit 7-5 IPL<2:0>: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bits(1,2) 111 = CPU interrupt priority level is 7 (15); user interrupts disabled 110 = CPU interrupt priority level is 6 (14) 101 = CPU interrupt priority level is 5 (13) 100 = CPU interrupt priority level is 4 (12) 011 = CPU interrupt priority level is 3 (11) 010 = CPU interrupt priority level is 2 (10) 001 = CPU interrupt priority level is 1 (9) 000 = CPU interrupt priority level is 0 (8) bit 4 RA: REPEAT Loop Active bit 1 = REPEAT loop in progress 0 = REPEAT loop not in progress bit 3 N: ALU Negative bit 1 = Result was negative 0 = Result was non-negative (zero or positive) bit 2 OV: ALU Overflow bit 1 = Overflow occurred for signed (2’s complement) arithmetic in this arithmetic operation 0 = No overflow has occurred bit 1 Z: ALU Zero bit 1 = An operation which effects the Z bit has set it at some time in the past 0 = The most recent operation which effects the Z bit has cleared it (i.e., a non-zero result) bit 0 C: ALU Carry/Borrow bit 1 = A carry out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred Note 1: 2: The IPL Status bits are read-only when NSTDIS (INTCON1<15>) = 1. The IPL Status bits are concatenated with the IPL3 bit (CORCON<3>) to form the CPU Interrupt Priority Level (IPL). The value in parentheses indicates the IPL when IPL3 = 1. DS39951C-page 28 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 3-2: CORCON: CPU CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 — U-0 — — U-0 R/C-0 (1) — IPL3 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 PSV — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 IPL3: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bit(1) 1 = CPU interrupt priority level is greater than 7 0 = CPU interrupt priority level is 7 or less bit 2 PSV: Program Space Visibility in Data Space Enable bit 1 = Program space visible in data space 0 = Program space not visible in data space bit 1-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: 3.3 x = Bit is unknown User interrupts are disabled when IPL3 = 1. Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU) The PIC24F ALU is 16 bits wide and is capable of addition, subtraction, bit shifts and logic operations. Unless otherwise mentioned, arithmetic operations are 2’s complement in nature. Depending on the operation, the ALU may affect the values of the Carry (C), Zero (Z), Negative (N), Overflow (OV) and Digit Carry (DC) Status bits in the SR register. The C and DC Status bits operate as Borrow and Digit Borrow bits, respectively, for subtraction operations. The ALU can perform 8-bit or 16-bit operations, depending on the mode of the instruction that is used. Data for the ALU operation can come from the W register array, or data memory, depending on the addressing mode of the instruction. Likewise, output data from the ALU can be written to the W register array or a data memory location. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. The PIC24F CPU incorporates hardware support for both multiplication and division. This includes a dedicated hardware multiplier and support hardware for 16-bit divisor division. 3.3.1 MULTIPLIER The ALU contains a high-speed, 17-bit x 17-bit multiplier. It supports unsigned, signed or mixed sign operation in several multiplication modes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 16-bit x 16-bit signed 16-bit x 16-bit unsigned 16-bit signed x 5-bit (literal) unsigned 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit unsigned 16-bit unsigned x 5-bit (literal) unsigned 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit signed 8-bit unsigned x 8-bit unsigned DS39951C-page 29 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 3.3.2 DIVIDER 3.3.3 The divide block supports signed and unsigned integer divide operations with the following data sizes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 32-bit signed/16-bit signed divide 32-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide 16-bit signed/16-bit signed divide 16-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide The quotient for all divide instructions ends up in W0 and the remainder in W1. Sixteen-bit signed and unsigned DIV instructions can specify any W register for both the 16-bit divisor (Wn), and any W register (aligned) pair (W(m + 1):Wm) for the 32-bit dividend. The divide algorithm takes one cycle per bit of divisor, so both 32-bit/16-bit and 16-bit/16-bit instructions take the same number of cycles to execute. TABLE 3-2: Instruction MULTI-BIT SHIFT SUPPORT The PIC24F ALU supports both single bit and single-cycle, multi-bit arithmetic and logic shifts. Multi-bit shifts are implemented using a shifter block, capable of performing up to a 15-bit arithmetic right shift, or up to a 15-bit left shift, in a single cycle. All multi-bit shift instructions only support Register Direct Addressing for both the operand source and result destination. A full summary of instructions that use the shift operation is provided below in Table 3-2. INSTRUCTIONS THAT USE THE SINGLE AND MULTI-BIT SHIFT OPERATION Description ASR Arithmetic shift right source register by one or more bits. SL Shift left source register by one or more bits. LSR Logical shift right source register by one or more bits. DS39951C-page 30 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 4.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION As Harvard architecture devices, PIC24F microcontrollers feature separate program and data memory spaces and busses. This architecture also allows the direct access of program memory from the data space during code execution. 4.1 Program Address Space The program address memory space of the PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices is 4M instructions. The space is addressable by a 24-bit value derived FIGURE 4-1: from either the 23-bit Program Counter (PC) during program execution, or from table operation or data space remapping, as described in Section 4.3 “Interfacing Program and Data Memory Spaces”. User access to the program memory space is restricted to the lower half of the address range (000000h to 7FFFFFh). The exception is the use of TBLRD/TBLWT operations which use TBLPAG<7> to permit access to the Configuration bits and Device ID sections of the configuration memory space. Memory maps for the PIC24FJ64GA104 family of devices are shown in Figure 4-1. PROGRAM SPACE MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DEVICES PIC24FJ32GA10X PIC24FJ64GA10X GOTO Instruction Reset Address Interrupt Vector Table GOTO Instruction Reset Address Interrupt Vector Table Reserved Reserved Alternate Vector Table Alternate Vector Table 000000h 000002h 000004h 0000FEh 000100h 000104h 0001FEh 000200h User Memory Space User Flash Program Memory (11K instructions) Flash Config Words User Flash Program Memory (22K instructions) Flash Config Words Unimplemented Read ‘0’ 0057FEh 005800h 00ABFEh 00AC00h Unimplemented Read ‘0’ Configuration Memory Space 7FFFFFh 800000h Reserved Reserved Device Config Registers Device Config Registers Reserved Reserved DEVID (2) DEVID (2) F7FFFEh F80000h F8000Eh F80010h FEFFFEh FF0000h FFFFFFh Note: Memory areas are not shown to scale. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 31 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 4.1.1 PROGRAM MEMORY ORGANIZATION 4.1.3 In PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices, the top four words of on-chip program memory are reserved for configuration information. On device Reset, the configuration information is copied into the appropriate Configuration registers. The addresses of the Flash Configuration Word for devices in the PIC24FJ64GA104 family are shown in Table 4-1. Their location in the memory map is shown with the other memory vectors in Figure 4-1. The program memory space is organized in word-addressable blocks. Although it is treated as 24 bits wide, it is more appropriate to think of each address of the program memory as a lower and upper word, with the upper byte of the upper word being unimplemented. The lower word always has an even address, while the upper word has an odd address (Figure 4-2). The Configuration Words in program memory are a compact format. The actual Configuration bits are mapped in several different registers in the configuration memory space. Their order in the Flash Configuration Words do not reflect a corresponding arrangement in the configuration space. Additional details on the device Configuration Words are provided in Section 25.1 “Configuration Bits”. Program memory addresses are always word-aligned on the lower word and addresses are incremented or decremented by two during code execution. This arrangement also provides compatibility with data memory space addressing and makes it possible to access data in the program memory space. 4.1.2 HARD MEMORY VECTORS TABLE 4-1: All PIC24F devices reserve the addresses between 00000h and 000200h for hard coded program execution vectors. A hardware Reset vector is provided to redirect code execution from the default value of the PC on device Reset to the actual start of code. A GOTO instruction is programmed by the user at 000000h with the actual address for the start of code at 000002h. PIC24F devices also have two interrupt vector tables, located from 000004h to 0000FFh and 000100h to 0001FFh. These vector tables allow each of the many device interrupt sources to be handled by separate ISRs. A more detailed discussion of the interrupt vector tables is provided in Section 7.1 “Interrupt Vector Table”. FIGURE 4-2: MSW Address Device Program Memory (Words) Configuration Word Addresses PIC24FJ32GA1 11,008 0057F8h: 0057FEh PIC24FJ64GA1 22,016 00ABF8h: 00ABFEh least significant word most significant word 16 8 PC Address (LSW Address) 0 000000h 000002h 000004h 000006h 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Program Memory ‘Phantom’ Byte (read as ‘0’) DS39951C-page 32 FLASH CONFIGURATION WORDS FOR PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DEVICES PROGRAM MEMORY ORGANIZATION 23 000001h 000003h 000005h 000007h FLASH CONFIGURATION WORDS Instruction Width 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 4.2 Data Address Space The PIC24F core has a separate, 16-bit wide data memory space, addressable as a single linear range. The data space is accessed using two Address Generation Units (AGUs), one each for read and write operations. The data space memory map is shown in Figure 4-3. All Effective Addresses (EAs) in the data memory space are 16 bits wide and point to bytes within the data space. This gives a data space address range of 64 Kbytes or 32K words. The lower half of the data memory space (that is, when EA<15> = 0) is used for implemented memory addresses, while the upper half (EA<15> = 1) is reserved for the program space visibility area (see Section 4.3.3 “Reading Data from Program Memory Using Program Space Visibility”). FIGURE 4-3: PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices implement a total of 16 Kbytes of data memory. Should an EA point to a location outside of this area, an all zero word or byte will be returned. 4.2.1 DATA SPACE WIDTH The data memory space is organized in byte-addressable, 16-bit wide blocks. Data is aligned in data memory and registers as 16-bit words, but all data space EAs resolve to bytes. The Least Significant Bytes (LSBs) of each word have even addresses, while the Most Significant Bytes (MSBs) have odd addresses. DATA SPACE MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DEVICES MSB Address 0001h 07FFh 0801h Implemented Data RAM 1FFFh 2001h MSB LSB SFR Space Data RAM 27FFh 2801h LSB Address 0000h 07FEh 0800h SFR Space Near Data Space 1FFEh 2000h 27FEh 2800h Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 7FFFh 8001h 7FFFh 8000h Program Space Visibility Area FFFFh Note: FFFEh Data memory areas are not shown to scale. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 33 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 4.2.2 DATA MEMORY ORGANIZATION AND ALIGNMENT A Sign-Extend (SE) instruction is provided to allow users to translate 8-bit signed data to 16-bit signed values. Alternatively, for 16-bit unsigned data, users can clear the MSB of any W register by executing a Zero-Extend (ZE) instruction on the appropriate address. To maintain backward compatibility with PIC® devices and improve data space memory usage efficiency, the PIC24F instruction set supports both word and byte operations. As a consequence of byte accessibility, all Effective Address calculations are internally scaled to step through word-aligned memory. For example, the core recognizes that Post-Modified Register Indirect Addressing mode [Ws++] will result in a value of Ws + 1 for byte operations and Ws + 2 for word operations. Although most instructions are capable of operating on word or byte data sizes, it should be noted that some instructions operate only on words. 4.2.3 The 8-Kbyte area between 0000h and 1FFFh is referred to as the near data space. Locations in this space are directly addressable via a 13-bit absolute address field within all memory direct instructions. The remainder of the data space is indirectly addressable. Additionally, the whole data space is addressable using MOV instructions, which support Memory Direct Addressing with a 16-bit address field. Data byte reads will read the complete word which contains the byte using the LSb of any EA to determine which byte to select. The selected byte is placed onto the LSB of the data path. That is, data memory and registers are organized as two parallel, byte-wide entities with shared (word) address decode, but separate write lines. Data byte writes only write to the corresponding side of the array or register which matches the byte address. 4.2.4 All word accesses must be aligned to an even address. Misaligned word data fetches are not supported, so care must be taken when mixing byte and word operations or translating from 8-bit MCU code. If a misaligned read or write is attempted, an address error trap will be generated. If the error occurred on a read, the instruction underway is completed; if it occurred on a write, the instruction will be executed but the write will not occur. In either case, a trap is then executed, allowing the system and/or user to examine the machine state prior to execution of the address Fault. SFR SPACE The first 2 Kbytes of the near data space, from 0000h to 07FFh, are primarily occupied with Special Function Registers (SFRs). These are used by the PIC24F core and peripheral modules for controlling the operation of the device. SFRs are distributed among the modules that they control and are generally grouped together by module. Much of the SFR space contains unused addresses; these are read as ‘0’. A diagram of the SFR space, showing where SFRs are actually implemented, is shown in Table 4-2. Each implemented area indicates a 32-byte region where at least one address is implemented as an SFR. A complete listing of implemented SFRs, including their addresses, is shown in Tables 4-3 through 4-26. All byte loads into any W register are loaded into the Least Significant Byte. The Most Significant Byte is not modified. TABLE 4-2: NEAR DATA SPACE IMPLEMENTED REGIONS OF SFR DATA SPACE SFR Space Address xx00 xx20 000h xx60 Core 100h 200h xx40 ICN Timers I2 C™ xx80 Capture xxA0 xxC0 xxE0 Interrupts — Compare — UART SPI — — — 300h A/D A/D/CTMU — — — — — — 400h — — — — — — — — 500h — — — — — — — — 600h PMP RTCC 700h — — CRC/Comp Comparators System/DS NVM/PMD I/O PPS — — — — — Legend: — = No implemented SFRs in this block DS39951C-page 34 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-3: CPU CORE REGISTERS MAP Addr WREG0 0000 Working Register 0 0000 WREG1 0002 Working Register 1 0000 WREG2 0004 Working Register 2 0000 WREG3 0006 Working Register 3 0000 WREG4 0008 Working Register 4 0000 WREG5 000A Working Register 5 0000 WREG6 000C Working Register 6 0000 WREG7 000E Working Register 7 0000 WREG8 0010 Working Register 8 0000 WREG9 0012 Working Register 9 0000 WREG10 0014 Working Register 10 0000 WREG11 0016 Working Register 11 0000 WREG12 0018 Working Register 12 0000 WREG13 001A Working Register 13 0000 WREG14 001C Working Register 14 0000 WREG15 001E Working Register 15 0800 SPLIM 0020 Stack Pointer Limit Value Register xxxx PCL 002E Program Counter Low Word Register PCH 0030 — — — — — — — — TBLPAG 0032 — — — — — — — PSVPAG 0034 — — — — — — — RCOUNT 0036 SR 0042 — — — — — — — DC IPL2 IPL1 IPL0 RA N OV Z C CORCON 0044 — — — — — — — — — — — — IPL3 PSV — — DISICNT 0052 — — Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets 0000 Program Counter Register High Byte 0000 — Table Memory Page Address Register 0000 — Program Space Visibility Page Address Register 0000 Repeat Loop Counter Register xxxx Disable Interrupts Counter Register 0000 0000 xxxx DS39951C-page 35 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY File Name ICN REGISTER MAP File Addr Name Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 CNEN1 0060 CN15IE CN14IE CN13IE CN12IE CN11IE CN10IE(1) CN9IE(1) CN27IE (1) CNEN2 0062 — Legend: Note 1: — Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets CN8IE(1) CN7IE CN6IE CN5IE CN4IE CN3IE CN2IE CN1IE CN0IE 0000 CN24IE CN23IE CN22IE CN21IE CN20IE(1) CN19IE(1) CN18IE(1) CN17IE(1) CN16IE 0000 CN11PUE CN10PUE(1) CN9PUE(1) CN8PUE(1) CN7PUE CN6PUE CN5PUE CN4PUE CN3PUE CN2PUE CN1PUE CN0PUE 0000 CN30PUE CN29PUE CN28PUE(1) CN27PUE CN26PUE(1) CN25PUE(1) CN24PUE CN23PUE CN22PUE CN21PUE CN20PUE(1) CN19PUE(1) CN18PUE(1) CN17PUE(1) CN16PUE 0000 CN30IE CN29IE CNPU1 0068 CN15PUE CN14PUE CN13PUE CNPU2 006A Bit 8 (1) CN28IE CN12PUE CN26IE — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Unimplemented in 28-pin devices; read as ‘0’. (1) CN25IE PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DS39951C-page 36 TABLE 4-4: 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-5: File Name Addr INTERRUPT CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 0 All Resets 0000 0080 NSTDIS — — — — — — — — — — OSCFAIL — 0082 ALTIVT DISI — — — — — — — — — — — INT2EP INT1EP INT0EP 0000 IFS0 0084 — — AD1IF U1TXIF U1RXIF SPI1IF SPF1IF T3IF T2IF OC2IF IC2IF — T1IF OC1IF IC1IF INT0IF 0000 IFS1 0086 U2TXIF U2RXIF INT2IF T5IF T4IF OC4IF OC3IF — — — — INT1IF CNIF CMIF MI2C1IF SI2C1IF 0000 IFS2 0088 — — PMPIF — — — OC5IF — IC5IF IC4IF IC3IF — — — SPI2IF SPF2IF 0000 IFS3 008A — RTCIF — — — — — — — — — — — MI2C2IF SI2C2IF — 0000 IFS4 008C — — CTMUIF — — — — LVDIF — — — — CRCIF U2ERIF U1ERIF — 0000 IEC0 0094 — — AD1IE U1TXIE U1RXIE SPI1IE SPF1IE T3IE T2IE OC2IE IC2IE — T1IE OC1IE IC1IE INT0IE 0000 IEC1 0096 U2TXIE U2RXIE INT2IE T5IE T4IE OC4IE OC3IE — — — — INT1IE CNIE CMIE MI2C1IE SI2C1IE 0000 IEC2 0098 — — PMPIE — — — OC5IE — IC5IE IC4IE IC3IE — — — SPI2IE SPF2IE 0000 IEC3 009A — RTCIE — — — — — — — — — — — MI2C2IE SI2C2IE — 0000 IEC4 009C — — CTMUIE — — — — LVDIE — — — — CRCIE U2ERIE U1ERIE — 0000 IPC0 00A4 — T1IP2 T1IP1 T1IP0 — OC1IP2 OC1IP1 OC1IP0 — IC1IP2 IC1IP1 IC1IP0 — INT0IP2 INT0IP1 INT0IP0 4444 IPC1 00A6 — T2IP2 T2IP1 T2IP0 — OC2IP2 OC2IP1 OC2IP0 — IC2IP2 IC2IP1 IC2IP0 — — — — 4440 IPC2 00A8 — — SPI1IP2 SPI1IP1 SPI1IP0 — SPF1IP2 SPF1IP1 SPF1IP0 — T3IP2 T3IP1 T3IP0 4444 IPC3 00AA — — — — — — — — — AD1IP2 AD1IP1 AD1IP0 — U1TXIP2 U1TXIP1 U1TXIP0 0044 IPC4 00AC — CNIP2 CNIP1 CNIP0 — CMIP2 CMIP1 CMIP0 — — SI2C1IP2 SI2C1IP1 SI2C1IP0 4444 IPC5 00AE — — — — — — — — — — — — — INT1IP2 INT1IP1 INT1IP0 0004 IPC6 00B0 — T4IP2 T4IP1 T4IP0 — OC4IP2 OC4IP1 OC4IP0 — OC3IP2 OC3IP1 OC3IP0 — — — — 4440 IPC7 00B2 — U2TXIP2 U2TXIP1 U2TXIP0 — U2RXIP2 U2RXIP1 U2RXIP0 — INT2IP2 INT2IP1 INT2IP0 — T5IP2 T5IP1 T5IP0 4444 IPC8 00B4 — — — — — — — — — SPI2IP2 SPI2IP1 SPI2IP0 — SPF2IP2 SPF2IP1 SPF2IP0 0044 IPC9 00B6 — IC5IP2 IC5IP1 IC5IP0 — IC4IP2 IC4IP1 IC4IP0 — IC3IP2 IC3IP1 IC3IP0 — — — — 4440 IPC10 00B8 — — — — — — — — — OC5IP2 OC5IP1 OC5IP0 — — — — 0040 IPC11 00BA — — — — — — — — — PMPIP2 PMPIP1 PMPIP0 — — — — 0040 IPC12 00BC — — — — — — SI2C2IP2 SI2C2IP1 SI2C2IP0 — — — — 0440 IPC15 00C2 — — — — — IPC16 00C4 — CRCIP2 CRCIP1 CRCIP0 — IPC18 00C8 — — — — — — — IPC19 00CA — — — — — — INTTREG 00E0 CPUIRQ — VHOLD — ILR3 ILR2 Legend: MI2C2IP2 MI2C2IP1 MI2C2IP0 RTCIP2 RTCIP1 RTCIP0 — — — — — — — — 0400 — U1ERIP2 U1ERIP1 U1ERIP0 — — — — 4440 — — — — — — LVDIP2 LVDIP1 LVDIP0 0004 — — — CTMUIP2 CTMUIP1 CTMUIP0 — — — — 0040 ILR1 ILR0 — VECNUM6 VECNUM5 VECNUM4 VECNUM3 VECNUM2 VECNUM1 VECNUM0 U2ERIP2 U2ERIP1 U2ERIP0 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. MI2C1IP2 MI2C1IP1 MI2C1IP0 0000 DS39951C-page 37 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY INTCON1 INTCON2 U1RXIP2 U1RXIP1 U1RXIP0 MATHERR ADDRERR STKERR Bit 1 File Name Addr TIMER REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 TMR1 0100 Timer1 Register PR1 0102 Timer1 Period Register T1CON 0104 TON — TSIDL — — — — — — Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets 0000 FFFF TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 — TSYNC TCS — 0000 TMR2 0106 Timer2 Register 0000 TMR3HLD 0108 Timer3 Holding Register (for 32-bit timer operations only) 0000 TMR3 010A Timer3 Register 0000 PR2 010C Timer2 Period Register FFFF PR3 010E Timer3 Period Register T2CON 0110 TON — TSIDL — — — — T3CON 0112 TON — TSIDL — — — — TMR4 0114 Timer4 Register 0000 TMR5HLD 0116 Timer5 Holding Register (for 32-bit operations only) 0000 TMR5 0118 Timer5 Register 0000 PR4 011A Timer4 Period Register FFFF PR5 011C Timer5 Period Register T4CON 011E TON — TSIDL — — — — — — TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 T32 — TCS — 0000 T5CON 0120 TON — TSIDL — — — — — — TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 — — TCS — 0000 Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. FFFF — — TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 T32 — TCS — 0000 — — TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 — — TCS — 0000 FFFF PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DS39951C-page 38 TABLE 4-6: 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-7: File Name INPUT CAPTURE REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 IC1CON1 0140 — — ICSIDL IC1CON2 0142 — — — Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 — — — Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 — — — ICI1 ICI0 — IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT — Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000 SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D IC1BUF 0144 Input Capture 1 Buffer Register IC1TMR 0146 Timer Value 1 Register IC2CON1 0148 — — ICSIDL IC2CON2 014A — — — IC2BUF 014C Input Capture 2 Buffer Register IC2TMR 014E Timer Value 2 Register IC3CON1 0150 — — ICSIDL IC3CON2 0152 — — — IC3BUF 0154 Input Capture 3 Buffer Register IC3TMR 0156 Timer Value 3 Register IC4CON1 0158 — — ICSIDL IC4CON2 015A — — — IC4BUF 015C Input Capture 4 Buffer Register IC4TMR 015E Timer Value 4 Register IC5CON1 0160 — — ICSIDL IC5CON2 0162 — — — IC5BUF 0164 Input Capture 5 Buffer Register 0000 IC5TMR 0166 Timer Value 5 Register xxxx — — — ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 — — — ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 — — — ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 — — — — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. — — — — — — — — xxxx — — ICI1 ICI0 IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT — ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000 SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D 0000 xxxx — — ICI1 ICI0 IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT — ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000 SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D 0000 xxxx — — ICI1 ICI0 IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT — ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000 SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D 0000 xxxx — — ICI1 ICI0 IC32 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT — ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000 SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000D DS39951C-page 39 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY Legend: ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 0000 File Name Addr OUTPUT COMPARE REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 — OCSIDL Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 8 ENFLT2 ENFLT1 DCB0 OC32 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000 OC1CON1 0190 — OC1CON2 0192 FLTMD OC1RS 0194 Output Compare 1 Secondary Register 0000 OC1R 0196 Output Compare 1 Register 0000 OC1TMR 0198 Timer Value 1 Register OC2CON1 019A — OC2CON2 019C FLTMD OC2RS 019E Output Compare 2 Secondary Register 0000 OC2R 01A0 Output Compare 2 Register 0000 OC2TMR 01A2 Timer Value 2 Register OC3CON1 01A4 — OC3CON2 01A6 FLTMD FLTOUT FLTTRIEN — OCSIDL FLTOUT FLTTRIEN — OCSIDL FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 Bit 9 OCINV — DCB1 OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 OCINV — OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 OCINV — xxxx ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS DCB1 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000 SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C xxxx ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS DCB1 SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000 SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C OC3RS 01A8 Output Compare 3 Secondary Register 0000 OC3R 01AA Output Compare 3 Register 0000 OC3TMR 01AC Timer Value 3 Register OC4CON1 01AE — OC4CON2 01B0 FLTMD OC4RS 01B2 Output Compare 4 Secondary Register 0000 OC4R 01B4 Output Compare 4 Register 0000 OC4TMR 01B6 Timer Value 4 Register OC5CON1 01B8 — OC5CON2 01BA FLTMD OC5RS 01BC Output Compare 5 Secondary Register 0000 OC5R 01BE Output Compare 5 Register 0000 OC5TMR 01C0 Timer Value 5 Register xxxx Legend: — OCSIDL FLTOUT FLTTRIEN — OCSIDL FLTOUT FLTTRIEN OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 OCINV — OCINV — ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS DCB1 OCTSEL2 OCTSEL1 OCTSEL0 xxxx ENFLT2 ENFLT1 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 DCB0 OC32 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000 SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C xxxx ENFLT2 DCB1 OCFLT0 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000 SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 000C PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DS39951C-page 40 TABLE 4-8: 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. I2C™ REGISTER MAP TABLE 4-9: File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets I2C1RCV 0200 — — — — — — — — Receive Register 0000 I2C1TRN 0202 — — — — — — — — Transmit Register 00FF I2C1BRG 0204 — — — — — — — I2C1CON 0206 I2CEN — I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN A10M DISSLW SMEN GCEN STREN ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN I2C1STAT 0208 — — — BCL GCSTAT ADD10 IWCOL I2COV D/A P S R/W RBF TBF I2C1ADD 020A — — — — — — I2C1MSK 020C — — — — — — I2C2RCV 0210 — — — — — — — — I2C2TRN 0212 — — — — — — — — I2C2BRG 0214 — — — — — — — I2C2CON 0216 I2CEN — I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN A10M DISSLW SMEN GCEN STREN ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN I2C2STAT 0218 — — — BCL GCSTAT ADD10 IWCOL I2COV D/A P S R/W RBF TBF I2C2ADD 021A — — — — — — Address Register 0000 021C — — — — — — Address Mask Register 0000 I2C2MSK ACKSTAT TRSTAT 0000 Address Register 1000 0000 0000 Address Mask Register 0000 Receive Register 0000 Transmit Register 00FF Baud Rate Generator Register 0000 1000 0000 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-10: File Name Addr U1MODE U1STA UART REGISTER MAPS Bit 15 Bit 14 0220 UARTEN — 0222 UTXISEL1 UTXINV Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 USIDL IREN RTSMD — UEN1 UEN0 UTXISEL0 — UTXBRK UTXEN UTXBF TRMT Bit 7 Bit 6 WAKE LPBACK URXISEL1 URXISEL0 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 ABAUD RXINV BRGH PDSEL1 PDSEL0 STSEL 0000 ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA 0110 U1TXREG 0224 — — — — — — — Transmit Register U1RXREG 0226 — — — — — — — Receive Register U1BRG 0228 U2MODE 0230 UARTEN U2STA 0232 UTXISEL1 UTXINV Bit 0 xxxx 0000 Baud Rate Generator Prescaler Register — USIDL IREN RTSMD — UEN1 UEN0 UTXISEL0 — UTXBRK UTXEN UTXBF TRMT WAKE LPBACK URXISEL1 URXISEL0 0000 ABAUD RXINV BRGH PDSEL1 PDSEL0 STSEL 0000 ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA 0110 U2TXREG 0234 — — — — — — — Transmit Register U2RXREG 0236 — — — — — — — Receive Register U2BRG 0238 Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Baud Rate Generator Prescaler Register All Resets Bit 5 xxxx 0000 0000 DS39951C-page 41 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY Legend: ACKSTAT TRSTAT Baud Rate Generator Register File Name SPI REGISTER MAPS Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 SPIBEC2 SPIBEC1 SPIBEC0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets 0000 SPI1STAT 0240 SPIEN — SPISIDL — — SRMPT SPIROV SRXMPT SISEL2 SISEL1 SISEL0 SPITBF SPIRBF SPI1CON1 0242 — — — DISSCK DISSDO MODE16 SMP CKE SSEN CKP MSTEN SPRE2 SPRE1 SPRE0 PPRE1 PPRE0 0000 SPI1CON2 0244 FRMEN SPIFSD SPIFPOL — — — — — — — — — — — SPIFE SPIBEN 0000 SRMPT SPIROV SRXMPT SISEL2 SISEL1 SISEL0 SPITBF SPIRBF SPI1BUF 0248 SPI2STAT 0260 SPIEN — SPISIDL — — SPI2CON1 0262 — — — DISSCK DISSDO MODE16 SMP CKE SSEN CKP MSTEN SPRE2 SPRE1 SPRE0 PPRE1 PPRE0 0000 SPI2CON2 0264 FRMEN SPIFSD SPIFPOL — — — — — — — — — — — SPIFE SPIBEN 0000 SPI2BUF Legend: 0268 0000 Transmit and Receive Buffer 0000 0000 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-12: File Name Transmit and Receive Buffer SPIBEC2 SPIBEC1 SPIBEC0 PORTA REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10(1) Bit 9(1) Bit 8(1) Bit 7(1) Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets TRISA 02C0 — — — — — TRISA10 TRISA9 TRISA8 TRISA7 — — TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 079F PORTA 02C2 — — — — — RA10 RA9 RA8 RA7 — — RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 xxxx LATA 02C4 — — — — — LATA10 LATA9 LATA8 LATA7 — — LATA4 LATA3 LATA2 LATA1 LATA0 xxxx ODCA 02C6 — — — — — ODA10 ODA9 ODA8 ODA7 — — ODA4 ODA3 ODA2 ODA1 ODA0 0000 Legend: Note 1: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Reset values shown are for 44-pin devices. Bits are unimplemented in 28-pin devices; read as ‘0’. TABLE 4-13: File Name Addr PORTB REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets TRISB 02C8 TRISB10 TRISB9 TRISB8 TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 EFBF PORTB 02CA RB15 RB14 RB13 RB12 RB11 RB10 RB9 RB8 RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 xxxx LATB 02CC LATB15 LATB14 LATB13 LATB12 LATB11 LATB10 LATB9 LATB8 LATB7 LATB6 LATB5 LATB4 LATB3 LATB2 LATB1 LATB0 xxxx ODCB 02CE ODB15 ODB14 ODB13 ODB12 ODB11 ODB10 ODB9 ODB8 ODB7 ODB6 ODB5 ODB4 ODB3 ODB2 ODB1 ODB0 0000 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-14: File Name TRISB15 TRISB14 TRISB13 TRISB12 TRISB11 Bit 10 PORTC REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9(1) Bit 8(1) Bit 7(1) Bit 6(1) Bit 5(1) Bit 4(1) Bit 3(1) Bit 2(1) Bit 1(2(1) Bit 0(1) All Resets TRISC 02D0 — — — — — — TRISC9 TRISC8 TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 03FF PORTC 02D2 — — — — — — RC9 RC8 RC7 RC6 RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 xxxx LATC 02D4 — — — — — — LATC9 LATC8 LATC7 LATC6 LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0 xxxx ODCC 02D6 — — — — — — ODC9 ODC8 ODC7 ODC6 ODC5 ODC4 ODC3 ODC2 ODC1 ODC0 0000 Legend: Note 1: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Reset values shown are for 44-pin devices. Bits are unimplemented in 28-pin devices; read as ‘0’. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DS39951C-page 42 TABLE 4-11: 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-15: File Name PAD CONFIGURATION REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 PADCFG1 02FC — — — — — — — — — — — — — Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-16: Bit 2 Bit 1 RTSECSEL1 RTSECSEL0 Bit 0 All Resets PMPTTL 0000 ADC REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 ADC1BUF0 0300 ADC Data Buffer 0 xxxx ADC1BUF1 0302 ADC Data Buffer 1 xxxx ADC1BUF2 0304 ADC Data Buffer 2 xxxx ADC1BUF3 0306 ADC Data Buffer 3 xxxx ADC1BUF4 0308 ADC Data Buffer 4 xxxx ADC1BUF5 030A ADC Data Buffer 5 xxxx ADC1BUF6 030C ADC Data Buffer 6 xxxx ADC1BUF7 030E ADC Data Buffer 7 xxxx ADC1BUF8 0310 ADC Data Buffer 8 xxxx ADC1BUF9 0312 ADC Data Buffer 9 xxxx ADC1BUFA 0314 ADC Data Buffer 10 xxxx ADC1BUFB 0316 ADC Data Buffer 11 xxxx ADC1BUFC 0318 ADC Data Buffer 12 xxxx ADC1BUFD 031A ADC Data Buffer 13 xxxx ADC1BUFE 031C ADC Data Buffer 14 xxxx ADC1BUFF 031E ADC Data Buffer 15 AD1CON1 0320 ADON — ADSIDL — — Bit 9 Bit 8 FORM1 FORM0 Bit 7 Bit 6 SSRC2 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 xxxx SSRC1 SSRC0 — — ASAM SAMP DONE 0000 0000 AD1CON2 0322 VCFG2 VCFG1 VCFG0 r — CSCNA — — BUFS — SMPI3 SMPI2 SMPI1 SMPI0 BUFM ALTS AD1CON3 0324 ADRC r r SAMC4 SAMC3 SAMC2 SAMC1 SAMC0 ADCS7 ADCS6 ADCS5 ADCS4 ADCS3 ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 0000 AD1CHS 0328 CH0NB — — CH0SB4 CH0SB3 CH0SB2 CH0SB1 CH0SB0 CH0NA — — CH0SA4 CH0SA3 CH0SA2 CH0SA1 CH0SA0 0000 AD1PCFG 032C PCFG15 PCFG14 PCFG13 PCFG12(1) PCFG11 PCFG10 PCFG9 PCFG8(1) PCFG7(1) PCFG6(1) PCFG5 PCFG4 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 0000 CSSL10 CSSL9 CSSL8(1) CSSL7(1) CSSL6(1) CSSL5 CSSL4 CSSL3 CSSL2 CSSL1 CSSL0 0000 AD1CSSL Legend: Note 1: 0330 DS39951C-page 43 CTMUCON Addr CSSL13 CSSL12 CSSL11 CTMU REGISTER MAP Bit 15 033C CTMUEN CTMUICON 033E Legend: CSSL14 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved, maintain as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Bits are not available on 28-pin devices; read as ‘0’. TABLE 4-17: File Name CSSL15 (1) ITRIM5 Bit 14 — ITRIM4 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 CTMUSIDL TGEN EDGEN EDGSEQEN IDISSEN CTTRIG EDG2POL EDG2SEL1 EDG2SEL0 EDG1POL EDG1SEL1 EDG1SEL0 EDG2STAT EDG1STAT ITRIM3 ITRIM2 ITRIM1 ITRIM0 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. IRNG1 IRNG0 — — — — — — — — All Resets 0000 0000 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY Addr — Bit 10 All Resets File Name File Name Addr PARALLEL MASTER/SLAVE PORT REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 PMCON 0600 PMPEN — PSIDL PMMODE 0602 BUSY IRQM1 IRQM0 INCM1 INCM0 PMADDR 0604 — CS1 — — — Bit 10 ADRMUX1 ADRMUX0 Bit 9 PTBEEN Bit 8 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets 0000 CSF1 CSF0 ALP — CS1P BEP WRSP RDSP WAITB1 WAITB0 WAITM3 WAITM2 WAITM1 WAITM0 WAITE1 WAITE0 0000 ADDR10(1) ADDR9(1) ADDR8(1) ADDR7(1) ADDR6(1) ADDR5(1) ADDR4(1) ADDR3(1) ADDR2(1) ADDR1 ADDR0 0000 MODE16 PTWREN PTRDEN Bit 7 MODE1 MODE0 PMDOUT1 Parallel Port Data Out Register 1 (Buffers 0 and 1) 0000 PMDOUT2 0606 Parallel Port Data Out Register 2 (Buffers 2 and 3) 0000 0000 PMDIN1 0608 Parallel Port Data In Register 1 (Buffers 0 and 1) PMDIN2 060A Parallel Port Data In Register 2 (Buffers 2 and 3) PMAEN 060C — PTEN14 — — — PMSTAT 060E IBF IBOV — — IB3F Legend: Note 1: IB2F IB1F IB0F OBE OBUF — — OB3E OB2E PTEN1 PTEN0 0000 OB1E OB0E 0000 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Bits are not available on 28-pin devices; read as ‘0’. TABLE 4-19: File Name 0000 PTEN10(1) PTEN9(1) PTEN8(1) PTEN7(1) PTEN6(1) PTEN5(1) PTEN4(1) PTEN3(1) PTEN2(1) Addr REAL-TIME CLOCK AND CALENDAR REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 AMASK3 AMASK2 AMASK1 Bit 10 ALRMVAL 0620 ALCFGRPT 0622 RTCVAL 0624 RCFGCAL 0626 Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-20: Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 ARPT5 ARPT4 ARPT3 ARPT2 ARPT1 ARPT0 0000 CAL5 CAL4 CAL3 CAL2 CAL1 CAL0 xxxx Alarm Value Register Window Based on ALRMPTR<1:0> ALRMEN CHIME AMASK0 ALRMPTR1 ALRMPTR0 ARPT7 ARPT6 xxxx RTCC Value Register Window Based on RTCPTR<1:0> RTCEN — RTCWREN RTCSYNC HALFSEC RTCOE RTCPTR1 RTCPTR0 CAL7 All Resets Bit 5 CAL6 xxxx CRC REGISTER MAP 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 CRCCON1 0640 CRCEN — CSIDL CRCCON2 0642 — — — CRCXORL 0644 X15 X14 X13 X12 X11 X10 X9 X8 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 CRCXORH 0646 X31 X30 X29 X28 X27 X26 X25 X24 X23 X22 X21 X20 X19 X19 CRCDATL 0648 CRC Data Input Register Low Word xxxx CRCDATH 064A CRC Data Input Register High Word xxxx CRCWDATL 064C CRC Result Register Low Word xxxx CRCWDATH 064E CRC Result Register High Word xxxx Legend: Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 4 Bit 3 VWORD4 VWORD3 VWORD2 VWORD1 VWORD0 CRCFUL CRCMPT CRCISEL CRCGO LENDIAN — — — 0000 DWIDTH4 DWIDTH3 DWIDTH2 DWIDTH1 DWIDTH0 PLEN4 PLEN3 PLEN2 PLEN1 PLEN0 0000 X1 — 0000 X17 X16 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 — — Bit 5 — Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets File Name 0000 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DS39951C-page 44 TABLE 4-18: 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-21: File Name COMPARATORS REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 CMSTAT 0650 CMIDL — — — — CVRCON 0652 — — — — — CM1CON 0654 CEN COE CPOL — — — CEVT COUT CM2CON 065C CEN COE CPOL — — — CEVT COUT CM3CON 0664 CEN COE CPOL — — — CEVT COUT Legend: Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 C3EVT C2EVT C1EVT — Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets — — — — C3OUT C2OUT C1OUT 0000 CVROE CVRR CVRSS CVR3 CVR2 CVR1 CVR0 0000 EVPOL1 EVPOL0 — CREF — — CCH1 CCH0 0000 EVPOL1 EVPOL0 — CREF — — CCH1 CCH0 0000 EVPOL1 EVPOL0 — CREF — — CCH1 CCH0 0000 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets CVREFP CVREFM1 CVREFM0 CVREN — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-22: File Name Bit 10 PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 0680 — — — INT1R4 INT1R3 INT1R2 INT1R1 INT1R0 — — — — — — — — 1F00 0682 — — — — — — — — — — — INT2R4 INT2R3 INT2R2 INT2R1 INT2R0 001F RPINR3 0686 — — — T3CKR4 T3CKR3 T3CKR2 T3CKR1 T3CKR0 — — — T2CKR4 T2CKR3 T2CKR2 T2CKR1 T2CKR0 1F1F RPINR4 0688 — — — T5CKR4 T5CKR3 T5CKR2 T5CKR1 T5CKR0 — — — T4CKR4 T4CKR3 T4CKR2 T4CKR1 T4CKR0 1F1F RPINR7 068E — — — IC2R4 IC2R3 IC2R2 IC2R1 IC2R0 — — — IC1R4 IC1R3 IC1R2 IC1R1 IC1R0 1F1F RPINR8 0690 — — — IC4R4 IC4R3 IC4R2 IC4R1 IC4R0 — — — IC3R4 IC3R3 IC3R2 IC3R1 IC3R0 1F1F RPINR9 0692 — — — — — — — — — — — IC5R4 IC5R3 IC5R2 IC5R1 IC5R0 001F RPINR11 0696 — — — OCFBR4 OCFBR3 OCFBR2 OCFBR1 OCFBR0 — — — OCFAR4 OCFAR3 OCFAR2 OCFAR1 OCFAR0 1F1F RPINR18 06A4 — — — U1CTSR4 U1CTSR3 U1CTSR2 U1CTSR1 U1CTSR0 — — — U1RXR4 U1RXR3 U1RXR2 U1RXR1 U1RXR0 1F1F RPINR19 06A6 — — — U2CTSR4 U2CTSR3 U2CTSR2 U2CTSR1 U2CTSR0 — — — U2RXR4 U2RXR3 U2RXR2 U2RXR1 U2RXR0 1F1F RPINR20 06A8 — — — SCK1R4 SCK1R3 SCK1R2 SCK1R1 SCK1R0 — — — SDI1R4 SDI1R3 SDI1R2 SDI1R1 SDI1R0 1F1F RPINR21 06AA — — — — — — — — — — — SS1R4 SS1R3 SS1R2 SS1R1 SS1R0 001F RPINR22 06AC — — — SCK2R4 SCK2R3 SCK2R2 SCK2R1 SCK2R0 — — — SDI2R4 SDI2R3 SDI2R2 SDI2R1 SDI2R0 1F1F RPINR23 06AE — — — — — — — — — — — SS2R4 SS2R3 SS2R2 SS2R1 SS2R0 001F RPOR0 06C0 — — — RP1R4 RP1R3 RP1R2 RP1R1 RP1R0 — — — RP0R4 RP0R3 RP0R2 RP0R1 RP0R0 0000 RPOR1 06C2 — — — RP3R4 RP3R3 RP3R2 RP3R1 RP3R0 — — — RP2R4 RP2R3 RP2R2 RP2R1 RP2R0 0000 RPOR2 06C4 — — — RP5R4 RP5R3 RP5R2 RP5R1 RP5R0 — — — RP4R4 RP4R3 RP4R2 RP4R1 RP4R0 0000 RPOR3 06C6 — — — RP7R4 RP7R3 RP7R2 RP7R1 RP7R0 — — — RP6R4 RP6R3 RP6R2 RP6R1 RP6R0 0000 RPOR4 06C8 — — — RP9R4 RP9R3 RP9R2 RP9R1 RP9R0 — — — RP8R4 RP8R3 RP8R2 RP8R1 RP8R0 0000 RPOR5 06CA — — — RP11R4 RP11R3 RP11R2 RP11R1 RP11R0 — — — RP10R4 RP10R3 RP10R2 RP10R1 RP10R0 0000 RPOR6 06CC — — — RP13R4 RP13R3 RP13R2 RP13R1 RP13R0 — — — RP12R4 RP12R3 RP12R2 RP12R1 RP12R0 0000 RPOR7 06CE — — — RP15R4 RP15R3 RP15R2 RP15R1 RP15R0 — — — RP14R4 RP14R3 RP14R2 RP14R1 RP14R0 0000 RPOR8(1) 06D0 — — — RP17R4 RP17R3 RP17R2 RP17R1 RP17R0 — — — RP16R4 RP16R3 RP16R2 RP16R1 RP16R0 0000 RPOR9(1) 06D2 — — — RP19R4 RP19R3 RP19R2 RP19R1 RP19R0 — — — RP18R4 RP18R3 RP18R2 RP18R1 RP18R0 0000 RPOR10(1) 06D4 — — — RP21R4 RP21R3 RP21R2 RP21R1 RP21R0 — — — RP20R4 RP20R3 RP20R2 RP20R1 RP20R0 0000 RPOR11(1) 06D6 — — — RP23R4 RP23R3 RP23R2 RP23R1 RP23R0 — — — RP22R4 RP22R3 RP22R2 RP22R1 RP22R0 0000 RPOR12(1) 06D8 — — — RP25R4 RP25R3 RP25R2 RP25R1 RP25R0 — — — RP24R4 RP24R3 RP24R2 RP24R1 RP24R0 0000 Legend: Note 1: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Registers are unimplemented in 28-pin devices; read as ‘0’. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DS39951C-page 45 RPINR0 RPINR1 SYSTEM REGISTER MAP File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 RCON 0740 TRAPR IOPUWR OSCCON 0742 — COSC2 CLKDIV 0744 ROI DOZE2 OSCTUN 0748 — — REFOCON 074E ROEN — Legend: Note 1: 2: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. The Reset value of the RCON register is dependent on the type of Reset event. See Section 6.0 “Resets” for more information. The Reset value of the OSCCON register is dependent on both the type of Reset event and the device configuration. See Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration” for more information. TABLE 4-24: File Name DSCON Bit 13 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 EXTR SWR SWDTEN WDTO SLEEP CLKLOCK IOLOCK LOCK — CF Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 11 — — — DPSLP CM PMSLP COSC1 COSC0 — NOSC2 NOSC1 NOSC0 IDLE BOR DOZE1 DOZE0 DOZEN RCDIV2 RCDIV1 RCDIV0 — — — — — — — — 0100 — — — — — — — — TUN5 TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0 0000 ROSSLP ROSEL RODIV3 RODIV2 RODIV1 RODIV0 — — — — — — — — 0000 POSCEN SOSCEN Bit 0 All Resets Bit 12 POR Note 1 OSWEN Note 2 DEEP SLEEP REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 758 DSEN — — — — — — — — — — — — — DSWAKE 075A — — — — — — — DSINT0 DSFLT — — DSWDT DSRTC DSMCLR DSGPR0 075C Deep Sleep General Purpose Register 0 0000 DSGPR1 075E Deep Sleep General Purpose Register 1 0000 Legend: Note 1: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. The Deep Sleep registers are only reset on a VDD POR event. TABLE 4-25: Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 NVMCON 0760 WR WREN WRERR — — — — — — ERASE — NVMKEY 0766 — — — — — — — — Legend: Note 1: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Reset value shown is for POR only. Value on other Reset states is dependent on the state of memory write or erase operations at the time of Reset. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. File Name — DSPOR 0000 0001 NVM REGISTER MAP File Name TABLE 4-26: DSBOR RELEASE All Resets(1) Bit 4 — Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets NVMOP3 NVMOP2 NVMOP1 NVMOP0 0000(1) NVMKEY Register<7:0> 0000 PMD REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets PMD1 0770 T5MD T4MD T3MD T2MD T1MD — — — I2C1MD U2MD U1MD SPI2MD SPI1MD — — ADC1MD 0000 PMD2 0772 — — — IC5MD IC4MD IC3MD IC2MD IC1MD — — — OC5MD OC4MD OC3MD OC2MD OC1MD 0000 PMD3 0774 — — — — — CRCMD — — — — — I2C2MD — 0000 PMD4 0776 — — — — — — — — — LVDMD — 0000 Legend: CMPMD RTCCMD PMPMD — — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. — — REFOMD CTMUMD PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DS39951C-page 46 TABLE 4-23: PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 4.2.5 4.3 SOFTWARE STACK In addition to its use as a working register, the W15 register in PIC24F devices is also used as a Software Stack Pointer. The pointer always points to the first available free word and grows from lower to higher addresses. It predecrements for stack pops and post-increments for stack pushes, as shown in Figure 4-4. Note that for a PC push during any CALL instruction, the MSB of the PC is zero-extended before the push, ensuring that the MSB is always clear. Note: A PC push during exception processing will concatenate the SRL register to the MSB of the PC prior to the push. The Stack Pointer Limit Value (SPLIM) register, associated with the Stack Pointer, sets an upper address boundary for the stack. SPLIM is uninitialized at Reset. As is the case for the Stack Pointer, SPLIM<0> is forced to ‘0’ because all stack operations must be word-aligned. Whenever an EA is generated using W15 as a source or destination pointer, the resulting address is compared with the value in SPLIM. If the contents of the Stack Pointer (W15) and the SPLIM register are equal, and a push operation is performed, a stack error trap will not occur. The stack error trap will occur on a subsequent push operation. Thus, for example, if it is desirable to cause a stack error trap when the stack grows beyond address 2000h in RAM, initialize the SPLIM with the value, 1FFEh. Similarly, a Stack Pointer underflow (stack error) trap is generated when the Stack Pointer address is found to be less than 0800h. This prevents the stack from interfering with the Special Function Register (SFR) space. A write to the SPLIM register should not be immediately followed by an indirect read operation using W15. FIGURE 4-4: Stack Grows Towards Higher Address 0000h CALL STACK FRAME 15 0 PC<15:0> 000000000 PC<22:16> <Free Word> W15 (before CALL) W15 (after CALL) POP : [--W15] PUSH : [W15++] 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Interfacing Program and Data Memory Spaces The PIC24F architecture uses a 24-bit wide program space and a 16-bit wide data space. The architecture is also a modified Harvard scheme, meaning that data can also be present in the program space. To use this data successfully, it must be accessed in a way that preserves the alignment of information in both spaces. Aside from normal execution, the PIC24F architecture provides two methods by which program space can be accessed during operation: • Using table instructions to access individual bytes or words anywhere in the program space • Remapping a portion of the program space into the data space (program space visibility) Table instructions allow an application to read or write to small areas of the program memory. This makes the method ideal for accessing data tables that need to be updated from time to time. It also allows access to all bytes of the program word. The remapping method allows an application to access a large block of data on a read-only basis, which is ideal for look-ups from a large table of static data; it can only access the least significant word of the program word. 4.3.1 ADDRESSING PROGRAM SPACE Since the address ranges for the data and program spaces are 16 and 24 bits, respectively, a method is needed to create a 23-bit or 24-bit program address from 16-bit data registers. The solution depends on the interface method to be used. For table operations, the 8-bit Table Memory Page Address (TBLPAG) register is used to define a 32K word region within the program space. This is concatenated with a 16-bit EA to arrive at a full 24-bit program space address. In this format, the Most Significant bit of TBLPAG is used to determine if the operation occurs in the user memory (TBLPAG<7> = 0) or the configuration memory (TBLPAG<7> = 1). For remapping operations, the 8-bit Program Space Visibility Page Address (PSVPAG) register is used to define a 16K word page in the program space. When the Most Significant bit of the EA is ‘1’, PSVPAG is concatenated with the lower 15 bits of the EA to form a 23-bit program space address. Unlike table operations, this limits remapping operations strictly to the user memory area. Table 4-27 and Figure 4-5 show how the program EA is created for table operations and remapping accesses from the data EA. Here, P<23:0> refers to a program space word, whereas D<15:0> refers to a data space word. DS39951C-page 47 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 4-27: PROGRAM SPACE ADDRESS CONSTRUCTION Program Space Address Access Space <23> Instruction Access (Code Execution) User 0 TBLRD/TBLWT (Byte/Word Read/Write) User TBLPAG<7:0> Data EA<15:0> 0xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx Configuration TBLPAG<7:0> Data EA<15:0> 1xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx Access Type <15> <14:1> <0> PC<22:1> 0 0xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx0 Program Space Visibility (Block Remap/Read) Note 1: <22:16> User 0 PSVPAG<7:0> Data EA<14:0>(1) 0 xxxx xxxx xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx Data EA<15> is always ‘1’ in this case, but is not used in calculating the program space address. Bit 15 of the address is PSVPAG<0>. FIGURE 4-5: DATA ACCESS FROM PROGRAM SPACE ADDRESS GENERATION Program Counter(1) Program Counter 0 0 23 Bits EA Table Operations(2) 1/0 1/0 TBLPAG 8 Bits 16 Bits 24 Bits Select Program Space (Remapping) Visibility(1) 0 EA 1 0 PSVPAG 8 Bits 15 Bits 23 Bits User/Configuration Space Select Byte Select Note 1: The LSb of program space addresses is always fixed as ‘0’ in order to maintain word alignment of data in the program and data spaces. 2: Table operations are not required to be word-aligned. Table read operations are permitted in the configuration memory space. DS39951C-page 48 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 4.3.2 DATA ACCESS FROM PROGRAM MEMORY USING TABLE INSTRUCTIONS The TBLRDL and TBLWTL instructions offer a direct method of reading or writing the lower word of any address within the program space without going through data space. The TBLRDH and TBLWTH instructions are the only method to read or write the upper 8 bits of a program space word as data. The PC is incremented by two for each successive 24-bit program word. This allows program memory addresses to directly map to data space addresses. Program memory can thus be regarded as two, 16-bit word-wide address spaces, residing side by side, each with the same address range. TBLRDL and TBLWTL access the space which contains the least significant data word, and TBLRDH and TBLWTH access the space which contains the upper data byte. Two table instructions are provided to move byte or word-sized (16-bit) data to and from program space. Both function as either byte or word operations. 1. TBLRDL (Table Read Low): In Word mode, it maps the lower word of the program space location (P<15:0>) to a data address (D<15:0>). In Byte mode, either the upper or lower byte of the lower program word is mapped to the lower byte of a data address. The upper byte is selected when the byte select is ‘1’; the lower byte is selected when it is ‘0’. FIGURE 4-6: 2. TBLRDH (Table Read High): In Word mode, it maps the entire upper word of a program address (P<23:16>) to a data address. Note that D<15:8>, the ‘phantom’ byte, will always be ‘0’. In Byte mode, it maps the upper or lower byte of the program word to D<7:0> of the data address, as above. Note that the data will always be ‘0’ when the upper ‘phantom’ byte is selected (byte select = 1). In a similar fashion, two table instructions, TBLWTH and TBLWTL, are used to write individual bytes or words to a program space address. The details of their operation are explained in Section 5.0 “Flash Program Memory”. For all table operations, the area of program memory space to be accessed is determined by the Table Memory Page Address register (TBLPAG). TBLPAG covers the entire program memory space of the device, including user and configuration spaces. When TBLPAG<7> = 0, the table page is located in the user memory space. When TBLPAG<7> = 1, the page is located in configuration space. Note: Only table read operations will execute in the configuration memory space, and only then, in implemented areas, such as the Device ID. Table write operations are not allowed. ACCESSING PROGRAM MEMORY WITH TABLE INSTRUCTIONS Program Space TBLPAG 02 Data EA<15:0> 23 15 0 000000h 23 16 8 0 00000000 020000h 030000h 00000000 00000000 00000000 ‘Phantom’ Byte TBLRDH.B (Wn<0> = 0) TBLRDL.B (Wn<0> = 1) TBLRDL.B (Wn<0> = 0) TBLRDL.W 800000h 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. The address for the table operation is determined by the data EA within the page defined by the TBLPAG register. Only read operations are shown; write operations are also valid in the user memory area. DS39951C-page 49 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 4.3.3 READING DATA FROM PROGRAM MEMORY USING PROGRAM SPACE VISIBILITY The upper 32 Kbytes of data space may optionally be mapped into any 16K word page of the program space. This provides transparent access of stored constant data from the data space without the need to use special instructions (i.e., TBLRDL/H). Program space access through the data space occurs if the Most Significant bit (MSb) of the data space EA is ‘1’ and program space visibility is enabled by setting the PSV bit in the CPU Control register (CORCON<2>). The location of the program memory space to be mapped into the data space is determined by the Program Space Visibility Page Address register (PSVPAG). This 8-bit register defines any one of 256 possible pages of 16K words in program space. In effect, PSVPAG functions as the upper 8 bits of the program memory address, with the 15 bits of the EA functioning as the lower bits. Note that by incrementing the PC by 2 for each program memory word, the lower 15 bits of data space addresses directly map to the lower 15 bits in the corresponding program space addresses. Data reads to this area add an additional cycle to the instruction being executed, since two program memory fetches are required. Although each data space address, 8000h and higher, maps directly into a corresponding program memory address (see Figure 4-7), only the lower 16 bits of the FIGURE 4-7: 24-bit program word are used to contain the data. The upper 8 bits of any program space locations used as data should be programmed with ‘1111 1111’ or ‘0000 0000’ to force a NOP. This prevents possible issues should the area of code ever be accidentally executed. Note: PSV access is temporarily disabled during table reads/writes. For operations that use PSV and are executed outside a REPEAT loop, the MOV and MOV.D instructions will require one instruction cycle in addition to the specified execution time. All other instructions will require two instruction cycles in addition to the specified execution time. For operations that use PSV which are executed inside a REPEAT loop, there will be some instances that require two instruction cycles in addition to the specified execution time of the instruction: • Execution in the first iteration • Execution in the last iteration • Execution prior to exiting the loop due to an interrupt • Execution upon re-entering the loop after an interrupt is serviced Any other iteration of the REPEAT loop will allow the instruction accessing data, using PSV, to execute in a single cycle. PROGRAM SPACE VISIBILITY OPERATION When CORCON<2> = 1 and EA<15> = 1: Program Space PSVPAG 02 23 15 Data Space 0 000000h 0000h Data EA<14:0> 010000h 018000h The data in the page designated by PSVPAG is mapped into the upper half of the data memory space.... 8000h PSV Area FFFFh 800000h DS39951C-page 50 ...while the lower 15 bits of the EA specify an exact address within the PSV area. This corresponds exactly to the same lower 15 bits of the actual program space address. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 5.0 Note: FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY RTSP is accomplished using TBLRD (table read) and TBLWT (table write) instructions. With RTSP, the user may write program memory data in blocks of 64 instructions (192 bytes) at a time and erase program memory in blocks of 512 instructions (1536 bytes) at a time. This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 4. “Program Memory” (DS39715). 5.1 Regardless of the method used, all programming of Flash memory is done with the table read and table write instructions. These allow direct read and write access to the program memory space from the data memory while the device is in normal operating mode. The 24-bit target address in the program memory is formed using the TBLPAG<7:0> bits and the Effective Address (EA) from a W register specified in the table instruction, as shown in Figure 5-1. The PIC24FJ64GA104 family of devices contains internal Flash program memory for storing and executing application code. The memory is readable, writable and erasable when operating with VDD over 2.35V. (If the regulator is disabled, VDDCORE must be over 2.25V.) It can be programmed in four ways: • In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) • Run-Time Self-Programming (RTSP) • Enhanced In-Circuit Serial Programming (Enhanced ICSP) The TBLRDL and the TBLWTL instructions are used to read or write to bits<15:0> of program memory. TBLRDL and TBLWTL can access program memory in both Word and Byte modes. ICSP allows a PIC24FJ64GA104 family device to be serially programmed while in the end application circuit. This is simply done with two lines for the programming clock and programming data (which are named PGECx and PGEDx, respectively), and three other lines for power (VDD), ground (VSS) and Master Clear (MCLR). This allows customers to manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices and then program the microcontroller just before shipping the product. This also allows the most recent firmware or a custom firmware to be programmed. FIGURE 5-1: Table Instructions and Flash Programming The TBLRDH and TBLWTH instructions are used to read or write to bits<23:16> of program memory. TBLRDH and TBLWTH can also access program memory in Word or Byte mode. ADDRESSING FOR TABLE REGISTERS 24 Bits Using Program Counter Program Counter 0 0 Working Reg EA Using Table Instruction User/Configuration Space Select 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 1/0 TBLPAG Reg 8 Bits 16 Bits 24-Bit EA Byte Select DS39951C-page 51 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 5.2 RTSP Operation The PIC24F Flash program memory array is organized into rows of 64 instructions or 192 bytes. RTSP allows the user to erase blocks of eight rows (512 instructions) at a time and to program one row at a time. It is also possible to program single words. The 8-row erase blocks and single row write blocks are edge-aligned, from the beginning of program memory, on boundaries of 1536 bytes and 192 bytes, respectively. When data is written to program memory using TBLWT instructions, the data is not written directly to memory. Instead, data written using table writes is stored in holding latches until the programming sequence is executed. Any number of TBLWT instructions can be executed and a write will be successfully performed. However, 64 TBLWT instructions are required to write the full row of memory. To ensure that no data is corrupted during a write, any unused addresses should be programmed with FFFFFFh. This is because the holding latches reset to an unknown state, so if the addresses are left in the Reset state, they may overwrite the locations on rows which were not rewritten. The basic sequence for RTSP programming is to set up a Table Pointer, then do a series of TBLWT instructions to load the buffers. Programming is performed by setting the control bits in the NVMCON register. Data can be loaded in any order and the holding registers can be written to multiple times before performing a write operation. Subsequent writes, however, will wipe out any previous writes. Note: Writing to a location multiple times without erasing is not recommended. All of the table write operations are single-word writes (2 instruction cycles), because only the buffers are written. A programming cycle is required for programming each row. DS39951C-page 52 5.3 JTAG Operation The PIC24F family supports JTAG boundary scan. Boundary scan can improve the manufacturing process by verifying pin to PCB connectivity. 5.4 Enhanced In-Circuit Serial Programming Enhanced In-Circuit Serial Programming uses an on-board bootloader, known as the program executive, to manage the programming process. Using an SPI data frame format, the program executive can erase, program and verify program memory. For more information on Enhanced ICSP, see the device programming specification. 5.5 Control Registers There are two SFRs used to read and write the program Flash memory: NVMCON and NVMKEY. The NVMCON register (Register 5-1) controls which blocks are to be erased, which memory type is to be programmed and when the programming cycle starts. NVMKEY is a write-only register that is used for write protection. To start a programming or erase sequence, the user must consecutively write 55h and AAh to the NVMKEY register. Refer to Section 5.6 “Programming Operations” for further details. 5.6 Programming Operations A complete programming sequence is necessary for programming or erasing the internal Flash in RTSP mode. During a programming or erase operation, the processor stalls (waits) until the operation is finished. Setting the WR bit (NVMCON<15>) starts the operation and the WR bit is automatically cleared when the operation is finished. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 5-1: NVMCON: FLASH MEMORY CONTROL REGISTER R/SO-0, HC(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0, HS(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 WR WREN WRERR — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-0(1) U-0 U-0 R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) — ERASE — — NVMOP3(2) NVMOP2(2) NVMOP1(2) NVMOP0(2) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: SO = Settable Only bit HC = Hardware Clearable bit HS = Hardware Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 WR: Write Control bit(1) 1 = Initiates a Flash memory program or erase operation. The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once the operation is complete. 0 = Program or erase operation is complete and inactive bit 14 WREN: Write Enable bit(1) 1 = Enable Flash program/erase operations 0 = Inhibit Flash program/erase operations bit 13 WRERR: Write Sequence Error Flag bit(1) 1 = An improper program or erase sequence attempt, or termination has occurred (bit is set automatically on any set attempt of the WR bit) 0 = The program or erase operation completed normally bit 12-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6 ERASE: Erase/Program Enable bit(1) 1 = Perform the erase operation specified by NVMOP<3:0> on the next WR command 0 = Perform the program operation specified by NVMOP<3:0> on the next WR command bit 5-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3-0 NVMOP<3:0>: NVM Operation Select bits(1,2) 1111 = Memory bulk erase operation (ERASE = 1) or no operation (ERASE = 0)(3) 0011 = Memory word program operation (ERASE = 0) or no operation (ERASE = 1) 0010 = Memory page erase operation (ERASE = 1) or no operation (ERASE = 0) 0001 = Memory row program operation (ERASE = 0) or no operation (ERASE = 1) Note 1: 2: 3: These bits can only be reset on POR. All other combinations of NVMOP<3:0> are unimplemented. Available in ICSP™ mode only. Refer to device programming specification. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 53 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 5.6.1 PROGRAMMING ALGORITHM FOR FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY 4. 5. The user can program one row of Flash program memory at a time. To do this, it is necessary to erase the 8-row erase block containing the desired row. The general process is as follows: 1. 2. 3. Read eight rows of program memory (512 instructions) and store in data RAM. Update the program data in RAM with the desired new data. Erase the block (see Example 5-1): a) Set the NVMOP bits (NVMCON<3:0>) to ‘0010’ to configure for block erase. Set the ERASE (NVMCON<6>) and WREN (NVMCON<14>) bits. b) Write the starting address of the block to be erased into the TBLPAG and W registers. c) Write 55h to NVMKEY. d) Write AAh to NVMKEY. e) Set the WR bit (NVMCON<15>). The erase cycle begins and the CPU stalls for the duration of the erase cycle. When the erase is done, the WR bit is cleared automatically. EXAMPLE 5-1: DS39951C-page 54 For protection against accidental operations, the write initiate sequence for NVMKEY must be used to allow any erase or program operation to proceed. After the programming command has been executed, the user must wait for the programming time until programming is complete. The two instructions following the start of the programming sequence should be NOPs, as shown in Example 5-5. ERASING A PROGRAM MEMORY BLOCK (ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE CODE) ; Set up NVMCON for block erase operation MOV #0x4042, W0 MOV W0, NVMCON ; Init pointer to row to be ERASED MOV #tblpage(PROG_ADDR), W0 MOV W0, TBLPAG MOV #tbloffset(PROG_ADDR), W0 TBLWTL W0, [W0] DISI #5 MOV MOV MOV MOV BSET NOP NOP 6. Write the first 64 instructions from data RAM into the program memory buffers (see Example 5-1). Write the program block to Flash memory: a) Set the NVMOP bits to ‘0001’ to configure for row programming. Clear the ERASE bit and set the WREN bit. b) Write 55h to NVMKEY. c) Write AAh to NVMKEY. d) Set the WR bit. The programming cycle begins and the CPU stalls for the duration of the write cycle. When the write to Flash memory is done, the WR bit is cleared automatically. Repeat steps 4 and 5, using the next available 64 instructions from the block in data RAM by incrementing the value in TBLPAG, until all 512 instructions are written back to Flash memory. #0x55, W0 W0, NVMKEY #0xAA, W1 W1, NVMKEY NVMCON, #WR ; ; Initialize NVMCON ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR Initialize in-page EA[15:0] pointer Set base address of erase block Block all interrupts with priority <7 for next 5 instructions Write the 55 key Write the AA key Start the erase sequence Insert two NOPs after the erase command is asserted 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY EXAMPLE 5-2: ERASING A PROGRAM MEMORY BLOCK (C LANGUAGE CODE) // C example using MPLAB C30 unsigned long progAddr = 0xXXXXXX; unsigned int offset; // Address of row to write //Set up pointer to the first memory location to be written TBLPAG = progAddr>>16; // Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR offset = progAddr & 0xFFFF; // Initialize lower word of address __builtin_tblwtl(offset, 0x0000); // Set base address of erase block // with dummy latch write NVMCON = 0x4042; // Initialize NVMCON asm("DISI #5"); // // // // __builtin_write_NVM(); EXAMPLE 5-3: Block all interrupts with priority <7 for next 5 instructions C30 function to perform unlock sequence and set WR LOADING THE WRITE BUFFERS (ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE CODE) ; Set up NVMCON for row programming operations MOV #0x4001, W0 ; MOV W0, NVMCON ; Initialize NVMCON ; Set up a pointer to the first program memory location to be written ; program memory selected, and writes enabled MOV #0x0000, W0 ; MOV W0, TBLPAG ; Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR MOV #0x6000, W0 ; An example program memory address ; Perform the TBLWT instructions to write the latches ; 0th_program_word MOV #LOW_WORD_0, W2 ; MOV #HIGH_BYTE_0, W3 ; TBLWTL W2, [W0] ; Write PM low word into program latch TBLWTH W3, [W0++] ; Write PM high byte into program latch ; 1st_program_word MOV #LOW_WORD_1, W2 ; MOV #HIGH_BYTE_1, W3 ; TBLWTL W2, [W0] ; Write PM low word into program latch TBLWTH W3, [W0++] ; Write PM high byte into program latch ; 2nd_program_word MOV #LOW_WORD_2, W2 ; MOV #HIGH_BYTE_2, W3 ; TBLWTL W2, [W0] ; Write PM low word into program latch TBLWTH W3, [W0++] ; Write PM high byte into program latch • • • ; 63rd_program_word MOV #LOW_WORD_31, W2 ; MOV #HIGH_BYTE_31, W3 ; TBLWTL W2, [W0] ; Write PM low word into program latch TBLWTH W3, [W0] ; Write PM high byte into program latch 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 55 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY EXAMPLE 5-4: LOADING THE WRITE BUFFERS (C LANGUAGE CODE) // C example using MPLAB C30 #define NUM_INSTRUCTION_PER_ROW 64 unsigned int offset; unsigned int i; unsigned long progAddr = 0xXXXXXX; unsigned int progData[2*NUM_INSTRUCTION_PER_ROW]; //Set up NVMCON for row programming NVMCON = 0x4001; // Address of row to write // Buffer of data to write // Initialize NVMCON //Set up pointer to the first memory location to be written TBLPAG = progAddr>>16; // Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR offset = progAddr & 0xFFFF; // Initialize lower word of address //Perform TBLWT instructions to write necessary number of latches for(i=0; i < 2*NUM_INSTRUCTION_PER_ROW; i++) { __builtin_tblwtl(offset, progData[i++]); // Write to address low word __builtin_tblwth(offset, progData[i]); // Write to upper byte offset = offset + 2; // Increment address } EXAMPLE 5-5: INITIATING A PROGRAMMING SEQUENCE (ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE CODE) DISI #5 MOV MOV MOV MOV BSET NOP NOP BTSC BRA #0x55, W0 W0, NVMKEY #0xAA, W1 W1, NVMKEY NVMCON, #WR EXAMPLE 5-6: ; Block all interrupts with priority <7 ; for next 5 instructions ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; NVMCON, #15 $-2 Write the 55 key Write the AA key Start the erase sequence and wait for it to be completed INITIATING A PROGRAMMING SEQUENCE (C LANGUAGE CODE) // C example using MPLAB C30 asm("DISI #5"); // Block all interrupts with priority < 7 // for next 5 instructions __builtin_write_NVM(); // Perform unlock sequence and set WR DS39951C-page 56 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 5.6.2 PROGRAMMING A SINGLE WORD OF FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY instructions write the desired data into the write latches and specify the lower 16 bits of the program memory address to write to. To configure the NVMCON register for a word write, set the NVMOP bits (NVMCON<3:0>) to ‘0011’. The write is performed by executing the unlock sequence and setting the WR bit (see Example 5-7). If a Flash location has been erased, it can be programmed using table write instructions to write an instruction word (24-bit) into the write latch. The TBLPAG register is loaded with the 8 Most Significant Bytes of the Flash address. The TBLWTL and TBLWTH EXAMPLE 5-7: PROGRAMMING A SINGLE WORD OF FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY (ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE CODE) ; Setup a pointer to data Program Memory MOV #tblpage(PROG_ADDR), W0 ; MOV W0, TBLPAG ;Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR MOV #tbloffset(PROG_ADDR), W0 ;Initialize a register with program memory address MOV MOV TBLWTL TBLWTH #LOW_WORD, W2 #HIGH_BYTE, W3 W2, [W0] W3, [W0++] ; ; ; Write PM low word into program latch ; Write PM high byte into program latch ; Setup NVMCON for programming one word to data Program Memory MOV #0x4003, W0 ; MOV W0, NVMCON ; Set NVMOP bits to 0011 DISI MOV MOV MOV MOV BSET NOP NOP #5 #0x55, W0 W0, NVMKEY #0xAA, W0 W0, NVMKEY NVMCON, #WR EXAMPLE 5-8: ; Disable interrupts while the KEY sequence is written ; Write the key sequence ; Start the write cycle ; Insert two NOPs after the erase ; Command is asserted PROGRAMMING A SINGLE WORD OF FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY (C LANGUAGE CODE) // C example using MPLAB C30 unsigned unsigned unsigned unsigned int offset; long progAddr = 0xXXXXXX; int progDataL = 0xXXXX; char progDataH = 0xXX; //Set up NVMCON for word programming NVMCON = 0x4003; // Address of word to program // Data to program lower word // Data to program upper byte // Initialize NVMCON //Set up pointer to the first memory location to be written TBLPAG = progAddr>>16; // Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR offset = progAddr & 0xFFFF; // Initialize lower word of address //Perform TBLWT instructions to write latches __builtin_tblwtl(offset, progDataL); __builtin_tblwth(offset, progDataH); asm(“DISI #5”); __builtin_write_NVM(); 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. // // // // // // Write to address low word Write to upper byte Block interrupts with priority < 7 for next 5 instructions C30 function to perform unlock sequence and set WR DS39951C-page 57 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 58 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 6.0 Note: RESETS This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 7. “Reset” (DS39712). The Reset module combines all Reset sources and controls the device Master Reset Signal, SYSRST. The following is a list of device Reset sources: • • • • • • • • • POR: Power-on Reset MCLR: Pin Reset SWR: RESET Instruction WDT: Watchdog Timer Reset BOR: Brown-out Reset CM: Configuration Mismatch Reset TRAPR: Trap Conflict Reset IOPUWR: Illegal Opcode Reset UWR: Uninitialized W Register Reset Any active source of Reset will make the SYSRST signal active. Many registers associated with the CPU and peripherals are forced to a known Reset state. Most registers are unaffected by a Reset; their status is unknown on POR and unchanged by all other Resets. Note: All types of device Reset will set a corresponding status bit in the RCON register to indicate the type of Reset (see Register 6-1). A Power-on Reset will clear all bits, except for the BOR and POR bits (RCON<1:0>), which are set. The user may set or clear any bit at any time during code execution. The RCON bits only serve as status bits. Setting a particular Reset status bit in software will not cause a device Reset to occur. The RCON register also has other bits associated with the Watchdog Timer and device power-saving states. The function of these bits is discussed in other sections of this data sheet. A simplified block diagram of the Reset module is shown in Figure 6-1. FIGURE 6-1: Refer to the specific peripheral or CPU section of this manual for register Reset states. Note: The status bits in the RCON register should be cleared after they are read so that the next RCON register value after a device Reset will be meaningful. RESET SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM RESET Instruction Glitch Filter MCLR WDT Module Sleep or Idle VDD Rise Detect POR Brown-out Reset BOR SYSRST VDD Enable Voltage Regulator Trap Conflict Illegal Opcode Configuration Mismatch Uninitialized W Register 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 59 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER(1) REGISTER 6-1: R/W-0 TRAPR bit 15 R/W-0 IOPUWR U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — R/CO-0, HS DPSLP R/W-0 CM R/W-0 PMSLP bit 8 R/W-0 EXTR bit 7 R/W-0 SWR R/W-0 SWDTEN(2) R/W-0 WDTO R/W-0, SLEEP R/W-0 IDLE R/W-1 BOR R/W-1 POR bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 15 bit 14 bit 13-11 bit 10 bit 9 bit 8 bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 Note 1: 2: CO = Clearable Only bit W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set HS = Hardware Settable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown TRAPR: Trap Reset Flag bit 1 = A Trap Conflict Reset has occurred 0 = A Trap Conflict Reset has not occurred IOPUWR: Illegal Opcode or Uninitialized W Access Reset Flag bit 1 = An illegal opcode detection, an illegal address mode or uninitialized W register used as an Address Pointer caused a Reset 0 = An illegal opcode or uninitialized W Reset has not occurred Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DPSLP: Deep Sleep Mode Flag bit 1 = Deep Sleep has occurred 0 = Deep Sleep has not occurred CM: Configuration Word Mismatch Reset Flag bit 1 = A Configuration Word Mismatch Reset has occurred 0 = A Configuration Word Mismatch Reset has not occurred PMSLP: Program Memory Power During Sleep bit 1 = Program memory bias voltage remains powered during Sleep 0 = Program memory bias voltage is powered down during Sleep and voltage regulator enters Standby mode EXTR: External Reset (MCLR) Pin bit 1 = A Master Clear (pin) Reset has occurred 0 = A Master Clear (pin) Reset has not occurred SWR: Software Reset (Instruction) Flag bit 1 = A RESET instruction has been executed 0 = A RESET instruction has not been executed SWDTEN: Software Enable/Disable of WDT bit(2) 1 = WDT is enabled 0 = WDT is disabled WDTO: Watchdog Timer Time-out Flag bit 1 = WDT time-out has occurred 0 = WDT time-out has not occurred SLEEP: Wake From Sleep Flag bit 1 = Device has been in Sleep mode 0 = Device has not been in Sleep mode IDLE: Wake-up From Idle Flag bit 1 = Device has been in Idle mode 0 = Device has not been in Idle mode All of the Reset status bits may be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not cause a device Reset. If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is ‘1’ (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the SWDTEN bit setting. DS39951C-page 60 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER(1) (CONTINUED) REGISTER 6-1: bit 1 BOR: Brown-out Reset Flag bit 1 = A Brown-out Reset has occurred. Note that BOR is also set after a Power-on Reset. 0 = A Brown-out Reset has not occurred POR: Power-on Reset Flag bit 1 = A Power-on Reset has occurred 0 = A Power-on Reset has not occurred bit 0 Note 1: All of the Reset status bits may be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not cause a device Reset. If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is ‘1’ (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the SWDTEN bit setting. 2: TABLE 6-1: RESET FLAG BIT OPERATION Flag Bit Setting Event Clearing Event TRAPR (RCON<15>) Trap Conflict Event POR IOPUWR (RCON<14>) Illegal Opcode or Uninitialized W Register Access POR CM (RCON<9>) Configuration Mismatch Reset POR EXTR (RCON<7>) MCLR Reset POR SWR (RCON<6>) RESET Instruction WDTO (RCON<4>) WDT Time-out SLEEP (RCON<3>) PWRSAV #SLEEP Instruction POR IDLE (RCON<2>) PWRSAV #IDLE Instruction POR POR PWRSAV Instruction, POR BOR (RCON<1>) POR, BOR — POR (RCON<0>) POR — DPSLP (RCON<10>) PWRSAV #SLEEP instruction with DSCON <DSEN> set Note: 6.1 POR All Reset flag bits may be set or cleared by the user software. Clock Source Selection at Reset If clock switching is enabled, the system clock source at device Reset is chosen as shown in Table 6-2. If clock switching is disabled, the system clock source is always selected according to the oscillator Configuration bits. Refer to Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration” for further details. TABLE 6-2: Reset Type POR BOR MCLR WDTO OSCILLATOR SELECTION vs. TYPE OF RESET (CLOCK SWITCHING ENABLED) Clock Source Determinant FNOSC Configuration bits (CW2<10:8>) 6.2 Device Reset Times The Reset times for various types of device Reset are summarized in Table 6-3. Note that the System Reset signal, SYSRST, is released after the POR and PWRT delay times expire. The time at which the device actually begins to execute code will also depend on the system oscillator delays, which include the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) and the PLL lock time. The OST and PLL lock times occur in parallel with the applicable SYSRST delay times. The FSCM delay determines the time at which the FSCM begins to monitor the system clock source after the SYSRST signal is released. COSC Control bits (OSCCON<14:12>) SWR 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 61 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 6-3: RESET DELAY TIMES FOR VARIOUS DEVICE RESETS Reset Type POR(6) EC BOR All Others Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: Clock Source SYSRST Delay System Clock Delay TPOR + TRST + TPWRT — Notes 1, 2, 3, 8 FRC, FRCDIV TPOR + TRST + TPWRT TFRC 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 LPRC TPOR + TRST + TPWRT TLPRC 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 1, 2, 3, 5, 8 ECPLL TPOR + TRST + TPWRT TLOCK FRCPLL TPOR + TRST + TPWRT TFRC + TLOCK XT, HS, SOSC TPOR+ TRST + TPWRT TOST XTPLL, HSPLL TPOR + TRST + TPWRT TOST + TLOCK 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 1, 2, 3, 6, 8 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8 EC TRST + TPWRT — FRC, FRCDIV TRST + TPWRT TFRC 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 LPRC TRST + TPWRT TLPRC 2, 3, 4, 8 ECPLL TRST + TPWRT TLOCK 2, 3, 5, 8 FRCPLL TRST + TPWRT TFRC + TLOCK XT, HS, SOSC TRST + TPWRT TOST XTPLL, HSPLL TRST + TPWRT TFRC + TLOCK TRST — Any Clock 2, 3, 8 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 2, 3, 6, 8 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 2, 8 8: TPOR = Power-on Reset delay. TRST = Internal State Reset time. TPWRT = 64 ms nominal if regulator is disabled (DISVREG tied to VDD). TFRC and TLPRC = RC Oscillator start-up times. TLOCK = PLL lock time. TOST = Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST). A 10-bit counter waits 1024 oscillator periods before releasing the oscillator clock to the system. If Two-Speed Start-up is enabled, regardless of the Primary Oscillator selected, the device starts with FRC, and in such cases, FRC start-up time is valid. TRST = Configuration setup time. Note: For detailed operating frequency and timing specifications, see Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics”. 7: DS39951C-page 62 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 6.2.1 POR AND LONG OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMES The oscillator start-up circuitry and its associated delay timers are not linked to the device Reset delays that occur at power-up. Some crystal circuits (especially low-frequency crystals) will have a relatively long start-up time. Therefore, one or more of the following conditions is possible after SYSRST is released: • The oscillator circuit has not begun to oscillate. • The Oscillator Start-up Timer has not expired (if a crystal oscillator is used). • The PLL has not achieved a lock (if PLL is used). The device will not begin to execute code until a valid clock source has been released to the system. Therefore, the oscillator and PLL start-up delays must be considered when the Reset delay time must be known. 6.2.2 FAIL-SAFE CLOCK MONITOR (FSCM) AND DEVICE RESETS If the FSCM is enabled, it will begin to monitor the system clock source when SYSRST is released. If a valid clock source is not available at this time, the device will automatically switch to the FRC Oscillator and the user can switch to the desired crystal oscillator in the Trap Service Routine (TSR). 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 6.3 Special Function Register Reset States Most of the Special Function Registers (SFRs) associated with the PIC24F CPU and peripherals are reset to a particular value at a device Reset. The SFRs are grouped by their peripheral or CPU function and their Reset values are specified in each section of this manual. The Reset value for each SFR does not depend on the type of Reset with the exception of four registers. The Reset value for the Reset Control register, RCON, will depend on the type of device Reset. The Reset value for the Oscillator Control register, OSCCON, will depend on the type of Reset and the programmed values of the FNOSC bits in Flash Configuration Word 2 (CW2); see Table 6-2. The RCFGCAL and NVMCON registers are only affected by a POR. 6.4 Deep Sleep BOR (DSBOR) Deep Sleep BOR is a very low-power BOR circuitry, used when the device is in Deep Sleep mode. Due to low-current consumption, accuracy may vary. The DSBOR trip point is around 2.0V. DSBOR is enabled by configuring CW4 (DSBOREN) = 1. DSBOR will re-arm the POR to ensure the device will reset if VDD drops below the POR threshold. DS39951C-page 63 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 64 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 7.0 Note: INTERRUPT CONTROLLER This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 8. “Interrupts” (DS39707). The PIC24F interrupt controller reduces the numerous peripheral interrupt request signals to a single interrupt request signal to the PIC24F CPU. It has the following features: • • • • Up to 8 processor exceptions and software traps 7 user-selectable priority levels Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) with up to 118 vectors A unique vector for each interrupt or exception source • Fixed priority within a specified user priority level • Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) for debug support • Fixed interrupt entry and return latencies 7.1 Interrupt Vector Table The Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) is shown in Figure 7-1. The IVT resides in program memory, starting at location 000004h. The IVT contains 126 vectors, consisting of 8 non-maskable trap vectors, plus up to 118 sources of interrupt. In general, each interrupt source has its own vector. Each interrupt vector contains a 24-bit wide address. The value programmed into each interrupt vector location is the starting address of the associated Interrupt Service Routine (ISR). 7.1.1 ALTERNATE INTERRUPT VECTOR TABLE The Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) is located after the IVT, as shown in Figure 7-1. Access to the AIVT is provided by the ALTIVT control bit (INTCON2<15>). If the ALTIVT bit is set, all interrupt and exception processes will use the alternate vectors instead of the default vectors. The alternate vectors are organized in the same manner as the default vectors. The AIVT supports emulation and debugging efforts by providing a means to switch between an application and a support environment without requiring the interrupt vectors to be reprogrammed. This feature also enables switching between applications for evaluation of different software algorithms at run time. If the AIVT is not needed, the AIVT should be programmed with the same addresses used in the IVT. 7.2 Reset Sequence A device Reset is not a true exception because the interrupt controller is not involved in the Reset process. The PIC24F devices clear their registers in response to a Reset which forces the PC to zero. The microcontroller then begins program execution at location 000000h. The user programs a GOTO instruction at the Reset address, which redirects program execution to the appropriate start-up routine. Note: Any unimplemented or unused vector locations in the IVT and AIVT should be programmed with the address of a default interrupt handler routine that contains a RESET instruction. Interrupt vectors are prioritized in terms of their natural priority; this is linked to their position in the vector table. All other things being equal, lower addresses have a higher natural priority. For example, the interrupt associated with vector 0 will take priority over interrupts at any other vector address. PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices implement non-maskable traps and unique interrupts. These are summarized in Table 7-1 and Table 7-2. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 65 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 7-1: PIC24F INTERRUPT VECTOR TABLE Decreasing Natural Order Priority Reset – GOTO Instruction Reset – GOTO Address Reserved Oscillator Fail Trap Vector Address Error Trap Vector Stack Error Trap Vector Math Error Trap Vector Reserved Reserved Reserved Interrupt Vector 0 Interrupt Vector 1 — — — Interrupt Vector 52 Interrupt Vector 53 Interrupt Vector 54 — — — Interrupt Vector 116 Interrupt Vector 117 Reserved Reserved Reserved Oscillator Fail Trap Vector Address Error Trap Vector Stack Error Trap Vector Math Error Trap Vector Reserved Reserved Reserved Interrupt Vector 0 Interrupt Vector 1 — — — Interrupt Vector 52 Interrupt Vector 53 Interrupt Vector 54 — — — Interrupt Vector 116 Interrupt Vector 117 Start of Code Note 1: TABLE 7-1: 000000h 000002h 000004h 000014h 00007Ch 00007Eh 000080h 0000FCh 0000FEh 000100h 000102h 000114h Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT)(1) 00017Ch 00017Eh 000180h 0001FEh 000200h See Table 7-2 for the interrupt vector list. TRAP VECTOR DETAILS Vector Number IVT Address AIVT Address 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 000004h 000006h 000008h 00000Ah 00000Ch 00000Eh 000010h 000012h 000104h 000106h 000108h 00010Ah 00010Ch 00010Eh 000110h 000112h DS39951C-page 66 Interrupt Vector Table (IVT)(1) Trap Source Reserved Oscillator Failure Address Error Stack Error Math Error Reserved Reserved Reserved 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 7-2: IMPLEMENTED INTERRUPT VECTORS Interrupt Bit Locations Vector Number IVT Address AIVT Address Flag Enable ADC1 Conversion Done 13 00002Eh 00012Eh IFS0<13> IEC0<13> IPC3<6:4> Comparator Event 18 000038h 000138h IFS1<2> IEC1<2> IPC4<10:8> CRC Generator 67 00009Ah 00019Ah IFS4<3> IEC4<3> IPC16<14:12> CTMU Event 77 0000AEh 0001AEh IFS4<13> IEC4<13> IPC19<6:4> Interrupt Source Priority External Interrupt 0 0 000014h 000114h IFS0<0> IEC0<0> IPC0<2:0> External Interrupt 1 20 00003Ch 00013Ch IFS1<4> IEC1<4> IPC5<2:0> External Interrupt 2 29 00004Eh 00014Eh IFS1<13> IEC1<13> IPC7<6:4> I2C1 Master Event 17 000036h 000136h IFS1<1> IEC1<1> IPC4<6:4> I2C1 Slave Event 16 000034h 000134h IFS1<0> IEC1<0> IPC4<2:0> I2C2 Master Event 50 000078h 000178h IFS3<2> IEC3<2> IPC12<10:8> I2C2 Slave Event 49 000076h 000176h IFS3<1> IEC3<1> IPC12<6:4> Input Capture 1 1 000016h 000116h IFS0<1> IEC0<1> IPC0<6:4> Input Capture 2 5 00001Eh 00011Eh IFS0<5> IEC0<5> IPC1<6:4> Input Capture 3 37 00005Eh 00015Eh IFS2<5> IEC2<5> IPC9<6:4> Input Capture 4 38 000060h 000160h IFS2<6> IEC2<6> IPC9<10:8> Input Capture 5 39 000062h 000162h IFS2<7> IEC2<7> IPC9<14:12> Input Change Notification 19 00003Ah 00013Ah IFS1<3> IEC1<3> IPC4<14:12> LVD Low-Voltage Detect 72 0000A4h 0001A4h IFS4<8> IEC4<8> IPC18<2:0> Output Compare 1 2 000018h 000118h IFS0<2> IEC0<2> IPC0<10:8> Output Compare 2 6 000020h 000120h IFS0<6> IEC0<6> IPC1<10:8> Output Compare 3 25 000046h 000146h IFS1<9> IEC1<9> IPC6<6:4> Output Compare 4 26 000048h 000148h IFS1<10> IEC1<10> IPC6<10:8> Output Compare 5 41 000066h 000166h IFS2<9> IEC2<9> IPC10<6:4> Parallel Master Port 45 00006Eh 00016Eh IFS2<13> IEC2<13> IPC11<6:4> Real-Time Clock/Calendar 62 000090h 000190h IFS3<14> IEC3<14> IPC15<10:8> SPI1 Error 9 000026h 000126h IFS0<9> IEC0<9> IPC2<6:4> SPI1 Event 10 000028h 000128h IFS0<10> IEC0<10> IPC2<10:8> SPI2 Error 32 000054h 000154h IFS2<0> IEC2<0> IPC8<2:0> SPI2 Event 33 000056h 000156h IFS2<1> IEC2<1> IPC8<6:4> Timer1 3 00001Ah 00011Ah IFS0<3> IEC0<3> IPC0<14:12> Timer2 7 000022h 000122h IFS0<7> IEC0<7> IPC1<14:12> Timer3 8 000024h 000124h IFS0<8> IEC0<8> IPC2<2:0> Timer4 27 00004Ah 00014Ah IFS1<11> IEC1<11> IPC6<14:12> Timer5 28 00004Ch 00014Ch IFS1<12> IEC1<12> IPC7<2:0> UART1 Error 65 000096h 000196h IFS4<1> IEC4<1> IPC16<6:4> IPC2<14:12> UART1 Receiver 11 00002Ah 00012Ah IFS0<11> IEC0<11> UART1 Transmitter 12 00002Ch 00012Ch IFS0<12> IEC0<12> IPC3<2:0> UART2 Error 66 000098h 000198h IFS4<2> IEC4<2> IPC16<10:8> UART2 Receiver 30 000050h 000150h IFS1<14> IEC1<14> IPC7<10:8> UART2 Transmitter 31 000052h 000152h IFS1<15> IEC1<15> IPC7<14:12> 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 67 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 7.3 Interrupt Control and Status Registers The PIC24FJ64GA104 family of devices implements the following registers for the interrupt controller: • • • • • INTCON1 INTCON2 IFS0 through IFS4 IEC0 through IEC4 IPC0 through IPC20 (except IPC13, IPC14 and IPC17) • INTTREG Global interrupt control functions are controlled from INTCON1 and INTCON2. INTCON1 contains the Interrupt Nesting Disable (NSTDIS) bit, as well as the control and status flags for the processor trap sources. The INTCON2 register controls the external interrupt request signal behavior and the use of the Alternate Interrupt Vector Table. The IFSx registers maintain all of the interrupt request flags. Each source of interrupt has a status bit which is set by the respective peripherals, or an external signal, and is cleared via software. The IECx registers maintain all of the interrupt enable bits. These control bits are used to individually enable interrupts from the peripherals or external signals. The IPCx registers are used to set the interrupt priority level for each source of interrupt. Each user interrupt source can be assigned to one of eight priority levels. DS39951C-page 68 The interrupt sources are assigned to the IFSx, IECx and IPCx registers in the order of their vector numbers, as shown in Table 7-2. For example, the INT0 (External Interrupt 0) is shown as having a vector number and a natural order priority of 0. Thus, the INT0IF status bit is found in IFS0<0>, the INT0IE enable bit in IEC0<0> and the INT0IP<2:0> priority bits in the first position of IPC0 (IPC0<2:0>). Although they are not specifically part of the interrupt control hardware, two of the CPU control registers contain bits that control interrupt functionality. The ALU STATUS Register (SR) contains the IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>); these indicate the current CPU interrupt priority level. The user may change the current CPU priority level by writing to the IPL bits. The CORCON register contains the IPL3 bit, which, together with IPL<2:0>, indicates the current CPU priority level. IPL3 is a read-only bit so that trap events cannot be masked by the user software. The interrupt controller has the Interrupt Controller Test Register (INTTREG) that displays the status of the interrupt controller. When an interrupt request occurs, its associated vector number and the new interrupt priority level are latched into INTTREG. This information can be used to determine a specific interrupt source if a generic ISR is used for multiple vectors – such as when ISR remapping is used in bootloader applications. It also could be used to check if another interrupt is pending while in an ISR. All interrupt registers are described in Register 7-1 through Register 7-32, on the following pages. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-1: SR: ALU STATUS REGISTER (IN CPU) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 — — — — — — — DC(1) bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 IPL2 (2,3) R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 IPL1(2,3) IPL0(2,3) RA(1) N(1) OV(1) Z(1) C(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown IPL<2:0>: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bits(2,3) 111 = CPU interrupt priority level is 7 (15). User interrupts are disabled. 110 = CPU interrupt priority level is 6 (14) 101 = CPU interrupt priority level is 5 (13) 100 = CPU interrupt priority level is 4 (12) 011 = CPU interrupt priority level is 3 (11) 010 = CPU interrupt priority level is 2 (10) 001 = CPU interrupt priority level is 1 (9) 000 = CPU interrupt priority level is 0 (8) bit 7-5 Note 1: 2: 3: See Register 3-1 for the description of the remaining bit(s) that are not dedicated to interrupt control functions. The IPL bits are concatenated with the IPL3 bit (CORCON<3>) to form the CPU interrupt priority level. The value in parentheses indicates the interrupt priority level if IPL3 = 1. The IPL Status bits are read-only when NSTDIS (INTCON1<15>) = 1. REGISTER 7-2: CORCON: CPU CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/C-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — IPL3(2) PSV(1) — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown IPL3: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bit(2) 1 = CPU interrupt priority level is greater than 7 0 = CPU interrupt priority level is 7 or less bit 3 Note 1: 2: See Register 3-2 for the description of the remaining bit(s) that are not dedicated to interrupt control functions. The IPL3 bit is concatenated with the IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>) to form the CPU interrupt priority level. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 69 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-3: INTCON1: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 1 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 NSTDIS — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 — — — MATHERR ADDRERR STKERR OSCFAIL — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 NSTDIS: Interrupt Nesting Disable bit 1 = Interrupt nesting is disabled 0 = Interrupt nesting is enabled bit 14-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 MATHERR: Arithmetic Error Trap Status bit 1 = Overflow trap has occurred 0 = Overflow trap has not occurred bit 3 ADDRERR: Address Error Trap Status bit 1 = Address error trap has occurred 0 = Address error trap has not occurred bit 2 STKERR: Stack Error Trap Status bit 1 = Stack error trap has occurred 0 = Stack error trap has not occurred bit 1 OSCFAIL: Oscillator Failure Trap Status bit 1 = Oscillator failure trap has occurred 0 = Oscillator failure trap has not occurred bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39951C-page 70 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-4: INTCON2: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 2 R/W-0 R-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 ALTIVT DISI — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — INT2EP INT1EP INT0EP bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 ALTIVT: Enable Alternate Interrupt Vector Table bit 1 = Use Alternate Interrupt Vector Table 0 = Use standard (default) vector table bit 14 DISI: DISI Instruction Status bit 1 = DISI instruction is active 0 = DISI instruction is not active bit 13-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2 INT2EP: External Interrupt 2 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit 1 = Interrupt on negative edge 0 = Interrupt on positive edge bit 1 INT1EP: External Interrupt 1 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit 1 = Interrupt on negative edge 0 = Interrupt on positive edge bit 0 INT0EP: External Interrupt 0 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit 1 = Interrupt on negative edge 0 = Interrupt on positive edge 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 71 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-5: IFS0: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 0 U-0 — bit 15 U-0 — R/W-0 AD1IF R/W-0 U1TXIF R/W-0 U1RXIF R/W-0 SPI1IF R/W-0 SPF1IF R/W-0 T3IF bit 8 R/W-0 T2IF bit 7 R/W-0 OC2IF R/W-0 IC2IF U-0 — R/W-0 T1IF R/W-0 OC1IF R/W-0 IC1IF R/W-0 INT0IF bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 15-14 bit 13 bit 12 bit 11 bit 10 bit 9 bit 8 bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ AD1IF: A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred U1TXIF: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred U1RXIF: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred SPI1IF: SPI1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred SPF1IF: SPI1 Fault Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred T3IF: Timer3 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred T2IF: Timer2 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred OC2IF: Output Compare Channel 2 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred IC2IF: Input Capture Channel 2 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ T1IF: Timer1 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred OC1IF: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred IC1IF: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred INT0IF: External Interrupt 0 Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred DS39951C-page 72 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-6: IFS1: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 1 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U2TXIF U2RXIF INT2IF T5IF T4IF OC4IF OC3IF — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — INT1IF CNIF CMIF MI2C1IF SI2C1IF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 U2TXIF: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 14 U2RXIF: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 13 INT2IF: External Interrupt 2 Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 12 T5IF: Timer5 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 11 T4IF: Timer4 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 10 OC4IF: Output Compare Channel 4 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 9 OC3IF: Output Compare Channel 3 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 8-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 INT1IF: External Interrupt 1 Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 3 CNIF: Input Change Notification Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 2 CMIF: Comparator Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 1 MI2C1IF: Master I2C1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 0 SI2C1IF: Slave I2C1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 73 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-7: IFS2: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 2 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 — — PMPIF — — — OC5IF — bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 IC5IF IC4IF IC3IF — — — SPI2IF SPF2IF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 PMPIF: Parallel Master Port Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 12-10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 9 OC5IF: Output Compare Channel 5 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 7 IC5IF: Input Capture Channel 5 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 6 IC4IF: Input Capture Channel 4 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 5 IC3IF: Input Capture Channel 3 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 4-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 SPI2IF: SPI2 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 0 SPF2IF: SPI2 Fault Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred DS39951C-page 74 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-8: IFS3: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 3 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — RTCIF — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0, R/W-0 U-0 — — — — — MI2C2IF SI2C2IF — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14 RTCIF: Real-Time Clock/Calendar Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 13-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2 MI2C2IF: Master I2C2 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 1 SI2C2IF: Slave I2C2 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 75 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-9: IFS4: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 4 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 — — CTMUIF — — — — LVDIF bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 — — — — CRCIF U2ERIF U1ERIF — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 CTMUIF: CTMU Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 12-9 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 8 LVDIF: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 CRCIF: CRC Generator Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 2 U2ERIF: UART2 Error Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 1 U1ERIF: UART1 Error Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39951C-page 76 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-10: IEC0: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 0 U-0 — bit 15 U-0 — R/W-0 AD1IE R/W-0 U1TXIE R/W-0 U1RXIE R/W-0 SPI1IE R/W-0 SPF1IE R/W-0 T3IE bit 8 R/W-0 T2IE bit 7 R/W-0 OC2IE R/W-0 IC2IE U-0 — R/W-0 T1IE R/W-0 OC1IE R/W-0 IC1IE R/W-0 INT0IE bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 15-14 bit 13 bit 12 bit 11 bit 10 bit 9 bit 8 bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ AD1IE: A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled U1TXIE: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled U1RXIE: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled SPI1IE: SPI1 Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled SPF1IE: SPI1 Fault Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled T3IE: Timer3 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled T2IE: Timer2 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled OC2IE: Output Compare Channel 2 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled IC2IE: Input Capture Channel 2 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ T1IE: Timer1 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled OC1IE: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled IC1IE: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled INT0IE: External Interrupt 0 Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 77 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-11: R/W-0 U2TXIE bit 15 IEC1: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 1 R/W-0 U2RXIE R/W-0 INT2IE(1) R/W-0 T5IE R/W-0 T4IE U-0 — U-0 — R/W-0 INT1IE(1) R/W-0 CNIE bit 7 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 14 bit 13 bit 12 bit 11 bit 10 bit 9 bit 8-5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 Note 1: R/W-0 OC3IE U-0 — bit 8 U-0 — bit 15 R/W-0 OC4IE W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set R/W-0 CMIE R/W-0 MI2C1IE R/W-0 SI2C1IE bit 0 U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown U2TXIE: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled U2RXIE: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled INT2IE: External Interrupt 2 Enable bit(1) 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled T5IE: Timer5 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled T4IE: Timer4 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled OC4IE: Output Compare Channel 4 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled OC3IE: Output Compare Channel 3 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ INT1IE: External Interrupt 1 Enable bit(1) 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled CNIE: Input Change Notification Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled CMIE: Comparator Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled MI2C1IE: Master I2C1 Event Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled SI2C1IE: Slave I2C1 Event Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled If an external interrupt is enabled, the interrupt input must also be configured to an available RPn or PRIx pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. DS39951C-page 78 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-12: IEC2: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 2 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 — — PMPIE — — — OC5IE — bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 IC5IE IC4IE IC3IE — — — SPI2IE SPF2IE bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 PMPIE: Parallel Master Port Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 12-10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 9 OC5IE: Output Compare Channel 5 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 7 IC5IE: Input Capture Channel 5 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 6 IC4IE: Input Capture Channel 4 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 5 IC3IE: Input Capture Channel 3 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 4-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 SPI2IE: SPI2 Event Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 0 SPF2IE: SPI2 Fault Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 79 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-13: IEC3: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 3 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — RTCIE — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 — — — — — MI2C2IE SI2C2IE — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14 RTCIE: Real-Time Clock/Calendar Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 13-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2 MI2C2IE: Master I2C2 Event Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 1 SI2C2IE: Slave I2C2 Event Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39951C-page 80 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-14: IEC4: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 4 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 — — CTMUIE — — — — LVDIE bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 — — — — CRCIE U2ERIE U1ERIE — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 CTMUIE: CTMU Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 12-9 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 8 LVDIE: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 CRCIE: CRC Generator Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 2 U2ERIE: UART2 Error Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 1 U1ERIE: UART1 Error Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request enabled 0 = Interrupt request not enabled bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 81 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-15: IPC0: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — T1IP2 T1IP1 T1IP0 — OC1IP2 OC1IP1 OC1IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — IC1IP2 IC1IP1 IC1IP0 — INT0IP2 INT0IP1 INT0IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 T1IP<2:0>: Timer1 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 OC1IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 IC1IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 INT0IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 0 Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled DS39951C-page 82 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-16: IPC1: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 1 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — T2IP2 T2IP1 T2IP0 — OC2IP2 OC2IP1 OC2IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — IC2IP2 IC2IP1 IC2IP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 T2IP<2:0>: Timer2 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 OC2IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 2 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 IC2IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 2 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 83 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-17: IPC2: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 2 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — U1RXIP2 U1RXIP1 U1RXIP0 — SPI1IP2 SPI1IP1 SPI1IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — SPF1IP2 SPF1IP1 SPF1IP0 — T3IP2 T3IP1 T3IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 U1RXIP<2:0>: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 SPI1IP<2:0>: SPI1 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 SPF1IP<2:0>: SPI1 Fault Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 T3IP<2:0>: Timer3 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled DS39951C-page 84 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-18: IPC3: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 3 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — AD1IP2 AD1IP1 AD1IP0 — U1TXIP2 U1TXIP1 U1TXIP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 AD1IP<2:0>: A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 U1TXIP<2:0>: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 85 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-19: IPC4: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 4 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — CNIP2 CNIP1 CNIP0 — CMIP2 CMIP1 CMIP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — MI2C1IP2 MI2C1IP1 MI2C1IP0 — SI2C1IP2 SI2C1IP1 SI2C1IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 CNIP<2:0>: Input Change Notification Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 CMIP<2:0>: Comparator Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 MI2C1IP<2:0>: Master I2C1 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 SI2C1IP<2:0>: Slave I2C1 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled DS39951C-page 86 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-20: IPC5: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 5 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — INT1IP2 INT1IP1 INT1IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 INT1IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 1 Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 87 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-21: IPC6: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 6 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — T4IP2 T4IP1 T4IP0 — OC4IP2 OC4IP1 OC4IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — OC3IP2 OC3IP1 OC3IP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 T4IP<2:0>: Timer4 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 OC4IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 4 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 OC3IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 3 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39951C-page 88 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-22: IPC7: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 7 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — U2TXIP2 U2TXIP1 U2TXIP0 — U2RXIP2 U2RXIP1 U2RXIP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — INT2IP2 INT2IP1 INT2IP0 — T5IP2 T5IP1 T5IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 U2TXIP<2:0>: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 U2RXIP<2:0>: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 INT2IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 2 Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 T5IP<2:0>: Timer5 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 89 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-23: IPC8: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — SPI2IP2 SPI2IP1 SPI2IP0 — SPF2IP2 SPF2IP1 SPF2IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 SPI2IP<2:0>: SPI2 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 SPF2IP<2:0>: SPI2 Fault Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled DS39951C-page 90 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-24: IPC9: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 9 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — IC5IP2 IC5IP1 IC5IP0 — IC4IP2 IC4IP1 IC4IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — IC3IP2 IC3IP1 IC3IP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 IC5IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 5 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 IC4IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 4 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 IC3IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 3 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 91 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-25: IPC10: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 10 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — OC5IP2 OC5IP1 OC5IP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 OC5IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 5 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39951C-page 92 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-26: IPC11: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 11 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — PMPIP2 PMPIP1 PMPIP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 PMPIP<2:0>: Parallel Master Port Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 93 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-27: IPC12: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 12 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — MI2C2IP2 MI2C2IP1 MI2C2IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — SI2C2IP2 SI2C2IP1 SI2C2IP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 MI2C2IP<2:0>: Master I2C2 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 SI2C2IP<2:0>: Slave I2C2 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39951C-page 94 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-28: IPC15: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 15 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — RTCIP2 RTCIP1 RTCIP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 RTCIP<2:0>: Real-Time Clock/Calendar Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 95 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-29: IPC16: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 16 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — CRCIP2 CRCIP1 CRCIP0 — U2ERIP2 U2ERIP1 U2ERIP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — U1ERIP2 U1ERIP1 U1ERIP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 CRCIP<2:0>: CRC Generator Error Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 U2ERIP<2:0>: UART2 Error Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 U1ERIP<2:0>: UART1 Error Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39951C-page 96 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-30: IPC18: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 18 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — LVDIP2 LVDIP1 LVDIP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 LVDIP<2:0>: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled REGISTER 7-31: x = Bit is unknown IPC19: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 19 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — CTMUIP2 CTMUIP1 CTMUIP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 CTMUIP<2:0>: CTMU Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 97 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 7-32: INTTREG: INTERRUPT CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTER R-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 CPUIRQ — VHOLD — ILR3 ILR2 ILR1 ILR0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 — VECNUM6 VECNUM5 VECNUM4 VECNUM3 VECNUM2 VECNUM1 VECNUM0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 CPUIRQ: Interrupt Request from Interrupt Controller CPU bit 1 = An interrupt request has occurred but has not yet been Acknowledged by the CPU; this happens when the CPU priority is higher than the interrupt priority 0 = No interrupt request is unacknowledged bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 VHOLD: Vector Number Capture Configuration bit 1 = The VECNUM bits contain the value of the highest priority pending interrupt 0 = The VECNUM bits contain the value of the last Acknowledged interrupt (i.e., the last interrupt that has occurred with higher priority than the CPU, even if other interrupts are pending) bit 12 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 11-8 ILR<3:0>: New CPU Interrupt Priority Level bits 1111 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 15 • • • 0001 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 1 0000 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 0 bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-0 VECNUM<6:0>: Pending Interrupt Vector ID bits (pending vector number is VECNUM + 8) 0111111 = Interrupt Vector pending is number 135 • • • 0000001 = Interrupt Vector pending is number 9 0000000 = Interrupt Vector pending is number 8 DS39951C-page 98 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 7.4 Interrupt Setup Procedures 7.4.1 INITIALIZATION To configure an interrupt source: 1. 2. Set the NSTDIS control bit (INTCON1<15>) if nested interrupts are not desired. Select the user-assigned priority level for the interrupt source by writing the control bits in the appropriate IPCx register. The priority level will depend on the specific application and type of interrupt source. If multiple priority levels are not desired, the IPCx register control bits for all enabled interrupt sources may be programmed to the same non-zero value. Note: 3. 4. At a device Reset, the IPCx registers are initialized, such that all user interrupt sources are assigned to priority level 4. Clear the interrupt flag status bit associated with the peripheral in the associated IFSx register. Enable the interrupt source by setting the interrupt enable control bit associated with the source in the appropriate IECx register. 7.4.2 7.4.3 TRAP SERVICE ROUTINE A Trap Service Routine (TSR) is coded like an ISR, except that the appropriate trap status flag in the INTCON1 register must be cleared to avoid re-entry into the TSR. 7.4.4 INTERRUPT DISABLE All user interrupts can be disabled using the following procedure: 1. 2. Push the current SR value onto the software stack using the PUSH instruction. Force the CPU to priority level 7 by inclusive ORing the value OEh with SRL. To enable user interrupts, the POP instruction may be used to restore the previous SR value. Note that only user interrupts with a priority level of 7 or less can be disabled. Trap sources (level 8-15) cannot be disabled. The DISI instruction provides a convenient way to disable interrupts of priority levels 1-6 for a fixed period of time. Level 7 interrupt sources are not disabled by the DISI instruction. INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE The method that is used to declare an ISR and initialize the IVT with the correct vector address will depend on the programming language (i.e., ‘C’ or assembler) and the language development toolsuite that is used to develop the application. In general, the user must clear the interrupt flag in the appropriate IFSx register for the source of the interrupt that the ISR handles. Otherwise, the ISR will be re-entered immediately after exiting the routine. If the ISR is coded in assembly language, it must be terminated using a RETFIE instruction to unstack the saved PC value, SRL value and old CPU priority level. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 99 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 100 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 8.0 OSCILLATOR CONFIGURATION Note: • Software-controllable switching between various clock sources • Software-controllable postscaler for selective clocking of CPU for system power savings • A Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) that detects clock failure and permits safe application recovery or shutdown • A separate and independently configurable system clock output for synchronizing external hardware This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, “Section 6. Oscillator” (DS39700). The oscillator system for PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices has the following features: A simplified diagram of the oscillator system is shown in Figure 8-1. • A total of four external and internal oscillator options as clock sources, providing 11 different clock modes • On-chip 4x PLL to boost internal operating frequency on select internal and external oscillator sources FIGURE 8-1: PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY CLOCK DIAGRAM Primary Oscillator REFOCON<15:8> XT, HS, EC OSCO OSCI 4 x PLL 8 MHz (nominal) 8 MHz 4 MHz Postscaler FRC Oscillator Reference Clock Generator XTPLL, HSPLL ECPLL,FRCPLL REFO FRCDIV Peripherals CLKDIV<10:8> FRC CLKO LPRC Postscaler LPRC Oscillator 31 kHz (nominal) Secondary Oscillator SOSC SOSCO SOSCI CPU CLKDIV<14:12> SOSCEN Enable Oscillator Clock Control Logic Fail-Safe Clock Monitor WDT, PWRT Clock Source Option for Other Modules 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 101 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 8.1 CPU Clocking Scheme 8.2 The system clock source can be provided by one of four sources: • Primary Oscillator (POSC) on the OSCI and OSCO pins • Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) on the SOSCI and SOSCO pins • Fast Internal RC (FRC) Oscillator • Low-Power Internal RC (LPRC) Oscillator The Primary Oscillator and FRC sources have the option of using the internal 4x PLL. The frequency of the FRC clock source can optionally be reduced by the programmable clock divider. The selected clock source generates the processor and peripheral clock sources. The processor clock source is divided by two to produce the internal instruction cycle clock, FCY. In this document, the instruction cycle clock is also denoted by FOSC/2. The internal instruction cycle clock, FOSC/2, can be provided on the OSCO I/O pin for some operating modes of the Primary Oscillator. Initial Configuration on POR The oscillator source (and operating mode) that is used at a device Power-on Reset event is selected using Configuration bit settings. The oscillator Configuration bit settings are located in the Configuration registers in the program memory (refer to Section 25.1 “Configuration Bits” for further details). The Primary Oscillator Configuration bits, POSCMD<1:0> (Configuration Word 2<1:0>), and the Initial Oscillator Select Configuration bits, FNOSC<2:0> (Configuration Word 2<10:8>), select the oscillator source that is used at a Power-on Reset. The FRC Primary Oscillator with postscaler (FRCDIV) is the default (unprogrammed) selection. The Secondary Oscillator, or one of the internal oscillators, may be chosen by programming these bit locations. The Configuration bits allow users to choose between the various clock modes, shown in Table 8-1. 8.2.1 CLOCK SWITCHING MODE CONFIGURATION BITS The FCKSM Configuration bits (Configuration Word 2<7:6>) are used to jointly configure device clock switching and the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM). Clock switching is enabled only when FCKSM1 is programmed (‘0’). The FSCM is enabled only when the FCKSM<1:0> bits are both programmed (‘00’). TABLE 8-1: CONFIGURATION BIT VALUES FOR CLOCK SELECTION Oscillator Mode Oscillator Source POSCMD<1:0> FNOSC<2:0> Note Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler (FRCDIV) Internal 11 111 1, 2 (Reserved) Internal xx 110 1 Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC) Internal 11 101 1 Secondary 11 100 1 Primary Oscillator (XT) with PLL Module (XTPLL) Primary 01 011 Primary Oscillator (EC) with PLL Module (ECPLL) Primary 00 011 Primary Oscillator (HS) Primary 10 010 Primary Oscillator (XT) Primary 01 010 Primary Oscillator (EC) Primary 00 010 Fast RC Oscillator with PLL Module (FRCPLL) Internal 11 001 1 Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) Internal 11 000 1 Secondary (Timer1) Oscillator (SOSC) Note 1: 2: OSCO pin function is determined by the OSCIOFCN Configuration bit. This is the default oscillator mode for an unprogrammed (erased) device. DS39951C-page 102 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 8.3 Control Registers The operation of the oscillator is controlled by three Special Function Registers: • OSCCON • CLKDIV • OSCTUN The OSCCON register (Register 8-1) is the main control register for the oscillator. It controls clock source switching and allows the monitoring of clock sources. REGISTER 8-1: The CLKDIV register (Register 8-2) controls the features associated with Doze mode, as well as the postscaler for the FRC Oscillator. The OSCTUN register (Register 8-3) allows the user to fine tune the FRC Oscillator over a range of approximately ±12%. Each bit increment or decrement changes the factory calibrated frequency of the FRC Oscillator by a fixed amount. OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 U-0 R/W-x(1) R/W-x(1) R/W-x(1) — COSC2 COSC1 COSC0 — NOSC2 NOSC1 NOSC0 bit 15 bit 8 R/SO-0 R/W-0 R-0(3) U-0 R/CO-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CLKLOCK IOLOCK(2) LOCK — CF POSCEN SOSCEN OSWEN bit 7 bit 0 Legend: CO = Clearable Only bit SO = Settable Only bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 COSC<2:0>: Current Oscillator Selection bits 111 = Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler (FRCDIV) 110 = Reserved 101 = Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC) 100 = Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) 011 = Primary Oscillator with PLL module (XTPLL, HSPLL, ECPLL) 010 = Primary Oscillator (XT, HS, EC) 001 = Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler and PLL module (FRCPLL) 000 = Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 NOSC<2:0>: New Oscillator Selection bits(1) 111 = Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler (FRCDIV) 110 = Reserved 101 = Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC) 100 = Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) 011 = Primary Oscillator with PLL module (XTPLL, HSPLL, ECPLL) 010 = Primary Oscillator (XT, HS, EC) 001 = Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler and PLL module (FRCPLL) 000 = Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) Note 1: 2: 3: x = Bit is unknown Reset values for these bits are determined by the FNOSC Configuration bits. The state of the IOLOCK bit can only be changed once an unlocking sequence has been executed. In addition, if the IOL1WAY Configuration bit is ‘1’, once the IOLOCK bit is set, it cannot be cleared. Also resets to ‘0’ during any valid clock switch or whenever a non-PLL clock mode is selected. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 103 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 8-1: OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 7 CLKLOCK: Clock Selection Lock Enabled bit If FSCM is enabled (FCKSM1 = 1): 1 = Clock and PLL selections are locked 0 = Clock and PLL selections are not locked and may be modified by setting the OSWEN bit If FSCM is disabled (FCKSM1 = 0): Clock and PLL selections are never locked and may be modified by setting the OSWEN bit. bit 6 IOLOCK: I/O Lock Enable bit(2) 1 = I/O lock is active 0 = I/O lock is not active bit 5 LOCK: PLL Lock Status bit(3) 1 = PLL module is in lock or PLL module start-up timer is satisfied 0 = PLL module is out of lock, PLL start-up timer is running or PLL is disabled bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 CF: Clock Fail Detect bit 1 = FSCM has detected a clock failure 0 = No clock failure has been detected bit 2 POSCEN: Primary Oscillator Sleep Enable bit 1 = Primary Oscillator continues to operate during Sleep mode 0 = Primary Oscillator disabled during Sleep mode bit 1 SOSCEN: 32 kHz Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) Enable bit 1 = Enable Secondary Oscillator 0 = Disable Secondary Oscillator bit 0 OSWEN: Oscillator Switch Enable bit 1 = Initiate an oscillator switch to clock source specified by NOSC<2:0> bits 0 = Oscillator switch is complete Note 1: 2: 3: Reset values for these bits are determined by the FNOSC Configuration bits. The state of the IOLOCK bit can only be changed once an unlocking sequence has been executed. In addition, if the IOL1WAY Configuration bit is ‘1’, once the IOLOCK bit is set, it cannot be cleared. Also resets to ‘0’ during any valid clock switch or whenever a non-PLL clock mode is selected. DS39951C-page 104 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 8-2: R/W-0 CLKDIV: CLOCK DIVIDER REGISTER R/W-0 ROI R/W-0 DOZE2 DOZE1 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 DOZE0 DOZEN(1) RCDIV2 RCDIV1 RCDIV0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 ROI: Recover on Interrupt bit 1 = Interrupts clear the DOZEN bit and reset the CPU peripheral clock ratio to 1:1 0 = Interrupts have no effect on the DOZEN bit bit 14-12 DOZE<2:0>: CPU Peripheral Clock Ratio Select bits 111 = 1:128 110 = 1:64 101 = 1:32 100 = 1:16 011 = 1:8 010 = 1:4 001 = 1:2 000 = 1:1 bit 11 DOZEN: DOZE Enable bit(1) 1 = DOZE<2:0> bits specify the CPU peripheral clock ratio 0 = CPU peripheral clock ratio set to 1:1 bit 10-8 RCDIV<2:0>: FRC Postscaler Select bits 111 = 31.25 kHz (divide-by-256) 110 = 125 kHz (divide-by-64) 101 = 250 kHz (divide-by-32) 100 = 500 kHz (divide-by-16) 011 = 1 MHz (divide-by-8) 010 = 2 MHz (divide-by-4) 001 = 4 MHz (divide-by-2) 000 = 8 MHz (divide-by-1) bit 7-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: This bit is automatically cleared when the ROI bit is set and an interrupt occurs. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 105 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 8-3: OSCTUN: FRC OSCILLATOR TUNE REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 — U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — TUN5(1) TUN4(1) TUN3(1) TUN2(1) TUN1(1) TUN0(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-0 TUN<5:0>: FRC Oscillator Tuning bits(1) 011111 = Maximum frequency deviation 011110 = 000001 = 000000 = Center frequency, oscillator is running at factory calibrated frequency 111111 = 100001 = 100000 = Minimum frequency deviation Note 1: 8.4 Increments or decrements of TUN<5:0> may not change the FRC frequency in equal steps over the FRC tuning range and may not be monotonic. Clock Switching Operation With few limitations, applications are free to switch between any of the four clock sources (POSC, SOSC, FRC and LPRC) under software control and at any time. To limit the possible side effects that could result from this flexibility, PIC24F devices have a safeguard lock built into the switching process. Note: The Primary Oscillator mode has three different submodes (XT, HS and EC) which are determined by the POSCMDx Configuration bits. While an application can switch to and from Primary Oscillator mode in software, it cannot switch between the different primary submodes without reprogramming the device. DS39951C-page 106 8.4.1 ENABLING CLOCK SWITCHING To enable clock switching, the FCKSM Configuration bits in CW2 must be programmed to ‘00’. (Refer to Section 25.1 “Configuration Bits” for further details.) If the FCKSM Configuration bits are unprogrammed (‘1x’), the clock switching function and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor function are disabled. This is the default setting. The NOSCx control bits (OSCCON<10:8>) do not control the clock selection when clock switching is disabled. However, the COSCx bits (OSCCON<14:12>) will reflect the clock source selected by the FNOSCx Configuration bits. The OSWEN control bit (OSCCON<0>) has no effect when clock switching is disabled. It is held at ‘0’ at all times. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 8.4.2 OSCILLATOR SWITCHING SEQUENCE A recommended code sequence for a clock switch includes the following: At a minimum, performing a clock switch requires this basic sequence: 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 4. 5. If desired, read the COSCx bits (OSCCON<14:12>), to determine the current oscillator source. Perform the unlock sequence to allow a write to the OSCCON register high byte. Write the appropriate value to the NOSCx bits (OSCCON<10:8>) for the new oscillator source. Perform the unlock sequence to allow a write to the OSCCON register low byte. Set the OSWEN bit to initiate the oscillator switch. 3. 4. 5. Once the basic sequence is completed, the system clock hardware responds automatically as follows: 6. 1. 7. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. The clock switching hardware compares the COSCx bits with the new value of the NOSCx bits. If they are the same, then the clock switch is a redundant operation. In this case, the OSWEN bit is cleared automatically and the clock switch is aborted. If a valid clock switch has been initiated, the LOCK (OSCCON<5>) and CF (OSCCON<3>) bits are cleared. The new oscillator is turned on by the hardware if it is not currently running. If a crystal oscillator must be turned on, the hardware will wait until the OST expires. If the new source is using the PLL, then the hardware waits until a PLL lock is detected (LOCK = 1). The hardware waits for 10 clock cycles from the new clock source and then performs the clock switch. The hardware clears the OSWEN bit to indicate a successful clock transition. In addition, the NOSCx bit values are transferred to the COSCx bits. The old clock source is turned off at this time, with the exception of LPRC (if WDT or FSCM are enabled) or SOSC (if SOSCEN remains set). Note 1: The processor will continue to execute code throughout the clock switching sequence. Timing sensitive code should not be executed during this time. 8. Disable interrupts during the OSCCON register unlock and write sequence. Execute the unlock sequence for the OSCCON high byte by writing 78h and 9Ah to OSCCON<15:8> in two back-to-back instructions. Write new oscillator source to the NOSCx bits in the instruction immediately following the unlock sequence. Execute the unlock sequence for the OSCCON low byte by writing 46h and 57h to OSCCON<7:0> in two back-to-back instructions. Set the OSWEN bit in the instruction immediately following the unlock sequence. Continue to execute code that is not clock sensitive (optional). Invoke an appropriate amount of software delay (cycle counting) to allow the selected oscillator and/or PLL to start and stabilize. Check to see if OSWEN is ‘0’. If it is, the switch was successful. If OSWEN is still set, then check the LOCK bit to determine the cause of failure. The core sequence for unlocking the OSCCON register and initiating a clock switch is shown in Example 8-1. EXAMPLE 8-1: BASIC CODE SEQUENCE FOR CLOCK SWITCHING ;Place the new oscillator selection in W0 ;OSCCONH (high byte) Unlock Sequence MOV #OSCCONH, w1 MOV #0x78, w2 MOV #0x9A, w3 MOV.b w2, [w1] MOV.b w3, [w1] ;Set new oscillator selection MOV.b WREG, OSCCONH ;OSCCONL (low byte) unlock sequence MOV #OSCCONL, w1 MOV #0x46, w2 MOV #0x57, w3 MOV.b w2, [w1] MOV.b w3, [w1] ;Start oscillator switch operation BSET OSCCON,#0 2: Direct clock switches between any Primary Oscillator mode with PLL and FRCPLL mode are not permitted. This applies to clock switches in either direction. In these instances, the application must switch to FRC mode as a transition clock source between the two PLL modes. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 107 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 8.5 8.5.1 Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) BASIC SOSC OPERATION PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices do not have to set the SOSCEN bit to use the Secondary Oscillator. Any module requiring the SOSC (such as RTCC, Timer1 or DSWDT) will automatically turn on the SOSC when the clock signal is needed. The SOSC, however, has a long start-up time. To avoid delays for peripheral start-up, the SOSC can be manually started using the SOSCEN bit. To use the Secondary Oscillator, the SOSCSEL<1:0> bits (CW3<9:8>) must be configured in an oscillator mode – either ‘11’ or ‘01’. Setting SOSCSEL to ‘00’ configures the SOSC pins for Digital mode, enabling digital I/O functionality on the pins. Digital functionality will not be available if the SOSC is configured in either of the oscillator modes. 8.5.2 LOW-POWER SOSC OPERATION The Secondary Oscillator can operate in two distinct levels of power consumption based on device configuration. In Low-Power mode, the oscillator operates in a low drive strength, low-power state. By default, the oscillator uses a higher drive strength, and therefore, requires more power. The Secondary Oscillator Mode Configuration bits, SOSCSEL<1:0> (CW3<9:8>), determine the oscillator’s power mode. Programming the SOSCSEL bits to ‘01’ selects low-power operation. The lower drive strength of this mode makes the SOSC more sensitive to noise and requires a longer start-up time. When Low-Power mode is used, care must be taken in the design and layout of the SOSC circuit to ensure that the oscillator starts up and oscillates properly. 8.5.3 EXTERNAL (DIGITAL) CLOCK MODE (SCLKI) The SOSC can also be configured to run from an external 32 kHz clock source, rather than the internal oscillator. In this mode, also referred to as Digital mode, the clock source provided on the SCLKI pin is used to clock any modules that are configured to use the Secondary Oscillator. In this mode, the crystal driving circuit is disabled and the SOSCEN bit (OSCCON<1>) has no effect. 8.5.4 In general, the crystal circuit connections should be as short as possible. It is also good practice to surround the crystal circuit with a ground loop or ground plane. For more information on crystal circuit design, please refer to Section 6 “Oscillator” (DS39700) of the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”. Additional information is also available in these Microchip Application Notes: • AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and Crystal Selection for rfPIC® and PICmicro® Devices” (DS00826) • AN849, “Basic PICmicro® Oscillator Design” (DS00849). 8.6 Reference Clock Output In addition to the CLKO output (FOSC/2) available in certain oscillator modes, the device clock in the PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices can also be configured to provide a reference clock output signal to a port pin. This feature is available in all oscillator configurations and allows the user to select a greater range of clock submultiples to drive external devices in the application. This reference clock output is controlled by the REFOCON register (Register 8-4). Setting the ROEN bit (REFOCON<15>) makes the clock signal available on the REFO pin. The RODIV bits (REFOCON<11:8>) enable the selection of 16 different clock divider options. The ROSSLP and ROSEL bits (REFOCON<13:12>) control the availability of the reference output during Sleep mode. The ROSEL bit determines if the oscillator on OSC1 and OSC2, or the current system clock source, is used for the reference clock output. The ROSSLP bit determines if the reference source is available on REFO when the device is in Sleep mode. To use the reference clock output in Sleep mode, both the ROSSLP and ROSEL bits must be set. The device clock must also be configured for one of the primary modes (EC, HS or XT); otherwise, if the POSCEN bit is not also set, the oscillator on OSC1 and OSC2 will be powered down when the device enters Sleep mode. Clearing the ROSEL bit allows the reference output frequency to change as the system clock changes during any clock switches. SOSC LAYOUT CONSIDERATIONS The pinout limitations on low pin count devices, such as those in the PIC24FJ64GA104 family, may make the SOSC more susceptible to noise than other PIC24F devices. Unless proper care is taken in the design and layout of the SOSC circuit, this external noise may introduce inaccuracies into the oscillator’s period. DS39951C-page 108 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 8-4: REFOCON: REFERENCE OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ROEN — ROSSLP ROSEL RODIV3 RODIV2 RODIV1 RODIV0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 ROEN: Reference Oscillator Output Enable bit 1 = Reference oscillator is enabled on REFO pin 0 = Reference oscillator is disabled bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 ROSSLP: Reference Oscillator Output Stop in Sleep bit 1 = Reference oscillator continues to run in Sleep 0 = Reference oscillator is disabled in Sleep bit 12 ROSEL: Reference Oscillator Source Select bit 1 = Primary Oscillator is used as the base clock. Note that the crystal oscillator must be enabled using the FOSC<2:0> bits; the crystal maintains the operation in Sleep mode. 0 = System clock is used as the base clock; base clock reflects any clock switching of the device bit 11-8 RODIV<3:0>: Reference Oscillator Divisor Select bits 1111 = Base clock value divided by 32,768 1110 = Base clock value divided by 16,384 1101 = Base clock value divided by 8,192 1100 = Base clock value divided by 4,096 1011 = Base clock value divided by 2,048 1010 = Base clock value divided by 1,024 1001 = Base clock value divided by 512 1000 = Base clock value divided by 256 0111 = Base clock value divided by 128 0110 = Base clock value divided by 64 0101 = Base clock value divided by 32 0100 = Base clock value divided by 16 0011 = Base clock value divided by 8 0010 = Base clock value divided by 4 0001 = Base clock value divided by 2 0000 = Base clock value bit 7-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 109 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 110 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 9.0 Note: POWER-SAVING FEATURES This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 39. “Power-Saving Features with Deep Sleep” (DS39727). The PIC24FJ64GA104 family of devices provides the ability to manage power consumption by selectively managing clocking to the CPU and the peripherals. In general, a lower clock frequency and a reduction in the number of circuits being clocked constitutes lower consumed power. All PIC24F devices manage power consumption in four different ways: • Clock Frequency • Instruction-Based Sleep, Idle and Deep Sleep modes • Software Controlled Doze mode • Selective Peripheral Control in Software Combinations of these methods can be used to selectively tailor an application’s power consumption, while still maintaining critical application features, such as timing-sensitive communications. 9.1 Clock Frequency and Clock Switching PIC24F devices allow for a wide range of clock frequencies to be selected under application control. If the system clock configuration is not locked, users can choose low-power or high-precision oscillators by simply changing the NOSC bits. The process of changing a system clock during operation, as well as limitations to the process, are discussed in more detail in Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration”. 9.2 Instruction-Based Power-Saving Modes PIC24F devices have two special power-saving modes that are entered through the execution of a special PWRSAV instruction. Sleep mode stops clock operation and halts all code execution; Idle mode halts the CPU and code execution, but allows peripheral modules to continue operation. Deep Sleep mode stops clock operation, code execution and all peripherals except RTCC and DSWDT. It also freezes I/O states and removes power to SRAM and Flash memory. EXAMPLE 9-1: PWRSAV PWRSAV BSET PWRSAV The assembly syntax of the PWRSAV instruction is shown in Example 9-1. Note: SLEEP_MODE and IDLE_MODE are constants defined in the assembler include file for the selected device. Sleep and Idle modes can be exited as a result of an enabled interrupt, WDT time-out or a device Reset. When the device exits these modes, it is said to “wake-up”. 9.2.1 SLEEP MODE Sleep mode has these features: • The system clock source is shut down. If an on-chip oscillator is used, it is turned off. • The device current consumption will be reduced to a minimum provided that no I/O pin is sourcing current. • The I/O pin directions and states are frozen. • The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor does not operate during Sleep mode since the system clock source is disabled. • The LPRC clock will continue to run in Sleep mode if the WDT or RTCC with LPRC as clock source is enabled. • The WDT, if enabled, is automatically cleared prior to entering Sleep mode. • Some device features or peripherals may continue to operate in Sleep mode. This includes items, such as the input change notification on the I/O ports, or peripherals that use an external clock input. Any peripheral that requires the system clock source for its operation will be disabled in Sleep mode. The device will wake-up from Sleep mode on any of these events: • On any interrupt source that is individually enabled • On any form of device Reset • On a WDT time-out On wake-up from Sleep, the processor will restart with the same clock source that was active when Sleep mode was entered. PWRSAV INSTRUCTION SYNTAX #SLEEP_MODE #IDLE_MODE DSCON, #DSEN #SLEEP_MODE 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. ; ; ; ; Put the device into SLEEP mode Put the device into IDLE mode Enable Deep Sleep Put the device into Deep SLEEP mode DS39951C-page 111 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 9.2.2 IDLE MODE Note: Idle mode has these features: • The CPU will stop executing instructions. • The WDT is automatically cleared. • The system clock source remains active. By default, all peripheral modules continue to operate normally from the system clock source, but can also be selectively disabled (see Section 9.4 “Selective Peripheral Module Control”). • If the WDT or FSCM is enabled, the LPRC will also remain active. The device will wake from Idle mode on any of these events: • Any interrupt that is individually enabled • Any device Reset • A WDT time-out 9.2.4.1 INTERRUPTS COINCIDENT WITH POWER SAVE INSTRUCTIONS Any interrupt that coincides with the execution of a PWRSAV instruction (except for Deep Sleep) will be held off until entry into Sleep or Idle mode has completed. The device will then wake-up from Sleep or Idle mode. 9.2.4 DEEP SLEEP MODE In PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices, Deep Sleep mode is intended to provide the lowest levels of power consumption available, without requiring the use of external switches to completely remove all power from the device. Entry into Deep Sleep mode is completely under software control. Exit from Deep Sleep mode can be triggered from any of the following events: • • • • • POR event MCLR event RTCC alarm (If the RTCC is present) External Interrupt 0 Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer (DSWDT) time-out In Deep Sleep mode, it is possible to keep the device Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) running without the loss of clock cycles. Entering Deep Sleep Mode Deep Sleep mode is entered by setting the DSEN bit in the DSCON register, and then executing a SLEEP instruction (PWRSAV #SLEEP_MODE) within one to three instruction cycles to minimize the chance that Deep Sleep will be spuriously entered. If the PWRSAV command is not given within three instruction cycles, the DSEN bit will be cleared by the hardware and must be set again by the software before entering Deep Sleep mode. The DSEN bit is also automatically cleared when exiting the Deep Sleep mode. On wake-up from Idle, the clock is reapplied to the CPU and instruction execution begins immediately, starting with the instruction following the PWRSAV instruction or the first instruction in the ISR. 9.2.3 Since Deep Sleep mode powers down the microcontroller by turning off the on-chip VDDCORE voltage regulator, Deep Sleep capability is available only when operating with the internal regulator enabled. Note: To re-enter Deep Sleep after a Deep Sleep wake-up, allow a delay of at least 3 TCY after clearing the RELEASE bit. The sequence to enter Deep Sleep mode is: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. If the application requires the Deep Sleep WDT, enable it and configure its clock source (see Section 9.2.4.7 “Deep Sleep WDT” for details). If the application requires Deep Sleep BOR, enable it by programming the DSBOREN Configuration bit (CW4<6>). If the application requires wake-up from Deep Sleep on RTCC alarm, enable and configure the RTCC module (see Section 19.0 “Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC)” for more information). If needed, save any critical application context data by writing it to the DSGPR0 and DSGPR1 registers (optional). Enable Deep Sleep mode by setting the DSEN bit (DSCON<15>). Enter Deep Sleep mode by immediately issuing a PWRSAV #0 instruction. Any time the DSEN bit is set, all bits in the DSWAKE register will be automatically cleared. The device has a dedicated Deep Sleep Brown-out Reset (DSBOR) and a Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer Reset (DSWDT) for monitoring voltage and time-out events. The DSBOR and DSWDT are independent of the standard BOR and WDT used with other power-managed modes (Sleep, Idle and Doze). DS39951C-page 112 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 9.2.4.2 Special Cases when Entering Deep Sleep Mode When entering Deep Sleep mode, there are certain circumstances that require a delay between setting the DSEN bit and executing the PWRSAV instruction. These can be generally reduced to three scenarios: 1. 2. 3. Scenario (1): use an external wake-up source (INT0) or the RTCC is used Scenario (2): with application-level interrupts that can be temporarily disabled Scenario (3): with interrupts that must be monitored In the first scenario, the application requires a wake-up from Deep Sleep on the assertion of the INT0 pin or the RTCC interrupt. In this case, three NOP instructions must be inserted to properly synchronize the detection of an asynchronous INT0 interrupt after the device enters Deep Sleep mode. If the application does not use wake-up on INT0 or RTCC, the NOP instructions are optional. In the second scenario, the application also uses interrupts which can be briefly ignored. With these applications, an interrupt event during the execution of the NOP instructions may cause an ISR to be executed. This means that more than three instruction cycles will elapse before returning to the code and that the DSEN bit will be cleared. To prevent the missed entry into Deep Sleep, temporarily disable interrupts prior to entering Deep Sleep mode. Invoking the DISI instruction for four cycles is sufficient to prevent interrupts from disrupting Deep Sleep entry. In the third scenario, interrupts cannot be ignored even briefly; constant interrupt detection is required, even during the interval between setting DSEN and executing the PWRSAV instruction. For these cases, it is possible to disable interrupts and test for an interrupt condition, skipping the PWRSAV instruction if necessary. Testing for interrupts can be accomplished by checking the status of the CPUIRQ bit (INTTREG<15>). If an unserviced interrupt is pending, this bit will be set. If CPUIRQ is set prior to executing the PWRSAV instruction, the instruction is skipped. At this point, the DISI instruction has expired (being more than 4 instructions from when it was executed) and the application vectors to the appropriate ISR. When the application returns, it can either attempt to re-enter Deep Sleep mode or perform some other system function. In either case, the application must have some functional code located, following the PWRSAV instruction, in the event that the PWRSAV instruction is skipped and the device does not enter Deep Sleep mode. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Examples for implementing these cases are shown in Example 9-2. It is recommended that an assembler, or in-line C routine be used in these cases, to ensure that the code executes in the number of cycles required. EXAMPLE 9-2: IMPLEMENTING THE SPECIAL CASES FOR ENTERING DEEP SLEEP // Case 1: simplest delay scenario // asm("bset DSCON, #15"); asm("nop"); asm("nop"); asm("nop"); asm("pwrsav #0"); // // Case 2: interrupts disabled // asm("disi #4"); asm("bset DSCON, #15"); asm("nop"); asm("nop"); asm("nop"); asm("pwrsav #0"); // // Case 3: interrupts disabled with // interrupt testing // asm("disi #4"); asm("bset DSCON, #15"); asm("nop"); asm("nop"); asm("btss INTTREG, #15"); asm("pwrsav #0"); // continue with application code here // DS39951C-page 113 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 9.2.4.3 Exiting Deep Sleep Mode Deep Sleep mode exits on any one of the following events: • POR event on VDD supply. If there is no DSBOR circuit to re-arm the VDD supply POR circuit, the external VDD supply must be lowered to the natural arming voltage of the POR circuit. • DSWDT time-out. When the DSWDT timer times out, the device exits Deep Sleep. • RTCC alarm (if RTCEN = 1). • Assertion (‘0’) of the MCLR pin. • Assertion of the INT0 pin (if the interrupt was enabled before Deep Sleep mode was entered). The polarity configuration is used to determine the assertion level (‘0’ or ‘1’) of the pin that will cause an exit from Deep Sleep mode. Exiting from Deep Sleep mode requires a change on the INT0 pin while in Deep Sleep mode. Note: Any interrupt pending when entering Deep Sleep mode is cleared. Exiting Deep Sleep mode generally does not retain the state of the device and is equivalent to a Power-on Reset (POR) of the device. Exceptions to this include the RTCC (if present), which remains operational through the wake-up, the DSGPRx registers and the DSWDT bit. 9.2.4.4 Deep Sleep Wake-up Time Since wake-up from Deep Sleep results in a POR, the wake-up time from Deep Sleep is the same as the device POR time. Also, because the internal regulator is turned off, the voltage on VCAP may drop depending on how long the device is asleep. If VCAP has dropped below 2V, then there will be additional wake-up time while the regulator charges VCAP. Deep Sleep wake-up time is specified in Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” as TDSWU. This specification indicates the worst-case wake-up time, including the full POR Reset time (including TPOR and TRST), as well as the time to fully charge a 10 F capacitor on VCAP which has discharged to 0V. Wake-up may be significantly faster if VCAP has not discharged. 9.2.4.5 Saving Context Data with the DSGPR0/DSGPR1 Registers As exiting Deep Sleep mode causes a POR, most Special Function Registers reset to their default POR values. In addition, because VDDCORE power is not supplied in Deep Sleep mode, information in data RAM may be lost when exiting this mode. The sequence for exiting Deep Sleep mode is: Applications which require critical data to be saved prior to Deep Sleep may use the Deep Sleep General Purpose registers, DSGPR0 and DSGPR1, or data EEPROM (if available). Unlike other SFRs, the contents of these registers are preserved while the device is in Deep Sleep mode. After exiting Deep Sleep, software can restore the data by reading the registers and clearing the RELEASE bit (DSCON<0>). 1. 9.2.4.6 Wake-up events that occur from the time Deep Sleep exits, until the time that the POR sequence completes, are ignored, and are not captured in the DSWAKE register. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. After a wake-up event, the device exits Deep Sleep and performs a POR. The DSEN bit is cleared automatically. Code execution resumes at the Reset vector. To determine if the device exited Deep Sleep, read the Deep Sleep bit, DPSLP (RCON<10>). This bit will be set if there was an exit from Deep Sleep mode. If the bit is set, clear it. Determine the wake-up source by reading the DSWAKE register. Determine if a DSBOR event occurred during Deep Sleep mode by reading the DSBOR bit (DSCON<1>). If application context data has been saved, read it back from the DSGPR0 and DSGPR1 registers. Clear the RELEASE bit (DSCON<0>). DS39951C-page 114 I/O Pins During Deep Sleep During Deep Sleep, the general purpose I/O pins retain their previous states and the Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) will remain running, if enabled. Pins that are configured as inputs (TRIS bit is set) prior to entry into Deep Sleep remain high-impedance during Deep Sleep. Pins that are configured as outputs (TRIS bit is clear) prior to entry into Deep Sleep remain as output pins during Deep Sleep. While in this mode, they continue to drive the output level determined by their corresponding LAT bit at the time of entry into Deep Sleep. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY Once the device wakes back up, all I/O pins continue to maintain their previous states, even after the device has finished the POR sequence and is executing application code again. Pins configured as inputs during Deep Sleep remain high-impedance and pins configured as outputs continue to drive their previous value. After waking up, the TRIS and LAT registers, and the SOSCEN bit (OSCCON<1>) are reset. If firmware modifies any of these bits or registers, the I/O will not immediately go to the newly configured states. Once the firmware clears the RELEASE bit (DSCON<0>) the I/O pins are “released”. This causes the I/O pins to take the states configured by their respective TRIS and LAT bit values. This means that keeping the SOSC running after waking up requires the SOSCEN bit to be set before clearing RELEASE. If the Deep Sleep BOR (DSBOR) is enabled, and a DSBOR or a true POR event occurs during Deep Sleep, the I/O pins will be immediately released similar to clearing the RELEASE bit. All previous state information will be lost, including the general purpose DSGPR0 and DSGPR1 contents. If a MCLR Reset event occurs during Deep Sleep, the DSGPRx, DSCON and DSWAKE registers will remain valid and the RELEASE bit will remain set. The state of the SOSC will also be retained. The I/O pins, however, will be reset to their MCLR Reset state. Since RELEASE is still set, changes to the SOSCEN bit (OSCCON<1>) cannot take effect until the RELEASE bit is cleared. In all other Deep Sleep wake-up cases, application firmware must clear the RELEASE bit in order to reconfigure the I/O pins. 9.2.4.7 Deep Sleep WDT To enable the DSWDT in Deep Sleep mode, program the Configuration bit, DSWDTEN (CW4<7>). The device Watchdog Timer (WDT) need not be enabled for the DSWDT to function. Entry into Deep Sleep mode automatically resets the DSWDT. 9.2.4.8 Switching Clocks in Deep Sleep Mode Both the RTCC and the DSWDT may run from either SOSC or the LPRC clock source. This allows both the RTCC and DSWDT to run without requiring both the LPRC and SOSC to be enabled together, reducing power consumption. Running the RTCC from LPRC will result in a loss of accuracy in the RTCC of approximately 5 to 10%. If an accurate RTCC is required, it must be run from the SOSC clock source. The RTCC clock source is selected with the RTCOSC Configuration bit (CW4<5>). Under certain circumstances, it is possible for the DSWDT clock source to be off when entering Deep Sleep mode. In this case, the clock source is turned on automatically (if DSWDT is enabled), without the need for software intervention. However, this can cause a delay in the start of the DSWDT counters. In order to avoid this delay when using SOSC as a clock source, the application can activate SOSC prior to entering Deep Sleep mode. 9.2.4.9 Checking and Clearing the Status of Deep Sleep Upon entry into Deep Sleep mode, the status bit, DPSLP (RCON<10>), becomes set and must be cleared by software. On power-up, the software should read this status bit to determine if the Reset was due to an exit from Deep Sleep mode and clear the bit if it is set. Of the four possible combinations of DPSLP and POR bit states, three cases can be considered: • Both the DPSLP and POR bits are cleared. In this case, the Reset was due to some event other than a Deep Sleep mode exit. • The DPSLP bit is clear, but the POR bit is set. This is a normal Power-on Reset. • Both the DPSLP and POR bits are set. This means that Deep Sleep mode was entered, the device was powered down and Deep Sleep mode was exited. The DSWDT clock source is selected by the DSWDTOSC Configuration bit (CW4<4>). The postscaler options are programmed by the DSWDTPS<3:0> Configuration bits (CW4<3:0>). The minimum time-out period that can be achieved is 2.1 ms and the maximum is 25.7 days. For more details on the CW4 Configuration register and DSWDT configuration options, refer to Section 25.0 “Special Features”. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 115 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 9.2.4.10 Power-on Resets (PORs) 9.2.4.11 Summary of Deep Sleep Sequence VDD voltage is monitored to produce PORs. Since exiting from Deep Sleep functionally looks like a POR, the technique described in Section 9.2.4.9 “Checking and Clearing the Status of Deep Sleep” should be used to distinguish between Deep Sleep and a true POR event. To review, these are the necessary steps involved in invoking and exiting Deep Sleep mode: When a true POR occurs, the entire device, including all Deep Sleep logic (Deep Sleep registers, RTCC, DSWDT, etc.) is reset. 3. 1. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. DS39951C-page 116 Device exits Reset and begins to execute its application code. If DSWDT functionality is required, program the appropriate Configuration bit. Select the appropriate clock(s) for the DSWDT and RTCC (optional). Enable and configure the RTCC (optional). Write context data to the DSGPRx registers (optional). Enable the INT0 interrupt (optional). Set the DSEN bit in the DSCON register. Enter Deep Sleep by issuing a PWRSV #SLEEP_MODE command. Device exits Deep Sleep when a wake-up event occurs. The DSEN bit is automatically cleared. Read and clear the DPSLP status bit in RCON, and the DSWAKE status bits. Read the DSGPRx registers (optional). Once all state related configurations are complete, clear the RELEASE bit. Application resumes normal operation. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 9-1: DSCON: DEEP SLEEP CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0, HC U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 DSEN(1) — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 — — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — R/W-0, HCS R/C-0, HS (1,2,3) RELEASE(1,2) DSBOR bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit C = Clearable bit U = Unimplemented, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown HC = Hardware Clearable bit HS = Hardware Settable bit HCS = Hardware Clearable/Settable bit bit 15 DSEN: Deep Sleep Enable bit(1) 1 = Device enters Deep Sleep when PWRSAV #0 is executed in the next instruction 0 = Device enters normal Sleep when PWRSAV #0 is executed bit 14-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 DSBOR: Deep Sleep BOR Event Status bit(1,2,3) 1 = The DSBOR was active and a BOR event was detected during Deep Sleep 0 = The DSBOR was disabled or was active and did not detect a BOR event during Deep Sleep bit 0 RELEASE: I/O Pin State Deep Sleep Release bit(1,2) 1 = I/O pins and SOSC maintain their states following exit from Deep Sleep, regardless of their LAT and TRIS configuration 0 = I/O pins and SOSC are released from their Deep Sleep states. The pin state is controlled by the LAT and TRIS configurations, and the SOSCEN bit. Note 1: 2: 3: These bits are reset only in the case of a POR event outside of Deep Sleep mode. Reset value is ‘0’ for initial power-on POR only and ‘1’ for Deep Sleep POR. This is a status bit only; a DSBOR event will NOT cause a wake-up from Deep Sleep. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 117 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 9-2: DSWAKE: DEEP SLEEP WAKE-UP SOURCE REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0, HS — — — — — — — DSINT0(1) bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0, HS DSFLT U-0 (1) — U-0 — R/W-0, HS R/W-0, HS R/W-0, HS (1) (1) (1) DSWDT DSRTC U-0 R/W-0, HS — DSPOR(2) DSMCLR bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HS = Hardware Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-9 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 8 DSINT0: Interrupt-on-Change bit(1) 1 = External Interrupt 0 was asserted during Deep Sleep 0 = External Interrupt 0 was not asserted during Deep Sleep bit 7 DSFLT: Deep Sleep Fault Detected bit(1) 1 = A Fault occurred during Deep Sleep and some Deep Sleep configuration settings may have been corrupted 0 = No Fault was detected during Deep Sleep bit 6-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 DSWDT: Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer Time-out bit(1) 1 = The Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer timed out during Deep Sleep 0 = The Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer did not time out during Deep Sleep bit 3 DSRTC: Real-Time Clock and Calendar Alarm bit(1) 1 = The Real-Time Clock and Calendar triggered an alarm during Deep Sleep 0 = The Real-Time Clock and Calendar did not trigger an alarm during Deep Sleep bit 2 DSMCLR: Deep Sleep MCLR Event bit(1) 1 = The MCLR pin was asserted during Deep Sleep 0 = The MCLR pin was not asserted during Deep Sleep bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 0 DSPOR: Power-on Reset Event bit(2) 1 = The VDD supply POR circuit was active and a POR event was detected 0 = The VDD supply POR circuit was not active, or was active, but did not detect a POR event Note 1: 2: This bit can only be set while the device is in Deep Sleep mode. This bit can be set outside of Deep Sleep. DS39951C-page 118 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 9.3 Doze Mode Generally, changing clock speed and invoking one of the power-saving modes are the preferred strategies for reducing power consumption. There may be circumstances, however, where this is not practical. For example, it may be necessary for an application to maintain uninterrupted synchronous communication, even while it is doing nothing else. Reducing system clock speed may introduce communication errors, while using a power-saving mode may stop communications completely. Doze mode is a simple and effective alternative method to reduce power consumption while the device is still executing code. In this mode, the system clock continues to operate from the same source and at the same speed. Peripheral modules continue to be clocked at the same speed while the CPU clock speed is reduced. Synchronization between the two clock domains is maintained, allowing the peripherals to access the SFRs while the CPU executes code at a slower rate. Doze mode is enabled by setting the DOZEN bit (CLKDIV<11>). The ratio between peripheral and core clock speed is determined by the DOZE<2:0> bits (CLKDIV<14:12>). There are eight possible configurations, from 1:1 to 1:128, with 1:1 being the default. It is also possible to use Doze mode to selectively reduce power consumption in event driven applications. This allows clock-sensitive functions, such as synchronous communications, to continue without interruption while the CPU Idles, waiting for something to invoke an interrupt routine. Enabling the automatic return to full-speed CPU operation on interrupts is enabled by setting the ROI bit (CLKDIV<15>). By default, interrupt events have no effect on Doze mode operation. 9.4 Selective Peripheral Module Control Idle and Doze modes allow users to substantially reduce power consumption by slowing or stopping the CPU clock. Even so, peripheral modules still remain clocked, and thus, consume power. There may be cases where the application needs what these modes do not provide: the allocation of power resources to CPU processing with minimal power consumption from the peripherals. PIC24F devices address this requirement by allowing peripheral modules to be selectively disabled, reducing or eliminating their power consumption. This can be done with two control bits: • The Peripheral Enable bit, generically named “XXXEN”, located in the module’s main control SFR. • The Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) bit, generically named “XXXMD”, located in one of the PMD Control registers. Both bits have similar functions in enabling or disabling its associated module. Setting the PMD bit for a module disables all clock sources to that module, reducing its power consumption to an absolute minimum. In this state, the control and status registers associated with the peripheral will also be disabled, so writes to those registers will have no effect and read values will be invalid. Many peripheral modules have a corresponding PMD bit. In contrast, disabling a module by clearing its XXXEN bit disables its functionality, but leaves its registers available to be read and written to. This reduces power consumption, but not by as much as setting the PMD bit does. Most peripheral modules have an enable bit; exceptions include input capture, output compare and RTCC. To achieve more selective power savings, peripheral modules can also be selectively disabled when the device enters Idle mode. This is done through the control bit of the generic name format, “XXXIDL”. By default, all modules that can operate during Idle mode will do so. Using the disable on Idle feature allows further reduction of power consumption during Idle mode, enhancing power savings for extremely critical power applications. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 119 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 120 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 10.0 Note: I/O PORTS When a peripheral is enabled and the peripheral is actively driving an associated pin, the use of the pin as a general purpose output pin is disabled. The I/O pin may be read, but the output driver for the parallel port bit will be disabled. If a peripheral is enabled, but the peripheral is not actively driving a pin, that pin may be driven by a port. This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 12. “I/O Ports with Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” (DS39711). All of the device pins (except VDD, VSS, MCLR and OSCI/CLKI) are shared between the peripherals and the parallel I/O ports. All I/O input ports feature Schmitt Trigger inputs for improved noise immunity. 10.1 Parallel I/O (PIO) Ports A parallel I/O port that shares a pin with a peripheral is, in general, subservient to the peripheral. The peripheral’s output buffer data and control signals are provided to a pair of multiplexers. The multiplexers select whether the peripheral or the associated port has ownership of the output data and control signals of the I/O pin. The logic also prevents “loop through”, in which a port’s digital output can drive the input of a peripheral that shares the same pin. Figure 10-1 shows how ports are shared with other peripherals and the associated I/O pin to which they are connected. FIGURE 10-1: All port pins have three registers directly associated with their operation as digital I/Os. The Data Direction register (TRIS) determines whether the pin is an input or an output. If the data direction bit is a ‘1’, then the pin is an input. All port pins are defined as inputs after a Reset. Reads from the Output Latch register (LAT), read the latch. Writes to the Output Latch register, write the latch. Reads from the port (PORT), read the port pins, while writes to the port pins, write the latch. Any bit and its associated data and control registers that are not valid for a particular device will be disabled. That means the corresponding LAT and TRIS registers, and the port pin will read as zeros. When a pin is shared with another peripheral or function that is defined as an input only, it is regarded as a dedicated port because there is no other competing source of outputs. BLOCK DIAGRAM OF A TYPICAL SHARED PORT STRUCTURE Peripheral Module Output Multiplexers Peripheral Input Data Peripheral Module Enable I/O Peripheral Output Enable 1 Peripheral Output Data 0 PIO Module Read TRIS Data Bus WR TRIS 1 Output Enable Output Data 0 D Q I/O Pin CK TRIS Latch D WR LAT + WR PORT Q CK Data Latch Read LAT Input Data Read PORT 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 121 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 10.1.1 OPEN-DRAIN CONFIGURATION In addition to the PORT, LAT and TRIS registers for data control, each port pin can also be individually configured for either digital or open-drain output. This is controlled by the Open-Drain Control register, ODCx, associated with each port. Setting any of the bits configures the corresponding pin to act as an open-drain output. The open-drain feature allows the generation of outputs higher than VDD (e.g., 5V) on any desired digital only pins by using external pull-up resistors. The maximum open-drain voltage allowed is the same as the maximum VIH specification. 10.2 Configuring Analog Port Pins The AD1PCFGL and TRIS registers control the operation of the A/D port pins. Setting a port pin as an analog input also requires that the corresponding TRIS bit be set. If the TRIS bit is cleared (output), the digital output level (VOH or VOL) will be converted. 10.2.2 ANALOG INPUT PINS AND VOLTAGE CONSIDERATIONS The voltage tolerance of pins used as device inputs is dependent on the pin’s input function. Pins that are used as digital only inputs are able to handle DC voltages up to 5.5V, a level typical for digital logic circuits. In contrast, pins that also have analog input functions of any kind can only tolerate voltages up to VDD. Voltage excursions beyond VDD on these pins should be avoided. Table 10-1 summarizes the input voltage capabilities. Refer to Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for more details. TABLE 10-1: Port or Pin PORTA<4:0> PORTB<4:0> Pins configured as digital inputs will not convert an analog input. Analog levels on any pin that is defined as a digital input (including the ANx pins) may cause the input buffer to consume current that exceeds the device specifications. PORTA<10:7>(1) I/O PORT WRITE/READ TIMING Tolerated Input Description VDD Only VDD input levels tolerated. 5.5V Tolerates input levels above VDD, useful for most standard logic. PORTB<15:12> When reading the PORT register, all pins configured as analog input channels will read as cleared (a low level). 10.2.1 INPUT VOLTAGE TOLERANCE PORTC<3:0>(1) PORTB<11:7> PORTB<6:5> PORTC<9:4>(1) Note 1: Not available on 28-pin devices. One instruction cycle is required between a port direction change or port write operation and a read operation of the same port. Typically, this instruction would be a NOP (Example 10-1). EXAMPLE 10-1: MOV MOV NOP BTSS 0xFF00, W0 W0, TRISB PORTB, #13 DS39951C-page 122 PORT WRITE/READ EXAMPLE ; ; ; ; Configure PORTB<15:8> as inputs and PORTB<7:0> as outputs Delay 1 cycle Next Instruction 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 10.3 Input Change Notification The input change notification function of the I/O ports allows the PIC24FJ64GA104 family of devices to generate interrupt requests to the processor in response to a Change-of-State (COS) on selected input pins. This feature is capable of detecting input Change-of-States even in Sleep mode, when the clocks are disabled. Depending on the device pin count, there are up to 31 external inputs that may be selected (enabled) for generating an interrupt request on a Change-of-State. Registers, CNEN1 and CNEN2, contain the interrupt enable control bits for each of the CN input pins. Setting any of these bits enables a CN interrupt for the corresponding pins. Each CN pin has a weak pull-up connected to it. The pull-up acts as a current source that is connected to the pin. This eliminates the need for external resistors when push button or keypad devices are connected. The pull-ups are separately enabled using the CNPU1 and CNPU2 registers (for pull-ups). Each CN pin has individual control bits for its pull-up. Setting a control bit enables the weak pull-up for the corresponding pin. When the internal pull-up is selected, the pin pulls up to VDD – 0.7V (typical). Make sure that there is no external pull-up source when the internal pull-ups are enabled, as the voltage difference can cause a current path. Note: 10.4 Pull-ups on change notification pins should always be disabled whenever the port pin is configured as a digital output. Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) A major challenge in general purpose devices is providing the largest possible set of peripheral features while minimizing the conflict of features on I/O pins. In an application that needs to use more than one peripheral multiplexed on a single pin, inconvenient work arounds in application code or a complete redesign may be the only option. The Peripheral Pin Select feature provides an alternative to these choices by enabling the user’s peripheral set selection and their placement on a wide range of I/O pins. By increasing the pinout options available on a particular device, users can better tailor the microcontroller to their entire application, rather than trimming the application to fit the device. The Peripheral Pin Select feature operates over a fixed subset of digital I/O pins. Users may independently map the input and/or output of any one of many digital peripherals to any one of these I/O pins. Peripheral Pin Select is performed in software and generally does not require the device to be reprogrammed. Hardware safeguards are included that prevent accidental or spurious changes to the peripheral mapping once it has been established. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 10.4.1 AVAILABLE PINS The Peripheral Pin Select feature is used with a range of up to 25 pins, depending on the particular device and its pin count. Pins that support the Peripheral Pin Select feature include the designation “RPn” in their full pin designation, where “n” is the remappable pin number. See Table 1-2 for a summary of pinout options in each package offering. 10.4.2 AVAILABLE PERIPHERALS The peripherals managed by the Peripheral Pin Select are all digital only peripherals. These include general serial communications (UART and SPI), general purpose timer clock inputs, timer related peripherals (input capture and output compare) and external interrupt inputs. Also included are the outputs of the comparator module, since these are discrete digital signals. Peripheral Pin Select is not available for I2C™ change notification inputs, RTCC alarm outputs or peripherals with analog inputs. A key difference between pin select and non pin select peripherals is that pin select peripherals are not associated with a default I/O pin. The peripheral must always be assigned to a specific I/O pin before it can be used. In contrast, non pin select peripherals are always available on a default pin, assuming that the peripheral is active and not conflicting with another peripheral. 10.4.2.1 Peripheral Pin Select Function Priority Pin-selectable peripheral outputs (for example, OC and UART transmit) take priority over any general purpose digital functions permanently tied to that pin, such as PMP and port I/O. Specialized digital outputs, such as USB functionality, take priority over PPS outputs on the same pin. The pin diagrams at the beginning of this data sheet list peripheral outputs in order of priority. Refer to them for priority concerns on a particular pin. Unlike devices with fixed peripherals, pin-selectable peripheral inputs never take ownership of a pin. The pin’s output buffer is controlled by the pin’s TRIS bit setting, or by a fixed peripheral on the pin. If the pin is configured in Digital mode, then the PPS input will operate correctly, reading the input. If an analog function is enabled on the same pin, the pin-selectable input will be disabled. DS39951C-page 123 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 10.4.3 CONTROLLING PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT Peripheral Pin Select features are controlled through two sets of Special Function Registers: one to map peripheral inputs and one to map outputs. Because they are separately controlled, a particular peripheral’s input and output (if the peripheral has both) can be placed on any selectable function pin without constraint. The association of a peripheral to a peripheral-selectable pin is handled in two different ways, depending on if an input or an output is being mapped. TABLE 10-2: 10.4.3.1 Input Mapping The inputs of the Peripheral Pin Select options are mapped on the basis of the peripheral; that is, a control register associated with a peripheral dictates the pin it will be mapped to. The RPINRx registers are used to configure peripheral input mapping (see Register 10-1 through Register 10-14). Each register contains up to two sets of 5-bit fields, with each set associated with one of the pin-selectable peripherals. Programming a given peripheral’s bit field with an appropriate 6-bit value maps the RPn pin with that value to that peripheral. For any given device, the valid range of values for any of the bit fields corresponds to the maximum number of Peripheral Pin Select options supported by the device. SELECTABLE INPUT SOURCES (MAPS INPUT TO FUNCTION)(1) Function Name Register Function Mapping Bits External Interrupt 1 INT1 RPINR0 INT1R<5:0> External Interrupt 2 Input Capture 1 INT2 IC1 RPINR1 RPINR7 INT2R<5:0> IC1R<5:0> Input Capture 2 Input Capture 3 IC2 IC3 RPINR7 RPINR8 IC2R<5:0> IC3R<5:0> Input Capture 4 Input Capture 5 IC4 IC5 RPINR8 RPINR9 IC4R<5:0> IC5R<5:0> OCFA OCFB RPINR11 RPINR11 OCFAR<5:0> OCFBR<5:0> SPI1 Clock Input SPI1 Data Input SCK1IN SDI1 RPINR20 RPINR20 SCK1R<5:0> SDI1R<5:0> SPI1 Slave Select Input SPI2 Clock Input SS1IN SCK2IN RPINR21 RPINR22 SS1R<5:0> SCK2R<5:0> SPI2 Data Input SPI2 Slave Select Input SDI2 SS2IN RPINR22 RPINR23 SDI2R<5:0> SS2R<5:0> Timer2 External Clock Timer3 External Clock T2CK T3CK RPINR3 RPINR3 T2CKR<5:0> T3CKR<5:0> Timer4 External Clock Timer5 External Clock T4CK T5CK RPINR4 RPINR4 T4CKR<5:0> T5CKR<5:0> UART1 Clear To Send U1CTS RPINR18 U1CTSR<5:0> U1RX RPINR18 U1RXR<5:0> U2CTS U2RX RPINR19 RPINR19 U2CTSR<5:0> U2RXR<5:0> Input Name Output Compare Fault A Output Compare Fault B UART1 Receive UART2 Clear To Send UART2 Receive Note 1: Unless otherwise noted, all inputs use the Schmitt Trigger input buffers. DS39951C-page 124 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 10.4.3.2 Output Mapping the bit field corresponds to one of the peripherals and that peripheral’s output is mapped to the pin (see Table 10-3). In contrast to inputs, the outputs of the Peripheral Pin Select options are mapped on the basis of the pin. In this case, a control register associated with a particular pin dictates the peripheral output to be mapped. The RPORx registers are used to control output mapping. Each register contains up to two 5-bit fields, with each field being associated with one RPn pin (see Register 10-15 through Register 10-27). The value of TABLE 10-3: Because of the mapping technique, the list of peripherals for output mapping also includes a null value of ‘000000’. This permits any given pin to remain disconnected from the output of any of the pin-selectable peripherals. SELECTABLE OUTPUT SOURCES (MAPS FUNCTION TO OUTPUT) Output Function Number(1) Function 0 NULL(2) Null 1 C1OUT Comparator 1 Output 2 C2OUT Comparator 2 Output 3 U1TX UART1 Transmit 4 U1RTS 5 U2TX 6 Note 1: 2: 3: (3) U2RTS (3) Output Name UART1 Request To Send UART2 Transmit UART2 Request To Send 7 SDO1 SPI1 Data Output 8 SCK1OUT SPI1 Clock Output 9 SS1OUT SPI1 Slave Select Output 10 SDO2 SPI2 Data Output 11 SCK2OUT SPI2 Clock Output 12 SS2OUT SPI2 Slave Select Output 18 OC1 Output Compare 1 19 OC2 Output Compare 2 20 OC3 Output Compare 3 21 OC4 Output Compare 4 22 OC5 Output Compare 5 23-28 (unused) NC 29 CTPLS CTMU Output Pulse 30 C3OUT Comparator 3 Output 31 (unused) NC Setting the RPORx register with the listed value assigns that output function to the associated RPn pin. The NULL function is assigned to all RPn outputs at device Reset and disables the RPn output function. IrDA® BCLK functionality uses this output. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 125 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 10.4.3.3 Mapping Limitations The control schema of the Peripheral Pin Select is extremely flexible. Other than systematic blocks that prevent signal contention caused by two physical pins being configured as the same functional input, or two functional outputs configured as the same pin, there are no hardware enforced lock outs. The flexibility extends to the point of allowing a single input to drive multiple peripherals or a single functional output to drive multiple output pins. 10.4.3.4 PPS Mapping Exceptions for PIC24FJ64GA1 Family Devices Although the PPS registers allow for up to 32 remappable pins, a maximum of 26 pins are implemented in 44-pin devices (RP0 through RP25). In 28-pin devices, none of the remappable pins above RP15 are implemented. 10.4.4 CONTROLLING CONFIGURATION CHANGES Because peripheral remapping can be changed during run time, some restrictions on peripheral remapping are needed to prevent accidental configuration changes. PIC24F devices include three features to prevent alterations to the peripheral map: • Control register lock sequence • Continuous state monitoring • Configuration bit remapping lock 10.4.4.1 Control Register Lock Under normal operation, writes to the RPINRx and RPORx registers are not allowed. Attempted writes will appear to execute normally, but the contents of the registers will remain unchanged. To change these registers, they must be unlocked in hardware. The register lock is controlled by the IOLOCK bit (OSCCON<6>). Setting IOLOCK prevents writes to the control registers; clearing IOLOCK allows writes. Unlike the similar sequence with the oscillator’s LOCK bit, IOLOCK remains in one state until changed. This allows all of the Peripheral Pin Selects to be configured with a single unlock sequence, followed by an update to all control registers, then locked with a second lock sequence. 10.4.4.2 Continuous State Monitoring In addition to being protected from direct writes, the contents of the RPINRx and RPORx registers are constantly monitored in hardware by shadow registers. If an unexpected change in any of the registers occurs (such as cell disturbances caused by ESD or other external events), a Configuration Mismatch Reset will be triggered. 10.4.4.3 Configuration Bit Pin Select Lock As an additional level of safety, the device can be configured to prevent more than one write session to the RPINRx and RPORx registers. The IOL1WAY (CW2<4>) Configuration bit blocks the IOLOCK bit from being cleared after it has been set once. If IOLOCK remains set, the register unlock procedure will not execute and the Peripheral Pin Select Control registers cannot be written to. The only way to clear the bit and re-enable peripheral remapping is to perform a device Reset. In the default (unprogrammed) state, IOL1WAY is set, restricting users to one write session. Programming IOL1WAY allows users unlimited access (with the proper use of the unlock sequence) to the Peripheral Pin Select registers. To set or clear IOLOCK, a specific command sequence must be executed: 1. 2. 3. Write 46h to OSCCON<7:0>. Write 57h to OSCCON<7:0>. Clear (or set) IOLOCK as a single operation. DS39951C-page 126 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 10.4.5 CONSIDERATIONS FOR PERIPHERAL PIN SELECTION The ability to control Peripheral Pin Selection introduces several considerations into application design that could be overlooked. This is particularly true for several common peripherals that are available only as remappable peripherals. The main consideration is that the Peripheral Pin Selects are not available on default pins in the device’s default (Reset) state. Since all RPINRx registers reset to ‘11111’ and all RPORx registers reset to ‘00000’, all Peripheral Pin Select inputs are tied to VSS and all Peripheral Pin Select outputs are disconnected. Note: RP31 does not have to exist on a device for the registers to be reset to it, or for peripheral pin outputs to be tied to it. This situation requires the user to initialize the device with the proper peripheral configuration before any other application code is executed. Since the IOLOCK bit resets in the unlocked state, it is not necessary to execute the unlock sequence after the device has come out of Reset. For application safety, however, it is best to set IOLOCK and lock the configuration after writing to the control registers. Because the unlock sequence is timing-critical, it must be executed as an assembly language routine in the same manner as changes to the oscillator configuration. If the bulk of the application is written in C or another high-level language, the unlock sequence should be performed by writing in-line assembly. The assignment of a peripheral to a particular pin does not automatically perform any other configuration of the pin’s I/O circuitry. In theory, this means adding a pin-selectable output to a pin may mean inadvertently driving an existing peripheral input when the output is driven. Users must be familiar with the behavior of other fixed peripherals that share a remappable pin and know when to enable or disable them. To be safe, fixed digital peripherals that share the same pin should be disabled when not in use. Along these lines, configuring a remappable pin for a specific peripheral does not automatically turn that feature on. The peripheral must be specifically configured for operation and enabled, as if it were tied to a fixed pin. Where this happens in the application code (immediately following device Reset and peripheral configuration or inside the main application routine) depends on the peripheral and its use in the application. A final consideration is that Peripheral Pin Select functions neither override analog inputs, nor reconfigure pins with analog functions for digital I/O. If a pin is configured as an analog input on device Reset, it must be explicitly reconfigured as digital I/O when used with a Peripheral Pin Select. Example 10-2 shows a configuration for bidirectional communication with flow control using UART1. The following input and output functions are used: • Input Functions: U1RX, U1CTS • Output Functions: U1TX, U1RTS Choosing the configuration requires the review of all Peripheral Pin Selects and their pin assignments, especially those that will not be used in the application. In all cases, unused pin-selectable peripherals should be disabled completely. Unused peripherals should have their inputs assigned to an unused RPn pin function. I/O pins with unused RPn functions should be configured with the null peripheral output. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 127 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY EXAMPLE 10-2: ;unlock push push push mov mov mov mov.b mov.b bclr CONFIGURING UART1 INPUT AND OUTPUT FUNCTIONS IN ASSEMBLY CODE registers w1; w2; w3; #OSCCON, w1; #0x46, w2; #0x57, w3; w2, [w1]; w3, [w1]; OSCCON, #6; ; Configure Input Functions (Table10-2) ; Assign U1CTS To Pin RP1, U1RX To Pin RP0 mov #0x0100, w1; mov w1,RPINR18; ; Configure Output Functions (Table 10-3) ; Assign U1RTS To Pin RP3, U1TX To Pin RP2 mov #0x0403, w1; mov w1, RPOR1; ;lock mov mov mov mov.b mov.b bset pop pop pop registers #OSCCON, w1; #0x46, w2; #0x57, w3; w2, [w1]; w3, [w1]; OSCCON, #6; w3; w2; w1; EXAMPLE 10-3: CONFIGURING UART1 INPUT AND OUTPUT FUNCTIONS IN C //unlock registers __builtin_write_OSCCONL(OSCCON & 0xBF); // Configure Input Functions (Table 9-1) // Assign U1RX To Pin RP0 RPINR18bits.U1RXR = 0; // Assign U1CTS To Pin RP1 RPINR18bits.U1CTSR = 1; // Configure Output Functions (Table 9-2) // Assign U1TX To Pin RP2 RPOR1bits.RP2R = 3; // Assign U1RTS To Pin RP3 RPOR1bits.RP3R = 4; //lock registers __builtin_write_OSCCONL(OSCCON | 0x40); DS39951C-page 128 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 10.4.6 PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT REGISTERS Note: The PIC24FJ64GA104 family of devices implements a total of 27 registers for remappable peripheral configuration: • Input Remappable Peripheral Registers (14) • Output Remappable Peripheral Registers (13) REGISTER 10-1: Input and output register values can only be changed if IOLOCK (OSCCON<6>) = 0. See Section 10.4.4.1 “Control Register Lock” for a specific command sequence. RPINR0: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — INT1R4 INT1R3 INT1R2 INT1R1 INT1R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 INT1R<4:0>: Assign External Interrupt 1 (INT1) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits bit 7-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ REGISTER 10-2: RPINR1: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 1 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — INT2R4 INT2R3 INT2R2 INT2R1 INT2R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 INT2R<4:0>: Assign External Interrupt 2 (INT2) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn pin bits 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 129 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-3: RPINR3: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 3 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — T3CKR4 T3CKR3 T3CKR2 T3CKR1 T3CKR0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — T2CKR4 T2CKR3 T2CKR2 T2CKR1 T2CKR0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 T3CKR<4:0>: Assign Timer3 External Clock (T3CK) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 T2CKR<4:0>: Assign Timer2 External Clock (T2CK) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits REGISTER 10-4: RPINR4: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 4 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — T5CKR4 T5CKR3 T5CKR2 T5CKR1 T5CKR0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — T4CKR4 T4CKR3 T4CKR2 T4CKR1 T4CKR0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 T5CKR<4:0>: Assign Timer5 External Clock (T5CK) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 T4CKR<4:0>: Assign Timer4 External Clock (T4CK) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits DS39951C-page 130 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-5: RPINR7: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 7 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — IC2R4 IC2R3 IC2R2 IC2R1 IC2R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — IC1R4 IC1R3 IC1R2 IC1R1 IC1R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 IC2R<4:0>: Assign Input Capture 2 (IC2) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 IC1R<4:0>: Assign Input Capture 1 (IC1) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits REGISTER 10-6: RPINR8: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — IC4R4 IC4R3 IC4R2 IC4R1 IC4R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — IC3R4 IC3R3 IC3R2 IC3R1 IC3R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 IC4R<4:0>: Assign Input Capture 4 (IC4) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 IC3R<4:0>: Assign Input Capture 3 (IC3) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 131 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-7: RPINR9: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 9 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — IC5R4 IC5R3 IC5R2 IC5R1 IC5R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 IC5R<4:0>: Assign Input Capture 5 (IC5) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits REGISTER 10-8: RPINR11: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 11 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — OCFBR4 OCFBR3 OCFBR2 OCFBR1 OCFBR0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — OCFAR4 OCFAR3 OCFAR2 OCFAR1 OCFAR0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 OCFBR<4:0>: Assign Output Compare Fault B (OCFB) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 OCFAR<4:0>: Assign Output Compare Fault A (OCFA) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits DS39951C-page 132 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-9: RPINR18: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 18 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — U1CTSR4 U1CTSR3 U1CTSR2 U1CTSR1 U1CTSR0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — U1RXR4 U1RXR3 U1RXR2 U1RXR1 U1RXR0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 U1CTSR<4:0>: Assign UART1 Clear to Send (U1CTS) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 U1RXR<4:0>: Assign UART1 Receive (U1RX) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits REGISTER 10-10: RPINR19: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 19 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — U2CTSR4 U2CTSR3 U2CTSR2 U2CTSR1 U2CTSR0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — U2RXR4 U2RXR3 U2RXR2 U2RXR1 U2RXR0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 U2CTSR<4:0>: Assign UART2 Clear to Send (U2CTS) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 U2RXR<4:0>: Assign UART2 Receive (U2RX) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 133 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-11: RPINR20: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 20 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — SCK1R4 SCK1R3 SCK1R2 SCK1R1 SCK1R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — SDI1R4 SDI1R3 SDI1R2 SDI1R1 SDI1R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 SCK1R<4:0>: Assign SPI1 Clock Input (SCK1IN) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 SDI1R<4:0>: Assign SPI1 Data Input (SDI1) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits REGISTER 10-12: RPINR21: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 21 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — SS1R4 SS1R3 SS1R2 SS1R1 SS1R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 SS1R<4:0>: Assign SPI1 Slave Select Input (SS1IN) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits DS39951C-page 134 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-13: RPINR22: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 22 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — SCK2R4 SCK2R3 SCK2R2 SCK2R1 SCK2R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — SDI2R4 SDI2R3 SDI2R2 SDI2R1 SDI2R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 SCK2R<4:0>: Assign SPI2 Clock Input (SCK2IN) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 SDI2R<4:0>: Assign SPI2 Data Input (SDI2) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits REGISTER 10-14: RPINR23: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 23 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — SS2R4 SS2R3 SS2R2 SS2R1 SS2R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 SS2R<4:0>: Assign SPI2 Slave Select Input (SS2IN) to Corresponding RPn or RPIn Pin bits 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 135 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-15: RPOR0: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP1R4 RP1R3 RP1R2 RP1R1 RP1R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP0R4 RP0R3 RP0R2 RP0R1 RP0R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP1R<4:0<: RP1 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP1 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP0R<4:0>: RP0 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP0 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). REGISTER 10-16: RPOR1: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 1 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP3R4 RP3R3 RP3R2 RP3R1 RP3R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP2R4 RP2R3 RP2R2 RP2R1 RP2R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP3R<4:0>: RP3 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP3 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP2R<4:0>: RP2 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP2 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). DS39951C-page 136 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-17: RPOR2: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 2 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP5R4 RP5R3 RP5R2 RP5R1 RP5R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP4R4 RP4R3 RP4R2 RP4R1 RP4R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP5R<4:0>: RP5 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP5 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP4R<4:0>: RP4 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP4 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). REGISTER 10-18: RPOR3: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 3 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP7R4 RP7R3 RP7R2 RP7R1 RP7R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP6R4 RP6R3 RP6R2 RP6R1 RP6R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP7R<4:0>: RP7 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP7 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP6R<4:0>: RP6 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP6 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 137 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-19: RPOR4: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 4 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP9R4 RP9R3 RP9R2 RP9R1 RP9R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP8R4 RP8R3 RP8R2 RP8R1 RP8R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP9R<4:0>: RP9 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP9 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP8R<4:0>: RP8 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP8 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). REGISTER 10-20: RPOR5: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 5 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP11R4 RP11R3 RP11R2 RP11R1 RP11R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP10R4 RP10R3 RP10R2 RP10R1 RP10R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP11R<4:0>: RP11 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP11 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP10R<4:0>: RP10 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP10 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). DS39951C-page 138 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-21: RPOR6: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 6 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP13R4 RP13R3 RP13R2 RP13R1 RP13R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP12R4 RP12R3 RP12R2 RP12R1 RP12R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP13R<4:0>: RP13 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP13 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP12R<4:0>: RP12 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP12 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). REGISTER 10-22: RPOR7: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 7 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP15R4 RP15R3 RP15R2 RP15R1 RP15R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP14R4 RP14R3 RP14R2 RP14R1 RP14R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP15R<4:0>: RP15 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP0 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP14R<4:0>: RP14 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP14 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 139 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-23: RPOR8: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 8(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP17R4 RP17R3 RP17R2 RP17R1 RP17R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP16R4 RP16R3 RP16R2 RP16R1 RP16R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP17R<4:0>: RP17 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP17 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP16R<4:0>: RP16 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP16 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). Note 1: This register is unimplemented in 28-pin devices; all bits read as ‘0’. REGISTER 10-24: RPOR9: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 9(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP19R4 RP19R3 RP19R2 RP19R1 RP19R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP18R4 RP18R3 RP18R2 RP18R1 RP18R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP19R<4:0>: RP19 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP19 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP18R<4:0>: RP18 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP18 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). Note 1: This register is unimplemented in 28-pin devices; all bits read as ‘0’. DS39951C-page 140 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-25: RPOR10: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 10(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP21R4 RP21R3 RP21R2 RP21R1 RP21R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP20R4 RP20R3 RP20R2 RP20R1 RP20R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP21R<4:0>: RP21 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP21 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP20R<4:0>: RP20 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP20 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). Note 1: This register is unimplemented in 28-pin devices; all bits read as ‘0’. REGISTER 10-26: RPOR11: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 11(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP23R4 RP23R3 RP23R2 RP23R1 RP23R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP22R4 RP22R3 RP22R2 RP22R1 RP22R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP23R<4:0>: RP23 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP23 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP22R<4:0>: RP22 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP22 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). Note 1: This register is unimplemented in 28-pin devices; all bits read as ‘0’. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 141 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 10-27: RPOR12: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 12(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP25R4 RP25R3 RP25R2 RP25R1 RP25R0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — RP24R4 RP24R3 RP24R2 RP24R1 RP24R0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 RP25R<5:0>: RP25 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP25 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 RP24R<5:0>: RP24 Output Pin Mapping bits Peripheral output number n is assigned to pin, RP24 (see Table 10-3 for peripheral function numbers). Note 1: This register is unimplemented in 28-pin devices; all bits read as ‘0’. DS39951C-page 142 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 11.0 Note: TIMER1 Figure 11-1 presents a block diagram of the 16-bit timer module. This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 14. “Timers” (DS39704). To configure Timer1 for operation: 1. 2. 3. The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer which can serve as the time counter for the Real-Time Clock (RTC) or operate as a free-running, interval timer/counter. Timer1 can operate in three modes: 4. 5. • 16-Bit Timer • 16-Bit Synchronous Counter • 16-Bit Asynchronous Counter 6. Set the TON bit (= 1). Select the timer prescaler ratio using the TCKPS<1:0> bits. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS and TGATE bits. Set or clear the TSYNC bit to configure synchronous or asynchronous operation. Load the timer period value into the PR1 register. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable bit, T1IE. Use the priority bits, T1IP<2:0>, to set the interrupt priority. Timer1 also supports these features: • Timer Gate Operation • Selectable Prescaler Settings • Timer Operation during CPU Idle and Sleep modes • Interrupt on 16-Bit Period Register Match or Falling Edge of External Gate Signal FIGURE 11-1: 16-BIT TIMER1 MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM TCKPS<1:0> SOSCO/ T1CK 1x SOSCEN SOSCI Gate Sync 01 TCY 00 Prescaler 1, 8, 64, 256 TGATE TCS TGATE Set T1IF 2 TON 1 Q D 0 Q CK Reset 0 TMR1 1 Equal Comparator Sync TSYNC PR1 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 143 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 11-1: T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER(1) R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 TON — TSIDL — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 — TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 — TSYNC TCS — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 TON: Timer1 On bit 1 = Starts 16-bit Timer1 0 = Stops 16-bit Timer1 bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode bit 12-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6 TGATE: Timer1 Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit When TCS = 1: This bit is ignored. When TCS = 0: 1 = Gated time accumulation enabled 0 = Gated time accumulation disabled bit 5-4 TCKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits 11 = 1:256 10 = 1:64 01 = 1:8 00 = 1:1 bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2 TSYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Select bit When TCS = 1: 1 = Synchronize external clock input 0 = Do not synchronize external clock input When TCS = 0: This bit is ignored. bit 1 TCS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bit 1 = External clock from T1CK pin (on the rising edge) 0 = Internal clock (FOSC/2) bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: x = Bit is unknown Changing the value of TxCON while the timer is running (TON = 1) causes the timer prescale counter to reset and is not recommended. DS39951C-page 144 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 12.0 Note: TIMER2/3 AND TIMER4/5 This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 14. “Timers” (DS39704). The Timer2/3 and Timer4/5 modules are 32-bit timers, which can also be configured as four independent 16-bit timers with selectable operating modes. To configure Timer2/3 or Timer4/5 for 32-bit operation: 1. 2. 3. 4. As 32-bit timers, Timer2/3 and Timer4/5 can each operate in three modes: • Two Independent 16-Bit Timers with All 16-Bit Operating modes (except Asynchronous Counter mode) • Single 32-Bit Timer • Single 32-Bit Synchronous Counter 5. They also support these features: • • • • • Timer Gate Operation Selectable Prescaler Settings Timer Operation during Idle and Sleep modes Interrupt on a 32-Bit Period Register Match ADC Event Trigger (Timer4/5 only) Individually, all four of the 16-bit timers can function as synchronous timers or counters. They also offer the features listed above, except for the ADC event trigger; this is implemented only with Timer5. The operating modes and enabled features are determined by setting the appropriate bit(s) in the T2CON, T3CON, T4CON and T5CON registers. T2CON and T4CON are shown in generic form in Register 12-1; T3CON and T5CON are shown in Register 12-2. For 32-bit timer/counter operation, Timer2 and Timer4 are the least significant word; Timer3 and Timer4 are the most significant word of the 32-bit timers. Note: For 32-bit operation, T3CON and T5CON control bits are ignored. Only T2CON and T4CON control bits are used for setup and control. Timer2 and Timer4 clock and gate inputs are utilized for the 32-bit timer modules, but an interrupt is generated with the Timer3 or Timer5 interrupt flags. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 6. Set the T32 bit (T2CON<3> or T4CON<3> = 1). Select the prescaler ratio for Timer2 or Timer4 using the TCKPS<1:0> bits. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS and TGATE bits. If TCS is set to an external clock, RPINRx (TxCK) must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. Load the timer period value. PR3 (or PR5) will contain the most significant word of the value while PR2 (or PR4) contains the least significant word. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable bit, T3IE or T5IE; use the priority bits, T3IP<2:0> or T5IP<2:0>, to set the interrupt priority. Note that while Timer2 or Timer4 controls the timer, the interrupt appears as a Timer3 or Timer5 interrupt. Set the TON bit (= 1). The timer value, at any point, is stored in the register pair, TMR3:TMR2 (or TMR5:TMR4). TMR3 (TMR5) always contains the most significant word of the count, while TMR2 (TMR4) contains the least significant word. To configure any of the timers for individual 16-bit operation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clear the T32 bit corresponding to that timer (T2CON<3> for Timer2 and Timer3 or T4CON<3> for Timer4 and Timer5). Select the timer prescaler ratio using the TCKPS<1:0> bits. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS and TGATE bits. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. Load the timer period value into the PRx register. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable bit, TxIE; use the priority bits, TxIP<2:0>, to set the interrupt priority. Set the TON bit (TxCON<15> = 1). DS39951C-page 145 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 12-1: TIMER2/3 AND TIMER4/5 (32-BIT) BLOCK DIAGRAM TCKPS<1:0> 2 TON T2CK (T4CK) 1x Gate Sync 01 TCY 00 Prescaler 1, 8, 64, 256 TGATE(2) TGATE TCS(2) Q 1 Set T3IF (T5IF) Q 0 PR3 (PR5) ADC Event Trigger(3) Equal D CK PR2 (PR4) Comparator MSB LSB TMR3 (TMR5) Reset TMR2 (TMR4) Sync 16 Read TMR2 (TMR4) (1) Write TMR2 (TMR4)(1) 16 TMR3HLD (TMR5HLD) 16 Data Bus<15:0> Note 1: 2: 3: The 32-Bit Timer Configuration bit, T32, must be set for 32-bit timer/counter operation. All control bits are respective to the T2CON and T4CON registers. The timer clock input must be assigned to an available RPn pin before use. Please see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. The ADC event trigger is available only on Timer 2/3 in 32-bit mode and Timer 3 in 16-bit mode. DS39951C-page 146 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 12-2: TIMER2 AND TIMER4 (16-BIT SYNCHRONOUS) BLOCK DIAGRAM TON T2CK (T4CK) TCKPS<1:0> 2 1x Gate Sync Prescaler 1, 8, 64, 256 01 00 TGATE TCS(1) TCY 1 Set T2IF (T4IF) 0 Reset Equal Q D Q CK TMR2 (TMR4) TGATE(1) Sync Comparator PR2 (PR4) Note 1: The timer clock input must be assigned to an available RPn pin before use. Please see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. FIGURE 12-3: TIMER3 AND TIMER5 (16-BIT ASYNCHRONOUS) BLOCK DIAGRAM T3CK (T5CK) Sync 1x TON TCKPS<1:0> 2 Prescaler 1, 8, 64, 256 01 00 TGATE TCY 1 Set T3IF (T5IF) 0 Reset ADC Event Trigger(2) Equal Q D Q CK TCS(1) TGATE(1) TMR3 (TMR5) Comparator PR3 (PR5) Note 1: 2: The timer clock input must be assigned to an available RPn pin before use. Please see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. The ADC event trigger is available only on Timer3. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 147 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 12-1: TxCON: TIMER2 AND TIMER4 CONTROL REGISTER(3) R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 TON — TSIDL — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 — TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 T32(1) — TCS(2) — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 TON: Timerx On bit When TxCON<3> = 1: 1 = Starts 32-bit Timerx/y 0 = Stops 32-bit Timerx/y When TxCON<3> = 0: 1 = Starts 16-bit Timerx 0 = Stops 16-bit Timerx bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode bit 12-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6 TGATE: Timerx Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit When TCS = 1: This bit is ignored. When TCS = 0: 1 = Gated time accumulation is enabled 0 = Gated time accumulation is disabled bit 5-4 TCKPS<1:0>: Timerx Input Clock Prescale Select bits 11 = 1:256 10 = 1:64 01 = 1:8 00 = 1:1 bit 3 T32: 32-Bit Timer Mode Select bit(1) 1 = Timerx and Timery form a single 32-bit timer 0 = Timerx and Timery act as two 16-bit timers In 32-bit mode, T3CON control bits do not affect 32-bit timer operation. bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 TCS: Timerx Clock Source Select bit(2) 1 = External clock from pin, TxCK (on the rising edge) 0 = Internal clock (FOSC/2) bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: 2: 3: x = Bit is unknown In 32-bit mode, the T3CON or T5CON control bits do not affect 32-bit timer operation. If TCS = 1, RPINRx (TxCK) must be configured to an available RPn pin. For more information, see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)”. Changing the value of TxCON while the timer is running (TON = 1) causes the timer prescale counter to reset and is not recommended. DS39951C-page 148 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 12-2: TyCON: TIMER3 AND TIMER5 CONTROL REGISTER(3) R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 TON(1) — TSIDL(1) — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 — TGATE(1) TCKPS1(1) TCKPS0(1) — — TCS(1,2) — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 TON: Timery On bit(1) 1 = Starts 16-bit Timery 0 = Stops 16-bit Timery bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit(1) 1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode bit 12-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6 TGATE: Timery Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit(1) When TCS = 1: This bit is ignored. When TCS = 0: 1 = Gated time accumulation is enabled 0 = Gated time accumulation is disabled bit 5-4 TCKPS<1:0>: Timery Input Clock Prescale Select bits(1) 11 = 1:256 10 = 1:64 01 = 1:8 00 = 1:1 bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 TCS: Timery Clock Source Select bit(1,2) 1 = External clock from pin TyCK (on the rising edge) 0 = Internal clock (FOSC/2) bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: 2: 3: x = Bit is unknown When 32-bit operation is enabled (T2CON<3> or T4CON<3> = 1), these bits have no effect on Timery operation; all timer functions are set through T2CON and T4CON. If TCS = 1, RPINRx (TxCK) must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. Changing the value of TyCON while the timer is running (TON = 1) causes the timer prescale counter to reset and is not recommended. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 149 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 150 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 13.0 INPUT CAPTURE WITH DEDICATED TIMERS Note: 13.1 13.1.1 This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 34. “Input Capture with Dedicated Timer” (DS39722). Devices in the PIC24FJ64GA104 family all feature 5 independent input capture modules. Each of the modules offers a wide range of configuration and operating options for capturing external pulse events and generating interrupts. Key features of the input capture module include: • Hardware-configurable for 32-bit operation in all modes by cascading two adjacent modules • Synchronous and Trigger modes of output compare operation, with up to 20 user-selectable trigger/sync sources available • A 4-level FIFO buffer for capturing and holding timer values for several events • Configurable interrupt generation • Up to 6 clock sources available for each module, driving a separate internal 16-bit counter The module is controlled through two registers: ICxCON1 (Register 13-1) and ICxCON2 (Register 13-2). A general block diagram of the module is shown in Figure 13-1. FIGURE 13-1: SYNCHRONOUS AND TRIGGER MODES By default, the input capture module operates in a free-running mode. The internal 16-bit counter ICxTMR counts up continuously, wrapping around from FFFFh to 0000h on each overflow, with its period synchronized to the selected external clock source. When a capture event occurs, the current 16-bit value of the internal counter is written to the FIFO buffer. In Synchronous mode, the module begins capturing events on the ICx pin as soon as its selected clock source is enabled. Whenever an event occurs on the selected sync source, the internal counter is reset. In Trigger mode, the module waits for a Sync event from another internal module to occur before allowing the internal counter to run. Standard, free-running operation is selected by setting the SYNCSEL bits to ‘00000’ and clearing the ICTRIG bit (ICxCON2<7>). Synchronous and Trigger modes are selected any time the SYNCSEL bits are set to any value except ‘00000’. The ICTRIG bit selects either Synchronous or Trigger mode; setting the bit selects Trigger mode operation. In both modes, the SYNCSEL bits determine the sync/trigger source. When the SYNCSEL bits are set to ‘00000’ and ICTRIG is set, the module operates in Software Trigger mode. In this case, capture operations are started by manually setting the TRIGSTAT bit (ICxCON2<6>). INPUT CAPTURE BLOCK DIAGRAM ICM<2:0> ICx Pin(1) General Operating Modes Prescaler Counter 1:1/4/16 ICI<1:0> Event and Interrupt Logic Edge Detect Logic and Clock Synchronizer Set ICxIF ICTSEL<2:0> IC Clock Sources Clock Select Trigger and Sync Logic Trigger and Sync Sources Increment 16 ICxTMR 4-Level FIFO Buffer 16 16 Reset ICxBUF SYNCSEL<4:0> Trigger ICOV, ICBNE Note 1: System Bus The ICx inputs must be assigned to an available RPn pin before use. Please see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 151 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 13.1.2 CASCADED (32-BIT) MODE By default, each module operates independently with its own 16-bit timer. To increase resolution, adjacent even and odd modules can be configured to function as a single 32-bit module. (For example, modules 1 and 2 are paired, as are modules 3 and 4, and so on.) The odd-numbered module (ICx) provides the Least Significant 16 bits of the 32-bit register pairs, and the even module (ICy) provides the Most Significant 16 bits. Wrap-arounds of the ICx registers cause an increment of their corresponding ICy registers. Cascaded operation is configured in hardware by setting the IC32 bits (ICxCON2<8>) for both modules. 13.2 For 32-bit cascaded operations, the setup procedure is slightly different: 1. 2. 3. Capture Operations The input capture module can be configured to capture timer values and generate interrupts on rising edges on ICx, or all transitions on ICx. Captures can be configured to occur on all rising edges or just some (every 4th or 16th). Interrupts can be independently configured to generate on each event or a subset of events. 4. 5. Note: To set up the module for capture operations: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Configure the ICx input for one of the available Peripheral Pin Select pins. If Synchronous mode is to be used, disable the sync source before proceeding. Make sure that any previous data has been removed from the FIFO by reading ICxBUF until the ICBNE bit (ICxCON1<3>) is cleared. Set the SYNCSEL bits (ICxCON2<4:0>) to the desired sync/trigger source. Set the ICTSEL bits (ICxCON1<12:10>) for the desired clock source. If the desired clock source is running, set the ICTSEL bits before the Input Capture module is enabled for proper synchronization with the desired clock source. Set the ICI bits (ICxCON1<6:5>) to the desired interrupt frequency. Select Synchronous or Trigger mode operation: a) Check that the SYNCSEL bits are not set to ‘00000’. b) For Synchronous mode, clear the ICTRIG bit (ICxCON2<7>). c) For Trigger mode, set ICTRIG and clear the TRIGSTAT bit (ICxCON2<6>). Set the ICM bits (ICxCON1<2:0>) to the desired operational mode. Enable the selected trigger/sync source. DS39951C-page 152 Set the IC32 bits for both modules (ICyCON2<8> and (ICxCON2<8>), enabling the even-numbered module first. This ensures the modules will start functioning in unison. Set the ICTSEL and SYNCSEL bits for both modules to select the same sync/trigger and time base source. Set the even module first, then the odd module. Both modules must use the same ICTSEL and SYNCSEL settings. Clear the ICTRIG bit of the even module (ICyCON2<7>); this forces the module to run in Synchronous mode with the odd module, regardless of its trigger setting. Use the odd module’s ICI bits (ICxCON1<6:5>) to the desired interrupt frequency. Use the ICTRIG bit of the odd module (ICxCON2<7>) to configure Trigger or Synchronous mode operation. 6. For Synchronous mode operation, enable the sync source as the last step. Both input capture modules are held in Reset until the sync source is enabled. Use the ICM bits of the odd module (ICxCON1<2:0>) to set the desired capture mode. The module is ready to capture events when the time base and the trigger/sync source are enabled. When the ICBNE bit (ICxCON1<3>) becomes set, at least one capture value is available in the FIFO. Read input capture values from the FIFO until the ICBNE clears to ‘0’. For 32-bit operation, read both the ICxBUF and ICyBUF for the full 32-bit timer value (ICxBUF for the lsw, ICyBUF for the msw). At least one capture value is available in the FIFO buffer when the odd module’s ICBNE bit (ICxCON1<3>) becomes set. Continue to read the buffer registers until ICBNE is cleared (perform automatically by hardware). 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 13-1: ICxCON1: INPUT CAPTURE x CONTROL REGISTER 1 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 — — ICSIDL ICTSEL2 ICTSEL1 ICTSEL0 — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0, HCS R-0, HCS R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2(1) ICM1(1) ICM0(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HCS = Hardware Clearable/Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 ICSIDL: Input Capture x Module Stop in Idle Control bit 1 = Input capture module halts in CPU Idle mode 0 = Input capture module continues to operate in CPU Idle mode bit 12-10 ICTSEL<2:0>: Input Capture Timer Select bits 111 = System clock (FOSC/2) 110 = Reserved 101 = Reserved 100 = Timer1 011 = Timer5 010 = Timer4 001 = Timer2 000 = Timer3 bit 9-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-5 ICI<1:0>: Select Number of Captures per Interrupt bits 11 = Interrupt on every fourth capture event 10 = Interrupt on every third capture event 01 = Interrupt on every second capture event 00 = Interrupt on every capture event bit 4 ICOV: Input Capture x Overflow Status Flag bit (read-only) 1 = Input capture overflow occurred 0 = No input capture overflow occurred bit 3 ICBNE: Input Capture x Buffer Empty Status bit (read-only) 1 = Input capture buffer is not empty, at least one more capture value can be read 0 = Input capture buffer is empty bit 2-0 ICM<2:0>: Input Capture Mode Select bits(1) 111 = Interrupt mode: input capture functions as interrupt pin only when device is in Sleep or Idle mode (rising edge detect only, all other control bits are not applicable) 110 = Unused (module disabled) 101 = Prescaler Capture mode: capture on every 16th rising edge 100 = Prescaler Capture mode: capture on every 4th rising edge 011 = Simple Capture mode: capture on every rising edge 010 = Simple Capture mode: capture on every falling edge 001 = Edge Detect Capture mode: capture on every edge (rising and falling); ICI<1:0 bits do not control interrupt generation for this mode 000 = Input capture module turned off Note 1: The ICx input must also be configured to an available RPn pin. For more information, see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)”. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 153 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 13-2: ICxCON2: INPUT CAPTURE x CONTROL REGISTER 2 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — — IC32 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0, HS U-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-1 ICTRIG TRIGSTAT — SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HS = Hardware Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-9 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 8 IC32: Cascade Two IC Modules Enable bit (32-bit operation) 1 = ICx and ICy operate in cascade as a 32-bit module (this bit must be set in both modules) 0 = ICx functions independently as a 16-bit module bit 7 ICTRIG: ICx Trigger/Sync Select bit 1 = Trigger ICx from source designated by SYNCSELx bits 0 = Synchronize ICx with source designated by SYNCSELx bits bit 6 TRIGSTAT: Timer Trigger Status bit 1 = Timer source has been triggered and is running (set in hardware, can be set in software) 0 = Timer source has not been triggered and is being held clear bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 SYNCSEL<4:0>: Trigger/Synchronization Source Selection bits 11111 = Reserved 11110 = Reserved 11101 = Reserved 11100 = CTMU(1) 11011 = A/D(1) 11010 = Comparator 3(1) 11001 = Comparator 2(1) 11000 = Comparator 1(1) 10111 = Input Capture 4 10110 = Input Capture 3 10101 = Input Capture 2 10100 = Input Capture 1 10011 = Reserved 10010 = Reserved 1000x = Reserved 01111 = Timer5 01110 = Timer4 01101 = Timer3 01100 = Timer2 01011 = Timer1 01010 = Input Capture 5 01001 = Reserved 01000 = Reserved 00111 = Reserved 00110 = Reserved 00101 = Output Compare 5 00100 = Output Compare 4 00011 = Output Compare 3 00010 = Output Compare 2 00001 = Output Compare 1 00000 = Not synchronized to any other module Note 1: Use these inputs as trigger sources only and never as sync sources. DS39951C-page 154 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 14.0 Note: OUTPUT COMPARE WITH DEDICATED TIMERS This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 35. “Output Capture with Dedicated Timer” (DS39723). All devices in the PIC24FJ64GA104 family features 5 independent output compare modules. Each of these modules offers a wide range of configuration and operating options for generating pulse trains on internal device events, and can produce Pulse-Width Modulated (PWM) waveforms for driving power applications. Key features of the output compare module include: • Hardware-configurable for 32-bit operation in all modes by cascading two adjacent modules • Synchronous and Trigger modes of output compare operation, with up to 21 user-selectable trigger/sync sources available • Two separate Period registers (a main register, OCxR, and a secondary register, OCxRS) for greater flexibility in generating pulses of varying widths • Configurable for single pulse or continuous pulse generation on an output event or continuous PWM waveform generation • Up to 6 clock sources available for each module, driving a separate internal 16-bit counter 14.1 14.1.1 In Synchronous mode, the module begins performing its compare or PWM operation as soon as its selected clock source is enabled. Whenever an event occurs on the selected sync source, the module’s internal counter is reset. In Trigger mode, the module waits for a sync event from another internal module to occur before allowing the counter to run. Free-Running mode is selected by default or any time that the SYNCSEL bits (OCxCON2<4:0>) are set to ‘00000’. Synchronous or Trigger modes are selected any time the SYNCSEL bits are set to any value except ‘00000’. The OCTRIG bit (OCxCON2<7>) selects either Synchronous or Trigger mode; setting the bit selects Trigger mode operation. In both modes, the SYNCSEL bits determine the sync/trigger source. 14.1.2 CASCADED (32-BIT) MODE By default, each module operates independently with its own set of 16-bit Timer and Duty Cycle registers. To increase the range, adjacent even and odd modules can be configured to function as a single 32-bit module. (For example, Modules 1 and 2 are paired, as are Modules 3 and 4, and so on.) The odd-numbered module (OCx) provides the Least Significant 16 bits of the 32-bit register pairs and the even-numbered module (OCy) provides the Most Significant 16 bits. Wrap-arounds of the OCx registers cause an increment of their corresponding OCy registers. Cascaded operation is configured in hardware by setting the OC32 bit (OCxCON2<8>) for both modules. General Operating Modes SYNCHRONOUS AND TRIGGER MODES By default, the output compare module operates in a Free-Running mode. The internal 16-bit counter, OCxTMR, runs counts up continuously, wrapping around from FFFFh to 0000h on each overflow with its period synchronized to the selected external clock source. Compare or PWM events are generated each time a match between the internal counter and one of the Period registers occurs. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 155 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 14-1: OUTPUT COMPARE BLOCK DIAGRAM (16-BIT MODE) DCBx OCMx OCINV OCTRIS FLTOUT FLTTRIEN FLTMD ENFLTx OCFLTx OCxCON1 OCTSELx SYNCSELx TRIGSTAT TRIGMODE OCTRIG Clock Select OC Clock Sources OCxCON2 OCxR Increment Comparator OC Output and Fault Logic OCxTMR Reset Match Event Trigger and Sync Sources Trigger and Sync Logic Comparator OCx Pin(1) Match Event Match Event OCFA/ OCFB/ CxOUT OCxRS Reset OCx Interrupt Note 1: The OCx outputs must be assigned to an available RPn pin before use. Please see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. DS39951C-page 156 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 14.2 Compare Operations In Compare mode (Figure 14-1), the output compare module can be configured for single-shot or continuous pulse generation; it can also repeatedly toggle an output pin on each timer event. To set up the module for compare operations: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Configure the OCx output for one of the available Peripheral Pin Select pins. Calculate the required values for the OCxR and (for Double Compare modes) OCxRS Duty Cycle registers: a) Determine the instruction clock cycle time. Take into account the frequency of the external clock to the timer source (if one is used) and the timer prescaler settings. b) Calculate time to the rising edge of the output pulse relative to the timer start value (0000h). c) Calculate the time to the falling edge of the pulse based on the desired pulse width and the time to the rising edge of the pulse. Write the rising edge value to OCxR and the falling edge value to OCxRS. For Trigger mode operations, set OCTRIG to enable Trigger mode. Set or clear TRIGMODE to configure trigger operation and TRIGSTAT to select a hardware or software trigger. For Synchronous mode, clear OCTRIG. Set the SYNCSEL<4:0> bits to configure the trigger or synchronization source. If free-running timer operation is required, set the SYNCSEL bits to ‘00000’ (no sync/trigger source). Select the time base source with the OCTSEL<2:0> bits. If the desired clock source is running, set the OCTSEL<2:0> bits before the output compare module is enabled for proper synchronization with the desired clock source. If necessary, set the TON bit for the selected timer which enables the compare time base to count. Synchronous mode operation starts as soon as the synchronization source is enabled. Trigger mode operation starts after a trigger source event occurs. Set the OCM<2:0> bits for the appropriate compare operation (= 0xx). 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. For 32-bit cascaded operation, these steps are also necessary: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Set the OC32 bits for both registers (OCyCON2<8> and (OCxCON2<8>). Enable the even-numbered module first to ensure the modules will start functioning in unison. Clear the OCTRIG bit of the even module (OCyCON2), so the module will run in Synchronous mode. Configure the desired output and Fault settings for OCy. Force the output pin for OCx to the output state by clearing the OCTRIS bit. If Trigger mode operation is required, configure the trigger options in OCx by using the OCTRIG (OCxCON2<7>), TRIGSTAT (OCxCON2<6>) and SYNCSEL (OCxCON2<4:0>) bits. Configure the desired Compare or PWM mode of operation (OCM<2:0>) for OCy first, then for OCx. Depending on the output mode selected, the module holds the OCx pin in its default state and forces a transition to the opposite state when OCxR matches the timer. In Double Compare modes, OCx is forced back to its default state when a match with OCxRS occurs. The OCxIF interrupt flag is set after an OCxR match in Single Compare modes and after each OCxRS match in Double Compare modes. Single-shot pulse events only occur once, but may be repeated by simply rewriting the value of the OCxCON1 register. Continuous pulse events continue indefinitely until terminated. DS39951C-page 157 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 14.3 Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) Mode 5. 6. In PWM mode, the output compare module can be configured for edge-aligned or center-aligned pulse waveform generation. All PWM operations are double-buffered (buffer registers are internal to the module and are not mapped into SFR space). To configure the output compare edge-aligned PWM operation: 1. 2. 3. 4. module 7. 8. for Note: Configure the OCx output for one of the available Peripheral Pin Select pins. Calculate the desired on-time and load it into the OCxR register. Calculate the desired period and load it into the OCxRS register. Select the current OCx as the synchronization source by writing 0x1F to SYNCSEL<4:0> (OCxCON2<4:0>) and ‘0’ to OCTRIG (OCxCON2<7>). FIGURE 14-2: Select a clock source by writing to the OCTSEL2<2:0> (OCxCON1<12:10>) bits. Enable interrupts, if required, for the timer and output compare modules. The output compare interrupt is required for PWM Fault pin utilization. Select the desired PWM mode in the OCM<2:0> (OCxCON1<2:0>) bits. If a timer is selected as a clock source, set the TMRy prescale value and enable the time base by setting the TON (TxCON<15>) bit. This peripheral contains input and output functions that may need to be configured by the Peripheral Pin Select. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. OUTPUT COMPARE BLOCK DIAGRAM (DOUBLE-BUFFERED, 16-BIT PWM MODE) OCxCON1 OCxCON2 OCTSELx SYNCSELx TRIGSTAT TRIGMODE OCTRIG OCxR and DCB<1:0> Rollover/Reset OCxR and DCB<1:0> Buffers OCMx OCINV OCTRIS FLTOUT FLTTRIEN FLTMD ENFLTx OCFLTx DCB<1:0> OCx Pin(1) Clock Select OC Clock Sources Increment Comparator OCxTMR Reset Trigger and Sync Sources Trigger and Sync Logic Match Event Comparator Match Event Rollover OC Output Timing and Fault Logic OCFA/OCFB/CxOUT Match Event OCxRS Buffer Rollover/Reset OCxRS OCx Interrupt Reset Note 1: The OCx outputs must be assigned to an available RPn pin before use. Please see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. DS39951C-page 158 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 14.3.1 PWM PERIOD 14.3.2 PWM DUTY CYCLE In edge aligned PWM mode, the period is specified by the value of OCxRS register. In center aligned PWM mode, the period of the synchronization source such as Timer's PRy specifies the period. The period in both cases can be calculated using Equation 14-1. The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the OCxRS and OCxR registers. The OCxRS and OCxR registers can be written to at any time, but the duty cycle value is not latched until a period is complete. This provides a double buffer for the PWM duty cycle and is essential for glitchless PWM operation. EQUATION 14-1: Some important boundary parameters of the PWM duty cycle include: CALCULATING THE PWM PERIOD(1) • Edge-Aligned PWM - If OCxR and OCxRS are loaded with 0000h, the OCx pin will remain low (0% duty cycle). - If OCxRS is greater than OCxR, the pin will remain high (100% duty cycle). • Center-Aligned PWM (with TMRy as the sync source) - If OCxR, OCxRS and PRy are all loaded with 0000h, the OCx pin will remain low (0% duty cycle). - If OCxRS is greater than PRy, the pin will go high (100% duty cycle). PWM Period = [Value + 1] x TCY x (Prescaler Value) Where: Value = OCxRS in Edge-Aligned PWM mode and can be PRy in Center-Aligned PWM mode (If TMRy is the sync source). Note 1: Based on TCY = TOSC * 2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. See Example 14-1 for PWM mode timing details. Table 14-1 and Table 14-2 show example PWM frequencies and resolutions for a device operating at 4 MIPS and 10 MIPS, respectively. EQUATION 14-2: CALCULATION FOR MAXIMUM PWM RESOLUTION(1) log10 Maximum PWM Resolution (bits) = (F PWM FCY • (Prescale Value) log10(2) ) bits Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. EXAMPLE 14-1: PWM PERIOD AND DUTY CYCLE CALCULATIONS(1) 1. Find the OCxRS register value for a desired PWM frequency of 52.08 kHz, where FOSC = 8 MHz with PLL (32 MHz device clock rate) and a prescaler setting of 1:1 using Edge-Aligned PWM mode. TCY = 2 * TOSC = 62.5 ns PWM Period = 1/PWM Frequency = 1/52.08 kHz = 19.2 s PWM Period = (OCxRS + 1) • TCY • (OCx Prescale Value) 19.2 s = (OCxRS + 1) • 62.5 ns • 1 OCxRS = 306 2. Find the maximum resolution of the duty cycle that can be used with a 52.08 kHz frequency and a 32 MHz device clock rate: PWM Resolution = log10 (FCY/FPWM)/log102) bits = (log10 (16 MHz/52.08 kHz)/log102) bits = 8.3 bits Note 1: Based on TCY = 2 * TOSC; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 159 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 14.4 Subcycle Resolution The DCB bits are intended for use with a clock source identical to the system clock. When an OCx module with enabled prescaler is used, the falling edge delay caused by the DCB bits will be referenced to the system clock period, rather than the OCx module's period. The DCB bits (OCxCON2<10:9>) provide for resolution better than one instruction cycle. When used, they delay the falling edge generated by a match event by a portion of an instruction cycle. For example, setting DCB<1:0> = 10 causes the falling edge to occur half way through the instruction cycle in which the match event occurs, instead of at the beginning. These bits cannot be used when OCM<2:0> = 001. When operating the module in PWM mode (OCM<2:0> = 110 or 111), the DCB bits will be double-buffered. TABLE 14-1: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 4 MIPS (FCY = 4 MHz)(1) PWM Frequency Prescaler Ratio Period Value Resolution (bits) Note 1: 61 Hz 122 Hz 977 Hz 3.9 kHz 31.3 kHz 125 kHz 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 FFFFh FFFFh 7FFFh 0FFFh 03FFh 007Fh 001Fh 16 16 15 12 10 7 5 Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. TABLE 14-2: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 16 MIPS (FCY = 16 MHz)(1) PWM Frequency Prescaler Ratio Period Value Resolution (bits) Note 1: 7.6 Hz 30.5 Hz 244 Hz 488 Hz 3.9 kHz 15.6 kHz 125 kHz 500 kHz 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 FFFFh FFFFh 7FFFh 0FFFh 03FFh 007Fh 001Fh 16 16 15 12 10 7 5 Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. DS39951C-page 160 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 14-1: U-0 OCxCON1: OUTPUT COMPARE x CONTROL REGISTER 1 U-0 — R/W-0 — R/W-0 OCSIDL OCTSEL2 R/W-0 OCTSEL1 R/W-0 OCTSEL0 R/W-0 ENFLT2 (2) R/W-0 ENFLT1 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0, HCS R/W-0, HCS R/W-0, HCS R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ENFLT0 OCFLT2 OCFLT1 OCFLT0 TRIGMODE OCM2(1) OCM1(1) OCM0(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HCS = Hardware Clearable/Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 OCSIDL: Stop Output Compare x in Idle Mode Control bit 1 = Output compare x halts in CPU Idle mode 0 = Output compare x continues to operate in CPU Idle mode bit 12-10 OCTSEL<2:0>: Output Compare x Timer Select bits 111 = System clock 110 = Reserved 101 = Reserved 100 = Timer1 011 = Timer5 010 = Timer4 001 = Timer3 000 = Timer2 bit 9 ENFLT2: Comparator Fault Input Enable bit(2) 1 = Comparator Fault input is enabled 0 = Comparator Fault input is disabled bit 8 ENFLT1: OCFB Fault Input Enable bit 1 = OCFB Fault input is enabled 0 = OCFB Fault input is disabled bit 7 ENFLT0: OCFA Fault Input Enable bit 1 = OCFA Fault input is enabled 0 = OCFA Fault input is disabled bit 6 OCFLT2: PWM Comparator Fault Condition Status bit(2) 1 = PWM comparator Fault condition has occurred (this is cleared in hardware only) 0 = PWM comparator Fault condition has not occurred (this bit is used only when OCM<2:0> = 111) bit 5 OCFLT1: PWM OCFB Fault Input Enable bit 1 = PWM OCFB Fault condition has occurred (this is cleared in hardware only) 0 = PWM OCFB Fault condition has not occurred (this bit is used only when OCM<2:0> = 111) bit 4 OCFLT0: PWM OCFA Fault Condition Status bit 1 = PWM OCFA Fault condition has occurred (this is cleared in hardware only) 0 = PWM OCFA Fault condition has not occurred (this bit is used only when OCM<2:0> = 111) bit 3 TRIGMODE: Trigger Status Mode Select bit 1 = TRIGSTAT (OCxCON2<6>) is cleared when OCxRS = OCxTMR or in software 0 = TRIGSTAT is only cleared by software Note 1: 2: The OCx output must also be configured to an available RPn pin. For more information, see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)”. The comparator module used for Fault input varies with the OCx module. OC1 and OC2 use Comparator 1; OC3 and OC4 use Comparator 2; OC5 uses Comparator 3. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 161 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 14-1: OCxCON1: OUTPUT COMPARE x CONTROL REGISTER 1 (CONTINUED) OCM<2:0>: Output Compare x Mode Select bits(1) 111 = Center-Aligned PWM mode on OCx 110 = Edge-Aligned PWM mode on OCx 101 = Double Compare Continuous Pulse mode: initialize OCx pin low, toggle OCx state continuously on alternate matches of OCxR and OCxRS 100 = Double Compare Single-Shot mode: initialize OCx pin low, toggle OCx state on matches of OCxR and OCxRS for one cycle 011 = Single Compare Continuous Pulse mode: compare events continuously toggle OCx pin 010 = Single Compare Single-Shot mode: initialize OCx pin high, compare event forces OCx pin low 001 = Single Compare Single-Shot mode: initialize OCx pin low, compare event forces OCx pin high 000 = Output compare channel is disabled bit 2-0 Note 1: 2: The OCx output must also be configured to an available RPn pin. For more information, see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)”. The comparator module used for Fault input varies with the OCx module. OC1 and OC2 use Comparator 1; OC3 and OC4 use Comparator 2; OC5 uses Comparator 3. DS39951C-page 162 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 14-2: R/W-0 OCxCON2: OUTPUT COMPARE x CONTROL REGISTER 2 R/W-0 FLTMD R/W-0 FLTOUT R/W-0 FLTTRIEN U-0 R/W-0 — OCINV DCB1 (3) R/W-0 DCB0 R/W-0 (3) OC32 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0, HS R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 OCTRIG TRIGSTAT OCTRIS SYNCSEL4 SYNCSEL3 SYNCSEL2 SYNCSEL1 SYNCSEL0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HS = Hardware Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 FLTMD: Fault Mode Select bit 1 = Fault mode is maintained until the Fault source is removed and the corresponding OCFLT0 bit is cleared in software 0 = Fault mode is maintained until the Fault source is removed and a new PWM period starts bit 14 FLTOUT: Fault Out bit 1 = PWM output is driven high on a Fault 0 = PWM output is driven low on a Fault bit 13 FLTTRIEN: Fault Output State Select bit 1 = Pin is forced to an output on a Fault condition 0 = Pin I/O condition is unaffected by a Fault bit 12 OCINV: OCMP Invert bit 1 = OCx output is inverted 0 = OCx output is not inverted bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-9 DCB<1:0>: OC Pulse-Width Least Significant bits(3) 11 = Delay OCx falling edge by 3/4 of the instruction cycle 10 = Delay OCx falling edge by 1/2 of the instruction cycle 01 = Delay OCx falling edge by 1/4 of the instruction cycle 00 = OCx falling edge occurs at start of the instruction cycle bit 8 OC32: Cascade Two OC Modules Enable bit (32-bit operation) 1 = Cascade module operation enabled 0 = Cascade module operation disabled bit 7 OCTRIG: OCx Trigger/Sync Select bit 1 = Trigger OCx from source designated by SYNCSELx bits 0 = Synchronize OCx with source designated by SYNCSELx bits bit 6 TRIGSTAT: Timer Trigger Status bit 1 = Timer source has been triggered and is running 0 = Timer source has not been triggered and is being held clear bit 5 OCTRIS: OCx Output Pin Direction Select bit 1 = OCx pin is tri-stated 0 = Output compare peripheral x connected to OCx pin Note 1: 2: 3: Do not use an OC module as its own trigger source, either by selecting this mode or another equivalent SYNCSEL setting. Use these inputs as trigger sources only and never as sync sources. These bits affect the rising edge when OCINV = 1. The bits have no effect when the OCM bits (OCxCON1<1:0>) = 001. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 163 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 14-2: bit 4-0 OCxCON2: OUTPUT COMPARE x CONTROL REGISTER 2 (CONTINUED) SYNCSEL<4:0>: Trigger/Synchronization Source Selection bits 11111 = This OC module(1) 11110 = Reserved 11101 = Reserved 11100 = CTMU(2) 11011 = A/D(2) 11010 = Comparator 3(2) 11001 = Comparator 2(2) 11000 = Comparator 1(2) 10111 = Input Capture 4(2) 10110 = Input Capture 3(2) 10101 = Input Capture 2(2) 10100 = Input Capture 1(2) 100xx = Reserved 01111 = Timer5 01110 = Timer4 01101 = Timer3 01100 = Timer2 01011 = Timer1 01010 = Input Capture 5(2) 01001 = Reserved 01000 = Reserved 00111 = Reserved 00110 = Reserved 00101 = Output Compare 5(1) 00100 = Output Compare 4(1) 00011 = Output Compare 3(1) 00010 = Output Compare 2(1) 00001 = Output Compare 1(1) 00000 = Not synchronized to any other module Note 1: 2: 3: Do not use an OC module as its own trigger source, either by selecting this mode or another equivalent SYNCSEL setting. Use these inputs as trigger sources only and never as sync sources. These bits affect the rising edge when OCINV = 1. The bits have no effect when the OCM bits (OCxCON1<1:0>) = 001. DS39951C-page 164 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 15.0 Note: SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 23. “Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)” (DS39699). The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) module is a synchronous serial interface useful for communicating with other peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral devices may be serial EEPROMs, shift registers, display drivers, A/D Converters, etc. The SPI module is compatible with Motorola® SPI and SIOP interfaces. All devices of the PIC24FJ64GA104 family include three SPI modules The module supports operation in two buffer modes. In Standard mode, data is shifted through a single serial buffer. In Enhanced Buffer mode, data is shifted through an 8-level FIFO buffer. Note: The SPI serial interface consists of four pins: • • • • SDIx: Serial Data Input SDOx: Serial Data Output SCKx: Shift Clock Input or Output SSx: Active-Low Slave Select or Frame Synchronization I/O Pulse The SPI module can be configured to operate using 2, 3 or 4 pins. In the 3-pin mode, SSx is not used. In the 2-pin mode, both SDOx and SSx are not used. Block diagrams of the module in Standard and Enhanced modes are shown in Figure 15-1 and Figure 15-2. Note: In this section, the SPI modules are referred to together as SPIx or separately as SPI1, SPI2 or SPI3. Special Function Registers will follow a similar notation. For example, SPIxCON1 and SPIxCON2 refer to the control registers for any of the 3 SPI modules. Do not perform read-modify-write operations (such as bit-oriented instructions) on the SPIxBUF register in either Standard or Enhanced Buffer mode. The module also supports a basic framed SPI protocol while operating in either Master or Slave mode. A total of four framed SPI configurations are supported. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 165 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY To set up the SPI module for the Standard Master mode of operation: To set up the SPI module for the Standard Slave mode of operation: 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 4. 5. If using interrupts: a) Clear the SPIxIF bit in the respective IFS register. b) Set the SPIxIE bit in the respective IEC register. c) Write the SPIxIP bits in the respective IPC register to set the interrupt priority. Write the desired settings to the SPIxCON1 and SPIxCON2 registers with MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 1. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPIxSTAT<6>). Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit (SPIxSTAT<15>). Write the data to be transmitted to the SPIxBUF register. Transmission (and reception) will start as soon as data is written to the SPIxBUF register. FIGURE 15-1: Clear the SPIxBUF register. If using interrupts: a) Clear the SPIxIF bit in the respective IFS register. b) Set the SPIxIE bit in the respective IEC register. c) Write the SPIxIP bits in the respective IPC register to set the interrupt priority. Write the desired settings to the SPIxCON1 and SPIxCON2 registers with MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 0. Clear the SMP bit. If the CKE bit (SPIxCON1<8>) is set, then the SSEN bit (SPIxCON1<7>) must be set to enable the SSx pin. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPIxSTAT<6>). Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit (SPIxSTAT<15>). 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. SPIx MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM (STANDARD MODE) SCKx 1:1 to 1:8 Secondary Prescaler SSx/FSYNCx Sync Control 1:1/4/16/64 Primary Prescaler Select Edge Control Clock SPIxCON1<1:0> SPIxCON1<4:2> Shift Control SDOx Enable Master Clock bit 0 SDIx FCY SPIxSR Transfer Transfer SPIxBUF Read SPIxBUF Write SPIxBUF 16 Internal Data Bus DS39951C-page 166 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY To set up the SPI module for the Enhanced Buffer Master mode of operation: To set up the SPI module for the Enhanced Buffer Slave mode of operation: 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. If using interrupts: a) Clear the SPIxIF bit in the respective IFS register. b) Set the SPIxIE bit in the respective IEC register. c) Write the SPIxIP bits in the respective IPC register. Write the desired settings to the SPIxCON1 and SPIxCON2 registers with MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 1. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPIxSTAT<6>). Select Enhanced Buffer mode by setting the SPIBEN bit (SPIxCON2<0>). Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit (SPIxSTAT<15>). Write the data to be transmitted to the SPIxBUF register. Transmission (and reception) will start as soon as data is written to the SPIxBUF register. FIGURE 15-2: 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Clear the SPIxBUF register. If using interrupts: a) Clear the SPIxIF bit in the respective IFS register. b) Set the SPIxIE bit in the respective IEC register. c) Write the SPIxIP bits in the respective IPC register to set the interrupt priority. Write the desired settings to the SPIxCON1 and SPIxCON2 registers with MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 0. Clear the SMP bit. If the CKE bit is set, then the SSEN bit must be set, thus enabling the SSx pin. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPIxSTAT<6>). Select Enhanced Buffer mode by setting the SPIBEN bit (SPIxCON2<0>). Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit (SPIxSTAT<15>). SPIx MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM (ENHANCED MODE) SCKx 1:1 to 1:8 Secondary Prescaler SSx/FSYNCx Sync Control 1:1/4/16/64 Primary Prescaler Select Edge Control Clock SPIxCON1<1:0> SPIxCON1<4:2> Shift Control SDOx Enable Master Clock bit 0 SDIx FCY SPIxSR Transfer Transfer 8-Level FIFO Receive Buffer 8-Level FIFO Transmit Buffer SPIxBUF Read SPIxBUF Write SPIxBUF 16 Internal Data Bus 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 167 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 15-1: R/W-0 SPIEN (1) SPIxSTAT: SPIx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 — SPISIDL — — SPIBEC2 SPIBEC1 SPIBEC0 bit 15 bit 8 R-0 R/C-0, HS R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 SRMPT SPIROV SRXMPT SISEL2 SISEL1 SISEL0 SPITBF SPIRBF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit HS = Hardware Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 SPIEN: SPIx Enable bit(1) 1 = Enables module and configures SCKx, SDOx, SDIx and SSx as serial port pins 0 = Disables module bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 SPISIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode bit 12-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 SPIBEC<2:0>: SPIx Buffer Element Count bits (valid in Enhanced Buffer mode) Master mode: Number of SPI transfers that are pending. Slave mode: Number of SPI transfers that are unread. bit 7 SRMPT: Shift Register (SPIxSR) Empty bit (valid in Enhanced Buffer mode) 1 = SPIx Shift register is empty and ready to send or receive 0 = SPIx Shift register is not empty bit 6 SPIROV: Receive Overflow Flag bit 1 = A new byte/word is completely received and discarded. The user software has not read the previous data in the SPIxBUF register. 0 = No overflow has occurred bit 5 SRXMPT: Receive FIFO Empty bit (valid in Enhanced Buffer mode) 1 = Receive FIFO is empty 0 = Receive FIFO is not empty bit 4-2 SISEL<2:0>: SPIx Buffer Interrupt Mode bits (valid in Enhanced Buffer mode) 111 = Interrupt when SPIx transmit buffer is full (SPITBF bit is set) 110 = Interrupt when last bit is shifted into SPIxSR; as a result, the TX FIFO is empty 101 = Interrupt when the last bit is shifted out of SPIxSR; now the transmit is complete 100 = Interrupt when one data is shifted into the SPIxSR; as a result, the TX FIFO has one open spot 011 = Interrupt when SPIx receive buffer is full (SPIRBF bit is set) 010 = Interrupt when SPIx receive buffer is 3/4 or more full 001 = Interrupt when data is available in the receive buffer (SRMPT bit is set) 000 = Interrupt when the last data in the receive buffer is read; as a result, the buffer is empty (SRXMPT bit set) Note 1: If SPIEN = 1, these functions must be assigned to available RPn pins before use. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. DS39951C-page 168 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 15-1: SPIxSTAT: SPIx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 1 SPITBF: SPIx Transmit Buffer Full Status bit 1 = Transmit not yet started; SPIxTXB is full 0 = Transmit started; SPIxTXB is empty In Standard Buffer mode: Automatically set in hardware when CPU writes SPIxBUF location, loading SPIxTXB. Automatically cleared in hardware when SPIx module transfers data from SPIxTXB to SPIxSR. In Enhanced Buffer mode: Automatically set in hardware when CPU writes SPIxBUF location, loading the last available buffer location. Automatically cleared in hardware when a buffer location is available for a CPU write. bit 0 SPIRBF: SPIx Receive Buffer Full Status bit 1 = Receive is complete, SPIxRXB is full 0 = Receive is not complete, SPIxRXB is empty In Standard Buffer mode: Automatically set in hardware when SPIx transfers data from SPIxSR to SPIxRXB. Automatically cleared in hardware when core reads SPIxBUF location, reading SPIxRXB. In Enhanced Buffer mode: Automatically set in hardware when SPIx transfers data from SPIxSR to buffer, filling the last unread buffer location. Automatically cleared in hardware when a buffer location is available for a transfer from SPIxSR. Note 1: If SPIEN = 1, these functions must be assigned to available RPn pins before use. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 169 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 15-2: SPIXCON1: SPIx CONTROL REGISTER 1 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — DISSCK(1) DISSDO(2) MODE16 SMP CKE(3) bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CKP MSTEN SPRE2 SPRE1 SPRE0 PPRE1 PPRE0 (4) SSEN bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12 DISSCK: Disable SCKx pin bit (SPI Master modes only)(1) 1 = Internal SPI clock is disabled; pin functions as I/O 0 = Internal SPI clock is enabled bit 11 DISSDO: Disable SDOx pin bit(2) 1 = SDOx pin is not used by module; pin functions as I/O 0 = SDOx pin is controlled by the module bit 10 MODE16: Word/Byte Communication Select bit 1 = Communication is word-wide (16 bits) 0 = Communication is byte-wide (8 bits) bit 9 SMP: SPIx Data Input Sample Phase bit Master mode: 1 = Input data is sampled at the end of data output time 0 = Input data is sampled at the middle of data output time Slave mode: SMP must be cleared when SPIx is used in Slave mode. bit 8 CKE: SPIx Clock Edge Select bit(3) 1 = Serial output data changes on transition from active clock state to Idle clock state (see bit 6) 0 = Serial output data changes on transition from Idle clock state to active clock state (see bit 6) bit 7 SSEN: Slave Select Enable (Slave mode) bit(4) 1 = SSx pin is used for Slave mode 0 = SSx pin is not used by module; pin is controlled by port function bit 6 CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit 1 = Idle state for clock is a high level; active state is a low level 0 = Idle state for clock is a low level; active state is a high level bit 5 MSTEN: Master Mode Enable bit 1 = Master mode 0 = Slave mode Note 1: 2: 3: 4: If DISSCK = 0, SCKx must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. If DISSDO = 0, SDOx must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. The CKE bit is not used in the Framed SPI modes. The user should program this bit to ‘0’ for the Framed SPI modes (FRMEN = 1). If SSEN = 1, SSx must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. DS39951C-page 170 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 15-2: SPIXCON1: SPIx CONTROL REGISTER 1 (CONTINUED) bit 4-2 SPRE<2:0>: Secondary Prescale bits (Master mode) 111 = Secondary prescale 1:1 110 = Secondary prescale 2:1 ... 000 = Secondary prescale 8:1 bit 1-0 PPRE<1:0>: Primary Prescale bits (Master mode) 11 = Primary prescale 1:1 10 = Primary prescale 4:1 01 = Primary prescale 16:1 00 = Primary prescale 64:1 Note 1: 2: 3: 4: If DISSCK = 0, SCKx must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. If DISSDO = 0, SDOx must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. The CKE bit is not used in the Framed SPI modes. The user should program this bit to ‘0’ for the Framed SPI modes (FRMEN = 1). If SSEN = 1, SSx must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. REGISTER 15-3: SPIxCON2: SPIx CONTROL REGISTER 2 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 FRMEN SPIFSD SPIFPOL — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — SPIFE SPIBEN bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 FRMEN: Framed SPIx Support bit 1 = Framed SPIx support is enabled 0 = Framed SPIx support is disabled bit 14 SPIFSD: Frame Sync Pulse Direction Control on SSx Pin bit 1 = Frame sync pulse input (slave) 0 = Frame sync pulse output (master) bit 13 SPIFPOL: Frame Sync Pulse Polarity bit (Frame mode only) 1 = Frame sync pulse is active-high 0 = Frame sync pulse is active-low bit 12-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 SPIFE: Frame Sync Pulse Edge Select bit 1 = Frame sync pulse coincides with the first bit clock 0 = Frame sync pulse precedes the first bit clock bit 0 SPIBEN: Enhanced Buffer Enable bit 1 = Enhanced buffer is enabled 0 = Enhanced buffer is disabled (Legacy mode) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 171 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 15-3: SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION (STANDARD MODE) PROCESSOR 1 (SPI Master) PROCESSOR 2 (SPI Slave) SDIx SDOx Serial Receive Buffer (SPIxRXB) Serial Receive Buffer (SPIxRXB) SDOx SDIx Shift Register (SPIxSR) LSb MSb MSb Serial Transmit Buffer (SPIxTXB) SPIx Buffer (SPIxBUF)(2) Shift Register (SPIxSR) LSb Serial Transmit Buffer (SPIxTXB) SCKx Serial Clock SCKx SPIx Buffer (SPIxBUF)(2) SSx(1) SSEN (SPIxCON1<7>) = 1 and MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 0 MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 1) Note 1: 2: FIGURE 15-4: Using the SSx pin in Slave mode of operation is optional. User must write transmit data to read received data from SPIxBUF. The SPIxTXB and SPIxRXB registers are memory mapped to SPIxBUF. SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION (ENHANCED BUFFER MODES) PROCESSOR 1 (SPI Enhanced Buffer Master) Shift Register (SPIxSR) PROCESSOR 2 (SPI Enhanced Buffer Slave) SDOx SDIx SDIx SDOx LSb MSb MSb 8-Level FIFO Buffer SPIx Buffer (SPIxBUF)(2) Note 1: 2: LSb 8-Level FIFO Buffer SCKx SSx MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 1 and SPIBEN (SPIxCON2<0>) = 1 Shift Register (SPIxSR) Serial Clock SCKx SPIx Buffer (SPIxBUF)(2) SSx(1) SSEN (SPIxCON1<7>) = 1, MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 0 and SPIBEN (SPIxCON2<0>) = 1 Using the SSx pin in Slave mode of operation is optional. User must write transmit data to read received data from SPIxBUF. The SPIxTXB and SPIxRXB registers are memory mapped to SPIxBUF. DS39951C-page 172 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 15-5: SPI MASTER, FRAME MASTER CONNECTION DIAGRAM PIC24F (SPI Master, Frame Master) PROCESSOR 2 SDIx SDOx SDOx SDIx SCKx SSx FIGURE 15-6: Serial Clock Frame Sync Pulse SCKx SSx SPI MASTER, FRAME SLAVE CONNECTION DIAGRAM PIC24F SPI Master, Frame Slave) PROCESSOR 2 SDOx SDIx SDIx SDOx SCKx SSx FIGURE 15-7: Serial Clock Frame Sync Pulse SCKx SSx SPI SLAVE, FRAME MASTER CONNECTION DIAGRAM PIC24F (SPI Slave, Frame Master) PROCESSOR 2 SDOx SDIx SDIx SDOx SCKx SSx FIGURE 15-8: Serial Clock Frame Sync. Pulse SCKx SSx SPI SLAVE, FRAME SLAVE CONNECTION DIAGRAM PIC24F (SPI Slave, Frame Slave) PROCESSOR 2 SDIx SDOx SDOx SDIx SCKx SSx 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Serial Clock Frame Sync Pulse SCKx SSx DS39951C-page 173 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY EQUATION 15-1: RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DEVICE AND SPI CLOCK SPEED(1) FSCK = FCY Primary Prescaler * Secondary Prescaler Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled. TABLE 15-1: SAMPLE SCK FREQUENCIES(1,2) Secondary Prescaler Settings FCY = 16 MHz Primary Prescaler Settings 1:1 2:1 4:1 6:1 8:1 1:1 Invalid 8000 4000 2667 2000 4:1 4000 2000 1000 667 500 16:1 1000 500 250 167 125 64:1 250 125 63 42 31 1:1 5000 2500 1250 833 625 FCY = 5 MHz Primary Prescaler Settings Note 1: 2: 4:1 1250 625 313 208 156 16:1 313 156 78 52 39 64:1 78 39 20 13 10 Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled. SCKx frequencies are shown in kHz. DS39951C-page 174 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 16.0 Note: INTER-INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (I2C™) This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 24. “Inter-Integrated Circuit™ (I2C™)” (DS39702). The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) module is a serial interface useful for communicating with other peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral devices may be serial EEPROMs, display drivers, A/D Converters, etc. The I • • • • • • • • • 2C module supports these features: Independent master and slave logic 7-bit and 10-bit device addresses General call address as defined in the I2C protocol Clock stretching to provide delays for the processor to respond to a slave data request Both 100 kHz and 400 kHz bus specifications. Configurable address masking Multi-Master modes to prevent loss of messages in arbitration Bus Repeater mode, allowing the acceptance of all messages as a slave regardless of the address Automatic SCL 16.1 The details of sending a message in Master mode depends on the communications protocol for the device being communicated with. Typically, the sequence of events is as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. A block diagram of the module is shown in Figure 16-1. 13. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Communicating as a Master in a Single Master Environment Assert a Start condition on SDAx and SCLx. Send the I 2C device address byte to the slave with a write indication. Wait for and verify an Acknowledge from the slave. Send the first data byte (sometimes known as the command) to the slave. Wait for and verify an Acknowledge from the slave. Send the serial memory address low byte to the slave. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until all data bytes are sent. Assert a Repeated Start condition on SDAx and SCLx. Send the device address byte to the slave with a read indication. Wait for and verify an Acknowledge from the slave. Enable master reception to receive serial memory data. Generate an ACK or NACK condition at the end of a received byte of data. Generate a Stop condition on SDAx and SCLx. DS39951C-page 175 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 16-1: I2C™ BLOCK DIAGRAM Internal Data Bus I2CxRCV SCLx Read Shift Clock I2CxRSR LSB SDAx Address Match Match Detect Write I2CxMSK Write Read I2CxADD Read Start and Stop Bit Detect Write Start and Stop Bit Generation Control Logic I2CxSTAT Collision Detect Read Write I2CxCON Acknowledge Generation Read Clock Stretching Write I2CxTRN LSB Read Shift Clock Reload Control BRG Down Counter Write I2CxBRG Read TCY/2 DS39951C-page 176 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 16.2 Setting Baud Rate When Operating as a Bus Master 16.3 The I2CxMSK register (Register 16-3) designates address bit positions as “don’t care” for both 7-Bit and 10-Bit Addressing modes. Setting a particular bit location (= 1) in the I2CxMSK register causes the slave module to respond whether the corresponding address bit value is a ‘0’ or a ‘1’. For example, when I2CxMSK is set to ‘00100000’, the slave module will detect both addresses: ‘0000000’ and ‘0100000’. To compute the Baud Rate Generator (BRG) reload value, use Equation 16-1. EQUATION 16-1: COMPUTING BAUD RATE RELOAD VALUE(1,2) FCY FSCL = ---------------------------------------------------------------------FCY I2CxBRG + 1 + -----------------------------10 000 000 or FCY FCY I2CxBRG = ------------ – ------------------------------ – 1 FSCL 10 000 000 To enable address masking, the IPMI (Intelligent Peripheral Management Interface) must be disabled by clearing the IPMIEN bit (I2CxCON<11>). Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled. 2: These clock rate values are for guidance only. The actual clock rate can be affected by various system level parameters. The actual clock rate should be measured in its intended application. TABLE 16-1: Slave Address Masking Note: As a result of changes in the I2C™ protocol, the addresses in Table 16-2 are reserved and will not be Acknowledged in Slave mode. This includes any address mask settings that include any of these addresses. I2C™ CLOCK RATES(1,2) Required System FSCL FCY 100 kHz 100 kHz 100 kHz I2CxBRG Value Actual FSCL (Decimal) (Hexadecimal) 16 MHz 157 9D 100 kHz 8 MHz 4 MHz 78 39 4E 27 100 kHz 99 kHz 400 kHz 400 kHz 16 MHz 8 MHz 37 18 25 12 404 kHz 404 kHz 400 kHz 400 kHz 4 MHz 2 MHz 9 4 9 4 385 kHz 385 kHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 16 MHz 8 MHz 13 6 D 6 1.026 MHz 1.026 MHz 1 MHz 4 MHz 3 3 0.909 MHz Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled. 2: These clock rate values are for guidance only. The actual clock rate can be affected by various system level parameters. The actual clock rate should be measured in its intended application. TABLE 16-2: Slave Address I2C™ RESERVED ADDRESSES(1) R/W Bit Description Address(2) 0000 000 0 General Call 0000 000 1 Start Byte 0000 001 x Cbus Address 0000 010 x Reserved 0000 011 x Reserved 0000 1xx x HS Mode Master Code 1111 1xx x Reserved 1111 0xx x 10-Bit Slave Upper Byte(3) Note 1: 2: 3: The address bits listed here will never cause an address match, independent of address mask settings. The address will be Acknowledged only if GCEN = 1. A match on this address can only occur on the upper byte in 10-Bit Addressing mode. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 177 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 16-1: I2CxCON: I2Cx CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-1, HC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 I2CEN — I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN A10M DISSLW SMEN bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0, HC R/W-0, HC R/W-0, HC R/W-0, HC R/W-0, HC GCEN STREN ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HC = Hardware Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 I2CEN: I2Cx Enable bit 1 = Enables the I2Cx module, and configures the SDAx and SCLx pins as serial port pins 0 = Disables the I2Cx module. All I2C pins are controlled by port functions. bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 I2CSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinues module operation when device enters an Idle mode 0 = Continues module operation in Idle mode bit 12 SCLREL: SCLx Release Control bit (when operating as I2C Slave) 1 = Releases SCLx clock 0 = Holds SCLx clock low (clock stretch) If STREN = 1: Bit is R/W (i.e., software may write ‘0’ to initiate stretch and write ‘1’ to release clock). Hardware clear at beginning of slave transmission. Hardware clear at end of slave reception. If STREN = 0: Bit is R/S (i.e., software may only write ‘1’ to release clock). Hardware clear at beginning of slave transmission. bit 11 IPMIEN: Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Enable bit 1 = IPMI Support mode is enabled; all addresses Acknowledged 0 = IPMI mode is disabled bit 10 A10M: 10-Bit Slave Addressing bit 1 = I2CxADD is a 10-bit slave address 0 = I2CxADD is a 7-bit slave address bit 9 DISSLW: Disable Slew Rate Control bit 1 = Slew rate control is disabled 0 = Slew rate control is enabled bit 8 SMEN: SMBus Input Levels bit 1 = Enables I/O pin thresholds compliant with the SMBus specification 0 = Disables the SMBus input thresholds bit 7 GCEN: General Call Enable bit (when operating as I2C slave) 1 = Enables interrupt when a general call address is received in the I2CxRSR (module is enabled for reception) 0 = General call address is disabled bit 6 STREN: SCLx Clock Stretch Enable bit (when operating as I2C slave) Used in conjunction with the SCLREL bit. 1 = Enables software or receive clock stretching 0 = Disables software or receive clock stretching DS39951C-page 178 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 16-1: I2CxCON: I2Cx CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 5 ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (When operating as I2C master. Applicable during master receive.) Value that will be transmitted when the software initiates an Acknowledge sequence. 1 = Sends NACK during Acknowledge 0 = Sends ACK during Acknowledge bit 4 ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit (When operating as I2C master. Applicable during master receive.) 1 = Initiates Acknowledge sequence on SDAx and SCLx pins and transmits ACKDT data bit. Hardware clear at end of master Acknowledge sequence. 0 = Acknowledge sequence is not in progress bit 3 RCEN: Receive Enable bit (when operating as I2C master) 1 = Enables Receive mode for I2C. Hardware clear at end of eighth bit of master receive data byte. 0 = Receive sequence is not in progress bit 2 PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit (when operating as I2C master) 1 = Initiates Stop condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware clear at end of master Stop sequence. 0 = Stop condition is not in progress bit 1 RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enabled bit (when operating as I2C master) 1 = Initiates Repeated Start condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware clear at end of master Repeated Start sequence. 0 = Repeated Start condition is not in progress bit 0 SEN: Start Condition Enabled bit (when operating as I2C master) 1 = Initiates Start condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware clear at end of master Start sequence. 0 = Start condition is not in progress 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 179 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 16-2: I2CxSTAT: I2Cx STATUS REGISTER R-0, HSC R-0, HSC U-0 U-0 U-0 R/C-0, HS R-0, HSC R-0, HSC ACKSTAT TRSTAT — — — BCL GCSTAT ADD10 bit 15 bit 8 R/C-0, HS R/C-0, HS R-0, HSC R/C-0, HSC IWCOL I2COV D/A P R/C-0, HSC R-0, HSC R-0, HSC R-0, HSC S R/W RBF TBF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit HS = Hardware Settable bit HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit 1 = NACK was detected last 0 = ACK was detected last Hardware set or clear at end of Acknowledge. bit 14 TRSTAT: Transmit Status bit (When operating as I2C master. Applicable to master transmit operation.) 1 = Master transmit is in progress (8 bits + ACK) 0 = Master transmit is not in progress Hardware set at the beginning of master transmission. Hardware clear at the end of slave Acknowledge. bit 13-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10 BCL: Master Bus Collision Detect bit 1 = A bus collision has been detected during a master operation 0 = No collision Hardware set at detection of bus collision. bit 9 GCSTAT: General Call Status bit 1 = General call address was received 0 = General call address was not received Hardware set when the address matches the general call address. Hardware clear at Stop detection. bit 8 ADD10: 10-Bit Address Status bit 1 = 10-bit address was matched 0 = 10-bit address was not matched Hardware set at the match of 2nd byte of matched 10-bit address. Hardware clear at Stop detection. bit 7 IWCOL: Write Collision Detect bit 1 = An attempt to write to the I2CxTRN register failed because the I2C module is busy 0 = No collision Hardware set at occurrence of write to I2CxTRN while busy (cleared by software). bit 6 I2COV: Receive Overflow Flag bit 1 = A byte was received while the I2CxRCV register was still holding the previous byte 0 = No overflow Hardware set at attempt to transfer I2CxRSR to I2CxRCV (cleared by software). bit 5 D/A: Data/Address bit (when operating as I2C slave) 1 = Indicates that the last byte received was data 0 = Indicates that the last byte received was the the device address Hardware clear occurs at device address match. Hardware set after a transmission finishes or at reception of a slave byte. DS39951C-page 180 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 16-2: I2CxSTAT: I2Cx STATUS REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 4 P: Stop bit 1 = Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last 0 = Stop bit was not detected last Hardware set or clear when Start, Repeated Start or Stop is detected. bit 3 S: Start bit 1 = Indicates that a Start (or Repeated Start) bit has been detected last 0 = Start bit was not detected last Hardware set or clear when Start, Repeated Start or Stop is detected. bit 2 R/W: Read/Write Information bit (when operating as I2C slave) 1 = Read – indicates data transfer is output from the slave 0 = Write – indicates data transfer is input to the slave Hardware set or clear after reception of I 2C device address byte. bit 1 RBF: Receive Buffer Full Status bit 1 = Receive is complete, I2CxRCV is full 0 = Receive is not complete, I2CxRCV is empty Hardware set when I2CxRCV is written with received byte. Hardware clear when software reads I2CxRCV. bit 0 TBF: Transmit Buffer Full Status bit 1 = Transmit is in progress, I2CxTRN is full 0 = Transmit is complete, I2CxTRN is empty Hardware set when software writes I2CxTRN. Hardware clear at completion of data transmission. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 181 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 16-3: I2CxMSK: I2Cx SLAVE MODE ADDRESS MASK REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — AMSK9 AMSK8 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 AMSK7 AMSK6 AMSK5 AMSK4 AMSK3 AMSK2 AMSK1 AMSK0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 9-0 AMSK<9:0>: Mask for Address Bit x Select bits 1 = Enable masking for bit x of incoming message address; bit match is not required in this position 0 = Disable masking for bit x; bit match is required in this position DS39951C-page 182 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 17.0 UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER TRANSMITTER (UART) Note: This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 21. “UART” (DS39708). The Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) module is one of the serial I/O modules available in the PIC24F device family. The UART is a full-duplex, asynchronous system that can communicate with peripheral devices, such as personal computers, LIN/J2602, RS-232 and RS-485 interfaces. The module also supports a hardware flow control option with the UxCTS and UxRTS pins, and also includes an IrDA® encoder and decoder. The primary features of the UART module are: • Full-Duplex, 8 or 9-Bit Data Transmission through the UxTX and UxRX pins • Even, Odd or No Parity Options (for 8-bit data) • One or Two Stop bits • Hardware Flow Control Option with UxCTS and UxRTS pins FIGURE 17-1: • Fully Integrated Baud Rate Generator with 16-Bit Prescaler • Baud Rates Ranging from 1 Mbps to 15 bps at 16 MIPS • 4-Deep, First-In-First-Out (FIFO) Transmit Data Buffer • 4-Deep FIFO Receive Data Buffer • Parity, Framing and Buffer Overrun Error Detection • Support for 9-Bit mode with Address Detect (9th bit = 1) • Transmit and Receive Interrupts • Loopback mode for Diagnostic Support • Support for Sync and Break Characters • Supports Automatic Baud Rate Detection • IrDA Encoder and Decoder Logic • 16x Baud Clock Output for IrDA Support A simplified block diagram of the UART is shown in Figure 17-1. The UART module consists of these key important hardware elements: • Baud Rate Generator • Asynchronous Transmitter • Asynchronous Receiver UART SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM Baud Rate Generator IrDA® Hardware Flow Control UxRTS/BCLKx UxCTS Note: UARTx Receiver UxRX UARTx Transmitter UxTX The UART inputs and outputs must all be assigned to available RPn pins before use. Please see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 183 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 17.1 UART Baud Rate Generator (BRG) The UART module includes a dedicated 16-bit Baud Rate Generator. The UxBRG register controls the period of a free-running, 16-bit timer. Equation 17-1 shows the formula for computation of the baud rate with BRGH = 0. EQUATION 17-1: Baud Rate = The maximum baud rate (BRGH = 0) possible is FCY/16 (for UxBRG = 0) and the minimum baud rate possible is FCY/(16 * 65536). Equation 17-2 shows the formula for computation of the baud rate with BRGH = 1. EQUATION 17-2: UART BAUD RATE WITH BRGH = 0(1,2) Baud Rate = FCY 16 • (UxBRG + 1) UxBRG = UxBRG = Note 1: FCY –1 16 • Baud Rate FCY denotes the instruction cycle clock frequency (FOSC/2). Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled. 2: Example 17-1 shows the calculation of the baud rate error for the following conditions: • FCY = 4 MHz • Desired Baud Rate = 9600 EXAMPLE 17-1: Desired Baud Rate UART BAUD RATE WITH BRGH = 1(1,2) Note 1: 2: FCY 4 • (UxBRG + 1) FCY 4 • Baud Rate –1 FCY denotes the instruction cycle clock frequency. Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled. The maximum baud rate (BRGH = 1) possible is FCY/4 (for UxBRG = 0) and the minimum baud rate possible is FCY/(4 * 65536). Writing a new value to the UxBRG register causes the BRG timer to be reset (cleared). This ensures the BRG does not wait for a timer overflow before generating the new baud rate. BAUD RATE ERROR CALCULATION (BRGH = 0)(1) = FCY/(16 (UxBRG + 1)) Solving for UxBRG Value: UxBRG UxBRG UxBRG = ((FCY/Desired Baud Rate)/16) – 1 = ((4000000/9600)/16) – 1 = 25 Calculated Baud Rate = 4000000/(16 (25 + 1)) = 9615 Error Note 1: = (Calculated Baud Rate – Desired Baud Rate) Desired Baud Rate = (9615 – 9600)/9600 = 0.16% Based on FCY = FOSC/2, Doze mode and PLL are disabled. DS39951C-page 184 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 17.2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Set up the UART: a) Write appropriate values for data, parity and Stop bits. b) Write appropriate baud rate value to the UxBRG register. c) Set up transmit and receive interrupt enable and priority bits. Enable the UART. Set the UTXEN bit (causes a transmit interrupt two cycles after being set). Write data byte to the lower byte of the UxTXREG word. The value will be immediately transferred to the Transmit Shift Register (TSR) and the serial bit stream will start shifting out with the next rising edge of the baud clock. Alternately, the data byte may be transferred while UTXEN = 0, and then the user may set UTXEN. This will cause the serial bit stream to begin immediately because the baud clock will start from a cleared state. A transmit interrupt will be generated as per interrupt control bit, UTXISELx. 17.3 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Transmitting in 8-Bit Data Mode Transmitting in 9-Bit Data Mode Set up the UART (as described in Section 17.2 “Transmitting in 8-Bit Data Mode”). Enable the UART. Set the UTXEN bit (causes a transmit interrupt). Write UxTXREG as a 16-bit value only. A word write to UxTXREG triggers the transfer of the 9-bit data to the TSR. The serial bit stream will start shifting out with the first rising edge of the baud clock. A transmit interrupt will be generated as per the setting of control bit, UTXISELx. 17.4 Break and Sync Transmit Sequence The following sequence will send a message frame header made up of a Break, followed by an Auto-Baud Sync byte. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Configure the UART for the desired mode. Set UTXEN and UTXBRK to set up the Break character. Load the UxTXREG with a dummy character to initiate transmission (value is ignored). Write ‘55h’ to UxTXREG; this loads the Sync character into the transmit FIFO. After the Break has been sent, the UTXBRK bit is reset by hardware. The Sync character now transmits. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 17.5 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Receiving in 8-Bit or 9-Bit Data Mode Set up the UART (as described in Section 17.2 “Transmitting in 8-Bit Data Mode”). Enable the UART. A receive interrupt will be generated when one or more data characters have been received as per interrupt control bit, URXISELx. Read the OERR bit to determine if an overrun error has occurred. The OERR bit must be reset in software. Read UxRXREG. The act of reading the UxRXREG character will move the next character to the top of the receive FIFO, including a new set of PERR and FERR values. 17.6 Operation of UxCTS and UxRTS Control Pins UARTx Clear to Send (UxCTS) and Request to Send (UxRTS) are the two hardware-controlled pins that are associated with the UART module. These two pins allow the UART to operate in Simplex and Flow Control modes. They are implemented to control the transmission and reception between the Data Terminal Equipment (DTE). The UEN<1:0> bits in the UxMODE register configure these pins. 17.7 Infrared Support The UART module provides two types of infrared UART support: one is the IrDA clock output to support the external IrDA encoder and decoder device (legacy module support), and the other is the full implementation of the IrDA encoder and decoder. Note that because the IrDA modes require a 16x baud clock, they will only work when the BRGH bit (UxMODE<3>) is ‘0’. 17.7.1 IRDA CLOCK OUTPUT FOR EXTERNAL IRDA SUPPORT To support external IrDA encoder and decoder devices, the BCLKx pin (same as the UxRTS pin) can be configured to generate the 16x baud clock. When UEN<1:0> = 11, the BCLKx pin will output the 16x baud clock if the UART module is enabled. It can be used to support the IrDA codec chip. 17.7.2 BUILT-IN IRDA ENCODER AND DECODER The UART has full implementation of the IrDA encoder and decoder as part of the UART module. The built-in IrDA encoder and decoder functionality is enabled using the IREN bit (UxMODE<12>). When enabled (IREN = 1), the receive pin (UxRX) acts as the input from the infrared receiver. The transmit pin (UxTX) acts as the output to the infrared transmitter. DS39951C-page 185 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 17-1: R/W-0 UxMODE: UARTx MODE REGISTER U-0 (1) UARTEN — R/W-0 USIDL R/W-0 IREN (2) R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 RTSMD — UEN1 UEN0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0, HC R/W-0 R/W-0, HC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 WAKE LPBACK ABAUD RXINV BRGH PDSEL1 PDSEL0 STSEL bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HC = Hardware Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 UARTEN: UARTx Enable bit(1) 1 = UARTx is enabled; all UARTx pins are controlled by UARTx as defined by UEN<1:0> 0 = UARTx is disabled; all UARTx pins are controlled by port latches; UARTx power consumption is minimal bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 USIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinue module operation when the device enters Idle mode 0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode bit 12 IREN: IrDA® Encoder and Decoder Enable bit(2) 1 = IrDA encoder and decoder are enabled 0 = IrDA encoder and decoder are disabled bit 11 RTSMD: Mode Selection for UxRTS Pin bit 1 = UxRTS pin is in Simplex mode 0 = UxRTS pin is in Flow Control mode bit 10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 9-8 UEN<1:0>: UARTx Enable bits 11 = UxTX, UxRX and BCLKx pins are enabled and used; UxCTS pin is controlled by port latches 10 = UxTX, UxRX, UxCTS and UxRTS pins are enabled and used 01 = UxTX, UxRX and UxRTS pins are enabled and used; UxCTS pin is controlled by port latches 00 = UxTX and UxRX pins are enabled and used; UxCTS and UxRTS/BCLKx pins are controlled by port latches bit 7 WAKE: Wake-up on Start Bit Detect During Sleep Mode Enable bit 1 = UARTx will continue to sample the UxRX pin; interrupt generated on falling edge; bit cleared in hardware on following rising edge 0 = No wake-up is enabled bit 6 LPBACK: UARTx Loopback Mode Select bit 1 = Enable Loopback mode 0 = Loopback mode is disabled bit 5 ABAUD: Auto-Baud Enable bit 1 = Enable baud rate measurement on the next character – requires reception of a Sync field (55h); cleared in hardware upon completion 0 = Baud rate measurement is disabled or completed bit 4 RXINV: Receive Polarity Inversion bit 1 = UxRX Idle state is ‘0’ 0 = UxRX Idle state is ‘1’ Note 1: 2: If UARTEN = 1, the peripheral inputs and outputs must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. This feature is only available for the 16x BRG mode (BRGH = 0). DS39951C-page 186 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 17-1: UxMODE: UARTx MODE REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 3 BRGH: High Baud Rate Enable bit 1 = High-Speed mode (four BRG clock cycles per bit) 0 = Standard mode (16 BRG clock cycles per bit) bit 2-1 PDSEL<1:0>: Parity and Data Selection bits 11 = 9-bit data, no parity 10 = 8-bit data, odd parity 01 = 8-bit data, even parity 00 = 8-bit data, no parity bit 0 STSEL: Stop Bit Selection bit 1 = Two Stop bits 0 = One Stop bit Note 1: 2: If UARTEN = 1, the peripheral inputs and outputs must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. This feature is only available for the 16x BRG mode (BRGH = 0). 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 187 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 17-2: UxSTA: UARTx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0, HC R/W-0 R-0 R-1 UTXISEL1 UTXINV(1) UTXISEL0 — UTXBRK UTXEN(2) UTXBF TRMT bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-1 R-0 R-0 R/C-0 R-0 URXISEL1 URXISEL0 ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit HC = Hardware Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15,13 UTXISEL<1:0>: Transmission Interrupt Mode Selection bits 11 = Reserved; do not use 10 = Interrupt when a character is transferred to the Transmit Shift Register (TSR), and as a result, the transmit buffer becomes empty 01 = Interrupt when the last character is shifted out of the Transmit Shift Register; all transmit operations are completed 00 = Interrupt when a character is transferred to the Transmit Shift Register (this implies there is at least one character open in the transmit buffer) bit 14 UTXINV: IrDA® Encoder Transmit Polarity Inversion bit(1) IREN = 0: 1 = UxTX Idle ‘0’ 0 = UxTX Idle ‘1’ IREN = 1: 1 = UxTX Idle ‘1’ 0 = UxTX Idle ‘0’ bit 12 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 11 UTXBRK: Transmit Break bit 1 = Send Sync Break on next transmission – Start bit, followed by twelve ‘0’ bits, followed by Stop bit; cleared by hardware upon completion 0 = Sync Break transmission is disabled or completed bit 10 UTXEN: Transmit Enable bit(2) 1 = Transmit is enabled, UxTX pin is controlled by UARTx 0 = Transmit is disabled, any pending transmission is aborted and the buffer is reset; UxTX pin is controlled by port bit 9 UTXBF: Transmit Buffer Full Status bit (read-only) 1 = Transmit buffer is full 0 = Transmit buffer is not full; at least one more character can be written bit 8 TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Empty bit (read-only) 1 = Transmit Shift Register is empty and transmit buffer is empty (the last transmission has completed) 0 = Transmit Shift Register is not empty, a transmission is in progress or queued bit 7-6 URXISEL<1:0>: Receive Interrupt Mode Selection bits 11 = Interrupt is set on RSR transfer, making the receive buffer full (i.e., has 4 data characters) 10 = Interrupt is set on RSR transfer, making the receive buffer 3/4 full (i.e., has 3 data characters) 0x = Interrupt is set when any character is received and transferred from the RSR to the receive buffer; receive buffer has one or more characters Note 1: 2: Value of bit only affects the transmit properties of the module when the IrDA encoder is enabled (IREN = 1). If UARTEN = 1, the peripheral inputs and outputs must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. DS39951C-page 188 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 17-2: UxSTA: UARTx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 5 ADDEN: Address Character Detect bit (bit 8 of received data = 1) 1 = Address Detect mode is enabled. If 9-bit mode is not selected, this does not take effect. 0 = Address Detect mode is disabled bit 4 RIDLE: Receiver Idle bit (read-only) 1 = Receiver is Idle 0 = Receiver is active bit 3 PERR: Parity Error Status bit (read-only) 1 = Parity error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive FIFO) 0 = Parity error has not been detected bit 2 FERR: Framing Error Status bit (read-only) 1 = Framing error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive FIFO) 0 = Framing error has not been detected bit 1 OERR: Receive Buffer Overrun Error Status bit (clear/read-only) 1 = Receive buffer has overflowed 0 = Receive buffer has not overflowed (clearing a previously set OERR bit (1 0 transition) will reset the receiver buffer and the RSR to the empty state bit 0 URXDA: Receive Buffer Data Available bit (read-only) 1 = Receive buffer has data, at least one more character can be read 0 = Receive buffer is empty Note 1: 2: Value of bit only affects the transmit properties of the module when the IrDA encoder is enabled (IREN = 1). If UARTEN = 1, the peripheral inputs and outputs must be configured to an available RPn pin. See Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” for more information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 189 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 190 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 18.0 PARALLEL MASTER PORT (PMP) Note: This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 13. “Parallel Master Port (PMP)” (DS39713). The Parallel Master Port (PMP) module is a parallel, 8-bit I/O module, specifically designed to communicate with a wide variety of parallel devices, such as communication peripherals, LCDs, external memory devices and microcontrollers. Because the interface to parallel peripherals varies significantly, the PMP is highly configurable. Note: Key features of the PMP module include: • Up to 16 Programmable Address Lines • One Chip Select Line • Programmable Strobe Options: - Individual Read and Write Strobes or; - Read/Write Strobe with Enable Strobe • Address Auto-Increment/Auto-Decrement • Programmable Address/Data Multiplexing • Programmable Polarity on Control Signals • Legacy Parallel Slave Port Support • Enhanced Parallel Slave Support: - Address Support - 4-Byte Deep Auto-Incrementing Buffer • Programmable Wait States • Selectable Input Voltage Levels A number of the pins for the PMP are not present on PIC24FJ64GA1 family devices. Refer to the specific device’s pinout to determine which pins are available. FIGURE 18-1: PMP MODULE OVERVIEW Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines PIC24F Parallel Master Port PMA<0> PMALL PMA<1> PMALH (1) Up to 11-Bit Address PMA<10:2> EEPROM PMCS1 PMBE PMRD PMRD/PMWR Microcontroller LCD FIFO Buffer PMWR PMENB PMD<7:0> PMA<7:0> PMA<15:8> Note 1: 8-Bit Data PMA<10:2> bits are not available on 28-pin devices. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 191 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 18-1: PMCON: PARALLEL PORT CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 PMPEN — PSIDL R/W-0 R/W-0 ADRMUX1(1) ADRMUX0(1) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PTBEEN PTWREN PTRDEN bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0(2) U-0 R/W-0(2) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CSF1 CSF0 ALP — CS1P BEP WRSP RDSP bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 PMPEN: Parallel Master Port Enable bit 1 = PMP is enabled 0 = PMP is disabled, no off-chip access performed bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 PSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode bit 12-11 ADRMUX<1:0>: Address/Data Multiplexing Selection bits(1) 11 = Reserved 10 = All 16 bits of address are multiplexed on PMD<7:0> pins 01 = Lower 8 bits of address are multiplexed on PMD<7:0> pins; upper 3 bits are multiplexed on PMA<10:8> 00 = Address and data appear on separate pins bit 10 PTBEEN: Byte Enable Port Enable bit (16-Bit Master mode) 1 = PMBE port is enabled 0 = PMBE port is disabled bit 9 PTWREN: Write Enable Strobe Port Enable bit 1 = PMWR/PMENB port is enabled 0 = PMWR/PMENB port is disabled bit 8 PTRDEN: Read/Write Strobe Port Enable bit 1 = PMRD/PMWR port is enabled 0 = PMRD/PMWR port is disabled bit 7-6 CSF<1:0>: Chip Select Function bits 11 = Reserved 10 = PMCS1 functions as chip set 01 = Reserved 00 = Reserved bit 5 ALP: Address Latch Polarity bit(2) 1 = Active-high (PMALL and PMALH) 0 = Active-low (PMALL and PMALH) bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 CS1P: Chip Select 1 Polarity bit(2) 1 = Active-high (PMCS1/PMCS1) 0 = Active-low (PMCS1/PMCS1) Note 1: 2: PMA<10:2> bits are not available on 28-pin devices. These bits have no effect when their corresponding pins are used as address lines. DS39951C-page 192 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 18-1: PMCON: PARALLEL PORT CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 2 BEP: Byte Enable Polarity bit 1 = Byte enable active-high (PMBE) 0 = Byte enable active-low (PMBE) bit 1 WRSP: Write Strobe Polarity bit For Slave modes and Master Mode 2 (PMMODE<9:8> = 00,01,10): 1 = Write strobe active-high (PMWR) 0 = Write strobe active-low (PMWR) For Master Mode 1 (PMMODE<9:8> = 11): 1 = Enable strobe active-high (PMENB) 0 = Enable strobe active-low (PMENB) bit 0 RDSP: Read Strobe Polarity bit For Slave modes and Master Mode 2 (PMMODE<9:8> = 00,01,10): 1 = Read strobe active-high (PMRD) 0 = Read strobe active-low (PMRD) For Master Mode 1 (PMMODE<9:8> = 11): 1 = Read/write strobe active-high (PMRD/PMWR) 0 = Read/write strobe active-low (PMRD/PMWR) Note 1: 2: PMA<10:2> bits are not available on 28-pin devices. These bits have no effect when their corresponding pins are used as address lines. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 193 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 18-2: PMMODE: PARALLEL PORT MODE REGISTER R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 BUSY IRQM1 IRQM0 INCM1 INCM0 MODE16 MODE1 MODE0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 WAITB1(1) WAITB0(1) WAITM3 WAITM2 WAITM1 WAITM0 WAITE1(1) WAITE0(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 BUSY: Busy bit (Master mode only) 1 = Port is busy (not useful when the processor stall is active) 0 = Port is not busy bit 14-13 IRQM<1:0>: Interrupt Request Mode bits 11 = Interrupt generated when Read Buffer 3 is read or Write Buffer 3 is written (Buffered PSP mode), or on a read or write operation when PMA<1:0> = 11 (Addressable PSP mode only) 10 = No interrupt is generated, processor stall activated 01 = Interrupt is generated at the end of the read/write cycle 00 = No interrupt is generated bit 12-11 INCM<1:0>: Increment Mode bits 11 = PSP read and write buffers auto-increment (Legacy PSP mode only) 10 = Decrement ADDR<10:0> by 1 every read/write cycle 01 = Increment ADDR<10:0> by 1 every read/write cycle 00 = No increment or decrement of address bit 10 MODE16: 8/16-Bit Mode bit 1 = 16-bit mode: Data register is 16 bits; a read or write to the Data register invokes two 8-bit transfers 0 = 8-bit mode: Data register is 8 bits; a read or write to the Data register invokes one 8-bit transfer bit 9-8 MODE<1:0>: Parallel Port Mode Select bits 11 = Master Mode 1 (PMCS1, PMRD/PMWR, PMENB, PMBE, PMA<x:0> and PMD<7:0>) 10 = Master Mode 2 (PMCS1, PMRD, PMWR, PMBE, PMA<x:0> and PMD<7:0>) 01 = Enhanced PSP control signals (PMRD, PMWR, PMCS1, PMD<7:0> and PMA<1:0>) 00 = Legacy Parallel Slave Port control signals (PMRD, PMWR, PMCS1 and PMD<7:0>) bit 7-6 WAITB<1:0>: Data Setup to Read/Write Wait State Configuration bits(1) 11 = Data wait of 4 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 4 TCY 10 = Data wait of 3 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 3 TCY 01 = Data wait of 2 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 2 TCY 00 = Data wait of 1 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 1 TCY bit 5-2 WAITM<3:0>: Read to Byte Enable Strobe Wait State Configuration bits 1111 = Wait of additional 15 TCY ... 0001 = Wait of additional 1 TCY 0000 = No additional wait cycles (operation forced into one TCY) bit 1-0 WAITE<1:0>: Data Hold After Strobe Wait State Configuration bits(1) 11 = Wait of 4 TCY 10 = Wait of 3 TCY 01 = Wait of 2 TCY 00 = Wait of 1 TCY Note 1: WAITB and WAITE bits are ignored whenever WAITM<3:0> = 0000. DS39951C-page 194 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 18-3: PMADDR: PARALLEL PORT ADDRESS REGISTER U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — CS1 — — — ADDR10(1) ADDR9(1) ADDR8(1) bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 ADDR7 (1) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ADDR6(1) ADDR5(1) ADDR4(1) ADDR3(1) ADDR2(1) ADDR1(1) ADDR0(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14 CS1: Chip Select 1 bit 1 = Chip Select 1 is active 0 = Chip Select 1 is inactive bit 13-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-0 ADDR<10:0>: Parallel Port Destination Address bits(1) Note 1: x = Bit is unknown PMA<10:2> bits are not available on 28-pin devices. REGISTER 18-4: U-0 PMAEN: PARALLEL PORT ENABLE REGISTER R/W-0 — U-0 PTEN14 — U-0 — U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — PTEN10(1) PTEN9(1) PTEN8(1) bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PTEN7(1) PTEN6(1) PTEN5(1) PTEN4(1) PTEN3(1) PTEN2(1) PTEN1 PTEN0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14 PTEN14: PMCS1 Strobe Enable bit 1 = PMCS1 functions as chip select 0 = PMCS1 pin functions as port I/O bit 13-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-2 PTEN<10:2>: PMP Address Port Enable bits(1) 1 = PMA<10:2> function as PMP address lines 0 = PMA<10:2> function as port I/O bit 1-0 PTEN<1:0>: PMALH/PMALL Strobe Enable bits 1 = PMA1 and PMA0 function as either PMA<1:0> or PMALH and PMALL 0 = PMA1 and PMA0 pads function as port I/O Note 1: PMA<10:2> bits are not available on 28-pin devices. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 195 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 18-5: PMSTAT: PARALLEL PORT STATUS REGISTER R-0 R/W-0, HS U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 IBF IBOV — — IB3F IB2F IB1F IB0F bit 15 bit 8 R-1 R/W-0, HS U-0 U-0 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 OBE OBUF — — OB3E OB2E OB1E OB0E bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HS = Hardware Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 IBF: Input Buffer Full Status bit 1 = All writable input buffer registers are full 0 = Some or all of the writable input buffer registers are empty bit 14 IBOV: Input Buffer Overflow Status bit 1 = A write attempt to a full input byte register occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No overflow occurred bit 13-12 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 11-8 IB3F:IB0F Input Buffer x Status Full bits 1 = Input buffer contains data that has not been read (reading buffer will clear this bit) 0 = Input buffer does not contain any unread data bit 7 OBE: Output Buffer Empty Status bit 1 = All readable output buffer registers are empty 0 = Some or all of the readable output buffer registers are full bit 6 OBUF: Output Buffer Underflow Status bits 1 = A read occurred from an empty output byte register (must be cleared in software) 0 = No underflow occurred bit 5-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3-0 OB3E:OB0E Output Buffer x Status Empty bits 1 = Output buffer is empty (writing data to the buffer will clear this bit) 0 = Output buffer contains data that has not been transmitted DS39951C-page 196 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 18-6: PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — R/W-0 R/W-0 RTSECSEL1(1) RTSECSEL0(1) R/W-0 PMPTTL bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-1 RTSECSEL<1:0>: RTCC Seconds Clock Output Select bits(1) 11 = Reserved; do not use 10 = RTCC source clock is selected for the RTCC pin (clock can be LPRC or SOSC, depending on the setting of the Flash Configuration bit, RTCOSC (CW4<5>)) 01 = RTCC seconds clock is selected for the RTCC pin 00 = RTCC alarm pulse is selected for the RTCC pin bit 0 PMPTTL: PMP Module TTL Input Buffer Select bit 1 = PMP module uses TTL input buffers 0 = PMP module uses Schmitt Trigger input buffers Note 1: To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE (RCFGCAL<10>) bit needs to be set. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 197 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 18-2: LEGACY PARALLEL SLAVE PORT EXAMPLE PIC24F Slave Master PMD<7:0> FIGURE 18-3: PMD<7:0> PMCS1 PMCS1 PMRD PMRD PMWR PMWR Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines ADDRESSABLE PARALLEL SLAVE PORT EXAMPLE Master PIC24F Slave PMA<1:0> PMA<1:0> PMD<7:0> PMD<7:0> Write Address Decode Read Address Decode PMDOUT1L (0) PMDIN1L (0) PMCS1 PMCS1 PMDOUT1H (1) PMDIN1H (1) PMRD PMRD PMDOUT2L (2) PMDIN2L (2) PMWR PMWR PMDOUT2H (3) PMDIN2H (3) Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines TABLE 18-1: SLAVE MODE ADDRESS RESOLUTION PMA<1:0> Output Register (Buffer) Input Register (Buffer) 00 PMDOUT1<7:0> (0) PMDIN1<7:0> (0) 01 PMDOUT1<15:8> (1) PMDIN1<15:8> (1) 10 PMDOUT2<7:0> (2) PMDIN2<7:0> (2) 11 PMDOUT2<15:8> (3) PMDIN2<15:8> (3) FIGURE 18-4: MASTER MODE, DEMULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING (SEPARATE READ AND WRITE STROBES, SINGLE CHIP SELECT) PIC24F PMA<10:0> PMD<7:0> PMCS1 PMRD Address Bus Data Bus PMWR DS39951C-page 198 Control Lines 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 18-5: MASTER MODE, PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING (SEPARATE READ AND WRITE STROBES, SINGLE CHIP SELECT) PIC24F PMA<10:8> PMD<7:0> PMA<7:0> PMCS1 Address Bus PMALL FIGURE 18-6: PMRD Multiplexed Data and Address Bus PMWR Control Lines MASTER MODE, FULLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING (SEPARATE READ AND WRITE STROBES, SINGLE CHIP SELECT) PMD<7:0> PMA<7:0> PMA<15:8> PIC24F PMCS1 PMALL PMALH FIGURE 18-7: PMRD Multiplexed Data and Address Bus PMWR Control Lines EXAMPLE OF A MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING APPLICATION PIC24F PMD<7:0> PMALL 373 A<7:0> D<7:0> 373 PMALH A<15:8> A<15:0> D<7:0> CE OE WR PMCS1 FIGURE 18-8: Address Bus PMRD Data Bus PMWR Control Lines EXAMPLE OF A PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING APPLICATION PIC24F PMD<7:0> 373 PMALL PMA<10:8> PMCS1 PMRD PMWR 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. A<7:0> D<7:0> A<10:8> A<10:0> D<7:0> CE OE WR Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines DS39951C-page 199 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 18-9: EXAMPLE OF AN 8-BIT MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS AND DATA APPLICATION PIC24F Parallel Peripheral PMD<7:0> PMALL AD<7:0> ALE PMCS1 CS Address Bus PMRD RD Data Bus PMWR WR Control Lines FIGURE 18-10: PARALLEL EEPROM EXAMPLE (UP TO 11-BIT ADDRESS, 8-BIT DATA) PIC24F PMA<n:0> Parallel EEPROM A<n:0> PMD<7:0> D<7:0> PMCS1 CE PMRD OE PMWR WR FIGURE 18-11: Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines PARALLEL EEPROM EXAMPLE (UP TO 11-BIT ADDRESS, 16-BIT DATA) Parallel EEPROM PIC24F PMA<n:0> A<n:1> PMD<7:0> D<7:0> PMBE A0 PMCS1 CE PMRD OE PMWR WR FIGURE 18-12: Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines LCD CONTROL EXAMPLE (BYTE MODE OPERATION) PIC24F PMD<7:0> PMA0 PMRD/PMWR PMCS1 LCD Controller D<7:0> RS R/W E Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines DS39951C-page 200 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 19.0 Note: REAL-TIME CLOCK AND CALENDAR (RTCC) This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 29. “Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC)” (DS39696). The RTCC provides the user with a Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) function that can be calibrated. • Alarm-configurable for half a second, one second, 10 seconds, one minute, 10 minutes, one hour, one day, one week, one month or one year • Alarm repeat with decrementing counter • Alarm with indefinite repeat chime • Year 2000 to 2099 leap year correction • BCD format for smaller software overhead • Optimized for long-term battery operation • User calibration of the 32.768 kHz clock crystal/32K INTRC frequency with periodic auto-adjust Key features of the RTCC module are: 19.1 • Operates in Deep Sleep mode • Selectable clock source • Provides hours, minutes and seconds using 24-hour format • Visibility of one half second period • Provides calendar – weekday, date, month and year RTCC Source Clock The user can select between the SOSC crystal oscillator or the LPRC Low-Power Internal Oscillator as the clock reference for the RTCC module. This is configured using the RTCOSC (CW4<5>) Configuration bit. This gives the user an option to trade off system cost, accuracy and power consumption, based on the overall system needs. The SOSC and RTCC will both remain running while the device is held in Reset with MCLR and will continue running after MCLR is released. FIGURE 19-1: RTCC BLOCK DIAGRAM RTCC Clock Domain Input from SOSC/LPRC Oscillator CPU Clock Domain RCFGCAL RTCC Prescalers ALCFGRPT RTCVAL YEAR MTHDY WKDYHR MINSEC ALRMVAL ALMTHDY ALWDHR ALMINSEC 0.5 Sec RTCC Timer Alarm Event 1 Sec Comparator Alarm Registers with Masks RTSECSEL<1:0> Repeat Counter 01 RTCC Interrupt Logic RTCC Interrupt Alarm Pulse 00 RTCC Pin 10 Clock Source RTCOE 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 201 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 19.2 RTCC Module Registers TABLE 19-2: The RTCC module registers are organized into three categories: • RTCC Control Registers • RTCC Value Registers • Alarm Value Registers 19.2.1 To limit the register interface, the RTCC Timer and Alarm Time registers are accessed through corresponding register pointers. The RTCC Value register window (RTCVALH and RTCVALL) uses the RTCPTR bits (RCFGCAL<9:8>) to select the desired Timer register pair (see Table 19-1). By writing to the RTCVALH byte, the RTCC Pointer value (the RTCPTR<1:0> bits) decrements by one until they reach ‘00’. Once they reach ‘00’, the MINUTES and SECONDS value will be accessible through RTCVALH and RTCVALL until the pointer value is manually changed. RTCPTR<1:0> RTCVAL REGISTER MAPPING RTCC Value Register Window RTCVAL<15:8> RTCVAL<7:0> 00 MINUTES SECONDS 01 WEEKDAY HOURS 10 MONTH DAY 11 — YEAR EXAMPLE 19-1: asm asm asm asm asm asm asm asm asm asm ALRMSEC ALRMWD ALRMHR 10 ALRMMNTH ALRMDAY 11 — — Considering that the 16-bit core does not distinguish between 8-bit and 16-bit read operations, the user must be aware that when reading either the ALRMVALH or ALRMVALL bytes, the ALRMPTR<1:0> value will be decremented. The same applies to the RTCVALH or RTCVALL bytes with the RTCPTR<1:0> being decremented. Note: 19.2.2 This only applies to read operations and not write operations. WRITE LOCK To perform a write to any of the RTCC Timer registers, the RTCWREN bit (RCFGCAL<13>) must be set (refer to Example 19-1). Note: 19.2.3 To avoid accidental writes to the timer, it is recommended that the RTCWREN bit (RCFGCAL<13>) is kept clear at any other time. For the RTCWREN bit to be set, there is only one instruction cycle time window allowed between the 55h/AA sequence and the setting of RTCWREN; therefore, it is recommended that code follow the procedure in Example 19-1. SELECTING RTCC CLOCK SOURCE The clock source for the RTCC module can be selected using the Flash Configuration bit, RTCOSC (CW4<5>). When the bit is set to ‘1’, the Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) is used as the reference clock, and when the bit is ‘0’, LPRC is used as the reference clock. SETTING THE RTCWREN BIT volatile(“push w7”); volatile(“push w8”); volatile(“disi #5”); volatile(“mov #0x55, w7”); volatile(“mov w7, _NVMKEY”); volatile(“mov #0xAA, w8”); volatile(“mov w8, _NVMKEY”); volatile(“bset _RCFGCAL, #13”); volatile(“pop w8”); volatile(“pop w7”); DS39951C-page 202 ALRMVAL<15:8> ALRMVAL<7:0> 01 The Alarm Value register window (ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL) uses the ALRMPTR bits (ALCFGRPT<9:8>) to select the desired Alarm register pair (see Table 19-2). By writing to the ALRMVALH byte, the Alarm Pointer value (ALRMPTR<1:0> bits) decrements by one until they reach ‘00’. Once they reach ‘00’, the ALRMMIN and ALRMSEC value will be accessible through ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL until the pointer value is manually changed. Alarm Value Register Window ALRMMIN 00 REGISTER MAPPING TABLE 19-1: ALRMPTR <1:0> ALRMVAL REGISTER MAPPING //set the RTCWREN bit 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 19.2.4 RTCC CONTROL REGISTERS REGISTER 19-1: RCFGCAL: RTCC CALIBRATION AND CONFIGURATION REGISTER(1) R/W-0 RTCEN (2) U-0 R/W-0 R-0, HSC R-0, HSC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — RTCWREN RTCSYNC HALFSEC(3) RTCOE RTCPTR1 RTCPTR0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CAL7 CAL6 CAL5 CAL4 CAL3 CAL2 CAL1 CAL0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 RTCEN: RTCC Enable bit(2) 1 = RTCC module is enabled 0 = RTCC module is disabled bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 RTCWREN: RTCC Value Registers Write Enable bit 1 = RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers can be written to by the user 0 = RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers are locked out from being written to by the user bit 12 RTCSYNC: RTCC Value Registers Read Synchronization bit 1 = RTCVALH, RTCVALL and ALCFGRPT registers can change while reading due to a rollover ripple resulting in an invalid data read. If the register is read twice and results in the same data, the data can be assumed to be valid. 0 = RTCVALH, RTCVALL or ALCFGRPT registers can be read without concern over a rollover ripple bit 11 HALFSEC: Half Second Status bit(3) 1 = Second half period of a second 0 = First half period of a second bit 10 RTCOE: RTCC Output Enable bit 1 = RTCC output is enabled 0 = RTCC output is disabled bit 9-8 RTCPTR<1:0>: RTCC Value Register Window Pointer bits Points to the corresponding RTCC Value registers when reading the RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers. The RTCPTR<1:0> value decrements on every read or write of RTCVALH until it reaches ‘00’. RTCVAL<15:8>: 00 = MINUTES 01 = WEEKDAY 10 = MONTH 11 = Reserved RTCVAL<7:0>: 00 = SECONDS 01 = HOURS 10 = DAY 11 = YEAR Note 1: 2: 3: The RCFGCAL register is only affected by a POR. A write to the RTCEN bit is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. This bit is read-only; it is cleared to ‘0’ on a write to the lower half of the MINSEC register. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 203 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 19-1: RCFGCAL: RTCC CALIBRATION AND CONFIGURATION REGISTER(1) (CONTINUED) bit 7-0 Note 1: 2: 3: CAL<7:0>: RTC Drift Calibration bits 01111111 = Maximum positive adjustment; adds 508 RTC clock pulses every one minute . . . 01111111 = Minimum positive adjustment; adds 4 RTC clock pulses every one minute 00000000 = No adjustment 11111111 = Minimum negative adjustment; subtracts 4 RTC clock pulses every one minute . . . 10000000 = Maximum negative adjustment; subtracts 512 RTC clock pulses every one minute The RCFGCAL register is only affected by a POR. A write to the RTCEN bit is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. This bit is read-only; it is cleared to ‘0’ on a write to the lower half of the MINSEC register. REGISTER 19-2: PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — R/W-0 R/W-0 RTSECSEL1(1) RTSECSEL0(1) R/W-0 PMPTTL bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-1 RTSECSEL<1:0>: RTCC Seconds Clock Output Select bits(1) 11 = Reserved; do not use 10 = RTCC source clock is selected for the RTCC pin (clock can be LPRC or SOSC, depending on the setting of the RTCOSC bit (CW4<5>)) 01 = RTCC seconds clock is selected for the RTCC pin 00 = RTCC alarm pulse is selected for the RTCC pin bit 0 PMPTTL: PMP Module TTL Input Buffer Select bit 1 = PMP module uses TTL input buffers 0 = PMP module uses Schmitt Trigger input buffers Note 1: To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE (RCFGCAL<10>) bit needs to be set. DS39951C-page 204 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 19-3: ALCFGRPT: ALARM CONFIGURATION REGISTER R/W-0 ALRMEN bit 15 R/W-0 CHIME R/W-0 AMASK3 R/W-0 AMASK2 R/W-0 AMASK1 R/W-0 AMASK0 R/W-0 ALRMPTR1 R/W-0 ARPT7 bit 7 R/W-0 ARPT6 R/W-0 ARPT5 R/W-0 ARPT4 R/W-0 ARPT3 R/W-0 ARPT2 R/W-0 ARPT1 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 15 bit 14 bit 13-10 bit 9-8 bit 7-0 W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set R/W-0 ALRMPTR0 bit 8 R/W-0 ARPT0 bit 0 U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown ALRMEN: Alarm Enable bit 1 = Alarm is enabled (cleared automatically after an alarm event whenever ARPT<7:0> = 00h and CHIME = 0) 0 = Alarm is disabled CHIME: Chime Enable bit 1 = Chime is enabled; ARPT<7:0> bits are allowed to roll over from 00h to FFh 0 = Chime is disabled; ARPT<7:0> bits stop once they reach 00h AMASK<3:0>: Alarm Mask Configuration bits 0000 = Every half second 0001 = Every second 0010 = Every 10 seconds 0011 = Every minute 0100 = Every 10 minutes 0101 = Every hour 0110 = Once a day 0111 = Once a week 1000 = Once a month 1001 = Once a year (except when configured for February 29th, once every 4 years) 101x = Reserved; do not use 11xx = Reserved; do not use ALRMPTR<1:0>: Alarm Value Register Window Pointer bits Points to the corresponding Alarm Value registers when reading the ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL registers. The ALRMPTR<1:0> value decrements on every read or write of ALRMVALH until it reaches ‘00’. ALRMVAL<15:8>: 00 = ALRMMIN 01 = ALRMWD 10 = ALRMMNTH 11 = Unimplemented ALRMVAL<7:0>: 00 = ALRMSEC 01 = ALRMHR 10 = ALRMDAY 11 = Unimplemented ARPT<7:0>: Alarm Repeat Counter Value bits 11111111 = Alarm will repeat 255 more times . . . 00000000 = Alarm will not repeat The counter decrements on any alarm event; it is prevented from rolling over from 00h to FFh unless CHIME = 1. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 205 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 19.2.5 RTCVAL REGISTER MAPPINGS REGISTER 19-4: YEAR: YEAR VALUE REGISTER(1) U-0, HSC U-0, HSC U-0, HSC U-0, HSC U-0, HSC U-0, HSC U-0, HSC U-0, HSC — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC YRTEN3 YRTEN2 YRTEN1 YRTEN0 YRONE3 YRONE2 YRONE1 YRONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 7-4 YRTEN<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Tens Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. bit 3-0 YRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Ones Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. Note 1: x = Bit is unknown A write to the YEAR register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. REGISTER 19-5: MTHDY: MONTH AND DAY VALUE REGISTER(1) U-0, HSC U-0, HSC U-0, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC — — — MTHTEN0 MTHONE3 MTHONE2 MTHONE1 MTHONE0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0, HSC U-0, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC — — DAYTEN1 DAYTEN0 DAYONE3 DAYONE2 DAYONE1 DAYONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12 MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit bit Contains a value of 0 or 1. bit 11-8 MTHONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-4 DAYTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Tens Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 3. bit 3-0 DAYONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. Note 1: A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. DS39951C-page 206 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 19-6: WKDYHR: WEEKDAY AND HOURS VALUE REGISTER(1) U-0, HSC U-0, HSC U-0, HSC U-0, HSC U-0, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC — — — — — WDAY2 WDAY1 WDAY0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0, HSC U-0, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC — — HRTEN1 HRTEN0 HRONE3 HRONE2 HRONE1 HRONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 WDAY<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 6. bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-4 HRTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 2. bit 3-0 HRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. Note 1: x = Bit is unknown A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. REGISTER 19-7: MINSEC: MINUTES AND SECONDS VALUE REGISTER U-0, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC — MINTEN2 MINTEN1 MINTEN0 MINONE3 MINONE2 MINONE1 MINONE0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC R/W-x, HSC — SECTEN2 SECTEN1 SECTEN0 SECONE3 SECONE2 SECONE1 SECONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 MINTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 5. bit 11-8 MINONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 SECTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 5. bit 3-0 SECONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 207 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 19.2.6 ALRMVAL REGISTER MAPPINGS REGISTER 19-8: ALMTHDY: ALARM MONTH AND DAY VALUE REGISTER(1) U-0 — bit 15 U-0 — U-0 — R/W-x MTHTEN0 R/W-x MTHONE3 R/W-x MTHONE2 R/W-x MTHONE1 R/W-x MTHONE0 bit 8 U-0 — U-0 — R/W-x DAYTEN1 R/W-x DAYTEN0 R/W-x DAYONE3 R/W-x DAYONE2 R/W-x DAYONE1 R/W-x DAYONE0 bit 0 bit 7 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 15-13 bit 12 bit 11-8 bit 7-6 bit 5-4 bit 3-0 Note 1: W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit bit Contains a value of 0 or 1. MTHONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DAYTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Tens Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 3. DAYONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. REGISTER 19-9: ALWDHR: ALARM WEEKDAY AND HOURS VALUE REGISTER(1) U-0 — bit 15 U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — R/W-x WDAY2 R/W-x WDAY1 R/W-x WDAY0 bit 8 U-0 — U-0 — R/W-x HRTEN1 R/W-x HRTEN0 R/W-x HRONE3 R/W-x HRONE2 R/W-x HRONE1 R/W-x HRONE0 bit 0 bit 7 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 15-11 bit 10-8 bit 7-6 bit 5-4 bit 3-0 Note 1: W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ WDAY<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 6. Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ HRTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 2. HRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. DS39951C-page 208 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 19-10: ALMINSEC: ALARM MINUTES AND SECONDS VALUE REGISTER U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — MINTEN2 MINTEN1 MINTEN0 MINONE3 MINONE2 MINONE1 MINONE0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — SECTEN2 SECTEN1 SECTEN0 SECONE3 SECONE2 SECONE1 SECONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 MINTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 5. bit 11-8 MINONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 SECTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 5. bit 3-0 SECONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit bits Contains a value from 0 to 9. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 209 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 19.3 Calibration The real-time crystal input can be calibrated using the periodic auto-adjust feature. When properly calibrated, the RTCC can provide an error of less than 3 seconds per month. This is accomplished by finding the number of error clock pulses and storing the value into the lower half of the RCFGCAL register. The 8-bit signed value loaded into the lower half of RCFGCAL is multiplied by four and will either be added or subtracted from the RTCC timer, once every minute. Refer to the steps below for RTCC calibration: 1. 2. 3. Using another timer resource on the device; the user must find the error of the 32.768 kHz crystal. Once the error is known, it must be converted to the number of error clock pulses per minute. a) If the oscillator is faster than ideal (negative result from step 2), the RCFGCAL register value must be negative. This causes the specified number of clock pulses to be subtracted from the timer counter, once every minute. b) If the oscillator is slower than ideal (positive result from step 2), the RCFGCAL register value must be positive. This causes the specified number of clock pulses to be subtracted from the timer counter, once every minute. Divide the number of error clocks per minute by 4 to get the correct calibration value and load the RCFGCAL register with the correct value. (Each 1-bit increment in the calibration adds or subtracts 4 pulses.) EQUATION 19-1: (Ideal Frequency† – Measured Frequency) * 60 = Clocks per Minute † Ideal Frequency = 32,768 Hz Writes to the lower half of the RCFGCAL register should only occur when the timer is turned off or immediately after the rising edge of the seconds pulse. Note: 19.4 It is up to the user to include, in the error value, the initial error of the crystal drift due to temperature and drift due to crystal aging. Alarm 19.4.1 CONFIGURING THE ALARM The alarm feature is enabled using the ALRMEN bit. This bit is cleared when an alarm is issued. Writes to ALRMVAL should only take place when ALRMEN = 0. As displayed in Figure 19-2, the interval selection of the alarm is configured through the AMASK bits (ALCFGRPT<13:10>). These bits determine which and how many digits of the alarm must match the clock value for the alarm to occur. The alarm can also be configured to repeat based on a preconfigured interval. The amount of times this occurs, once the alarm is enabled, is stored in the ARPT<7:0> bits (ALCFGRPT<7:0>). When the value of the ARPT bits equals 00h and the CHIME bit (ALCFGRPT<14>) is cleared, the repeat function is disabled and only a single alarm will occur. The alarm can be repeated up to 255 times by loading ARPT<7:0> with FFh. After each alarm is issued, the value of the ARPT bits is decremented by one. Once the value has reached 00h, the alarm will be issued one last time, after which, the ALRMEN bit will be cleared automatically and the alarm will turn off. Indefinite repetition of the alarm can occur if the CHIME bit = 1. Instead of the alarm being disabled when the value of the ARPT bits reaches 00h, it rolls over to FFh and continues counting indefinitely while CHIME is set. 19.4.2 ALARM INTERRUPT At every alarm event, an interrupt is generated. In addition, an alarm pulse output is provided that operates at half the frequency of the alarm. This output is completely synchronous to the RTCC clock and can be used as a trigger clock to other peripherals. Note: Changing any of the registers, other than the RCFGCAL and ALCFGRPT registers, and the CHIME bit while the alarm is enabled (ALRMEN = 1), can result in a false alarm event leading to a false alarm interrupt. To avoid a false alarm event, the timer and alarm values should only be changed while the alarm is disabled (ALRMEN = 0). It is recommended that the ALCFGRPT register and CHIME bit be changed when RTCSYNC = 0. • Configurable from half second to one year • Enabled using the ALRMEN bit (ALCFGRPT<15>) • One-time alarm and repeat alarm options are available DS39951C-page 210 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 19-2: ALARM MASK SETTINGS Alarm Mask Setting (AMASK<3:0>) Day of the Week Month Day Hours Minutes Seconds 0000 - Every half second 0001 - Every second 0010 - Every 10 seconds s 0011 - Every minute s s m s s m m s s 0100 - Every 10 minutes 0101 - Every hour 0110 - Every day 0111 - Every week d 1000 - Every month 1001 - Every year(1) Note 1: m m h h m m s s h h m m s s d d h h m m s s d d h h m m s s Annually, except when configured for February 29. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 211 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 212 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 20.0 Note: 32-BIT PROGRAMMABLE CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC) GENERATOR The programmable CRC generator provides a hardware-implemented method of quickly generating checksums for various networking and security applications. It offers the following features: • User-programmable CRC polynomial equation, up to 32 bits • Programmable shift direction (little or big-endian) • Independent data and polynomial lengths • Configurable interrupt output • Data FIFO This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 41. “32-Bit Programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)” (DS39729). FIGURE 20-1: A simplified block diagram of the CRC generator is shown in Figure 20-1. A simple version of the CRC shift engine is shown in Figure 20-2. CRC BLOCK DIAGRAM CRCDATH CRCDATL Variable FIFO (4x32, 8x16 or 16x8) FIFO Empty Event CRCISEL 2 * FCY Shift Clock 1 Shift Buffer Set CRCIF 0 0 1 LENDIAN CRC Shift Engine CRCWDATH FIGURE 20-2: Shift Complete Event CRCWDATL CRC SHIFT ENGINE DETAIL CRCWDATH CRCWDATL Read/Write Bus X(1)(1) Shift Buffer Data Note 1: 2: Bit 0 X(2)(1) Bit 1 X(n)(1) Bit 2 Bit n(2) Each XOR stage of the shift engine is programmable. See text for details. Polynomial length n is determined by ([PLEN<3:0>] + 1) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 213 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 20.1 User Interface 20.1.1 POLYNOMIAL INTERFACE The CRC module can be programmed for CRC polynomials of up to the 32nd order, using up to 32 bits. Polynomial length, which reflects the highest exponent in the equation, is selected by the PLEN<4:0> bits (CRCCON2<4:0>). The CRCXORL and CRCXORH registers control which exponent terms are included in the equation. Setting a particular bit includes that exponent term in the equation; functionally, this includes an XOR operation on the corresponding bit in the CRC engine. Clearing the bit disables the XOR. For example, consider two CRC polynomials, one a 16-bit equation and the other, a 32-bit equation: x16 + x12 + x5 + 1 and x32 + x26 + x23 + x22 + x16 + x12 + x11 + x10 + x8 + x7 + x5 + x4 + x2 + x + 1 To program these polynomials into the CRC generator, set the register bits as shown in Table 20-1. Note that the appropriate positions are set to ‘1’ to indicate that they are used in the equation (for example, X26 and X23). The 0 bit required by the equation is always XORed; thus, X0 is a don’t care. For a polynomial of length N, it is assumed that the Nth bit will always be used, regardless of the bit setting. Therefore, for a polynomial length of 32, there is no 32nd bit in the CRCxOR register. 20.1.2 DATA INTERFACE The data for which the CRC is to be calculated must first be written into the FIFO. Even if the data width is less than 8, the smallest data element that can be written into the FIFO is one byte. For example, if the DWIDTH value is five, then the size of the data is DWIDTH + 1, or six. The data is written as a whole byte; the two unused upper bits are ignored by the module. Once data is written into the MSb of the CRCDAT registers (that is, MSb as defined by the data width), the value of the VWORD<4:0> bits (CRCCON1<12:8>) increments by one. For example, if the DWIDTH value is 24, the VWORD bits will increment when bit 7 of CRCDATH is written. Therefore, CRCDATL must always be written before CRCDATH. The CRC engine starts shifting data when the CRCGO bit is set and the value of VWORD is greater than zero. Each word is copied out of the FIFO into a buffer register, which decrements VWORD. The data is then shifted out of the buffer. The CRC engine continues shifting at a rate of two bits per instruction cycle, until the VWORD value reaches zero. This means that for a given data width, it takes half that number of instructions for each word to complete the calculation. For example, it takes 16 cycles to calculate the CRC for a single word of 32-bit data. When the VWORD value reaches the maximum value for the configured value of DWIDTH (4, 8 or 16), the CRCFUL bit becomes set. When the VWORD value reaches zero, the CRCMPT bit becomes set. The FIFO is emptied and the VWORD<4:0> bits are set to ‘00000’ whenever CRCEN is ‘0’. At least one instruction cycle must pass, after a write to CRCDAT, before a read of the VWORD bits is done. The module incorporates a FIFO that works with a variable data width. Input data width can be configured to any value between one and 32 bits using the DWIDTH<4:0> bits (CRCCON2<12:8>). When the data width is greater than 15, the FIFO is four words deep. When the DWIDTH value is between 15 and 8, the FIFO is 8 words deep. When the DWIDTH value is less than 8, the FIFO is 16 words deep. TABLE 20-1: CRC SETUP EXAMPLES FOR 16 AND 32-BIT POLYNOMIAL CRC Control Bits PLEN<4:0> Bit Values 16-Bit Polynomial 32-Bit Polynomial 01111 11111 X<31:16> 0000 0000 0000 000x 0000 0100 1100 0001 X<15:0> 0001 0000 0010 000x 0001 1101 1011 011x DS39951C-page 214 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 20.1.3 DATA SHIFT DIRECTION The LENDIAN bit (CRCCON1<3>) is used to control the shift direction. By default, the CRC will shift data through the engine, MSb first. Setting LENDIAN (= 1) causes the CRC to shift data, LSb first. This setting allows better integration with various communication schemes and removes the overhead of reversing the bit order in software. Note that this only changes the direction of the data that is shifted into the engine. The result of the CRC calculation will still be a normal CRC result, not a reverse CRC result. 20.1.4 INTERRUPT OPERATION The module generates an interrupt that is configurable by the user for either of two conditions. If CRCISEL is ‘0’, an interrupt is generated when the VWORD<4:0> bits make a transition from a value of ‘1’ to ‘0’. If CRCISEL is ‘1’, an interrupt will be generated after the CRC operation finishes and the module sets the CRCGO bit to ‘0’. Manually setting CRCGO to ‘0’ will not generate an interrupt. 20.1.5 20.2 Registers There are eight registers associated with the module: • • • • • • • • CRCCON1 CRCCON2 CRCXORL CRCXORH CRCDATL CRCDATH CRCWDATL CRCWDATH The CRCCON1 and CRCCON2 registers (Register 20-1 and Register 20-2) control the operation of the module, and configure the various settings. The CRCXOR registers (Register 20-3 and Register 20-4) select the polynomial terms to be used in the CRC equation. The CRCDAT and CRCWDAT registers are each register pairs that serve as buffers for the double-word, input data and CRC processed output, respectively. TYPICAL OPERATION To use the module for a typical CRC calculation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Set the CRCEN bit to enable the module. Configure the module for the desired operation: d) Program the desired polynomial using the CRCXORL and CRCXORH registers, and the PLEN<4:0> bits e) Configure the data width and shift direction using the DWIDTH and LENDIAN bits f) Select the desired interrupt mode using the CRCISEL bit Preload the FIFO by writing to the CRCDATL and CRCDATH registers until the CRCFUL bit is set or no data is left Clear old results by writing 00h to CRCWDATL and CRCWDATH. CRCWDAT can also be left unchanged to resume a previously halted calculation. Set the CRCGO bit to start calculation. Write remaining data into the FIFO as space becomes available. When the calculation completes, CRCGO is automatically cleared. An interrupt will be generated if CRCISEL = 1. Read CRCWDATL and CRCWDATH for the result of the calculation. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 215 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 20-1: CRCCON1: CRC CONTROL REGISTER 1 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 CRCEN — CSIDL VWORD4 VWORD3 VWORD2 VWORD1 VWORD0 bit 15 bit 8 R-0, HCS R-1, HCS R/W-0 R/W-0, HC R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 CRCFUL CRCMPT CRCISEL CRCGO LENDIAN — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HC = Hardware Clearable bit HCS = Hardware Clearable/Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 CRCEN: CRC Enable bit 1 = Module is enabled 0 = Module is enabled. All state machines, pointers and CRCWDAT/CRCDAT are reset; other SFRs are NOT reset. bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 CSIDL: CRC Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode bit 12-8 VWORD<4:0>: Pointer Value bits Indicates the number of valid words in the FIFO. Has a maximum value of 8 when PLEN<3:0> > 7, or 16 when PLEN<3:0> 7. bit 7 CRCFUL: FIFO Full bit 1 = FIFO is full 0 = FIFO is not full bit 6 CRCMPT: FIFO Empty Bit 1 = FIFO is empty 0 = FIFO is not empty bit 5 CRCISEL: CRC interrupt Selection bit 1 = Interrupt on FIFO is empty; CRC calculation is not complete 0 = Interrupt on shift is complete and CRCWDAT result is ready bit 4 CRCGO: Start CRC bit 1 = Start CRC serial shifter 0 = CRC serial shifter is turned off bit 3 LENDIAN: Data Shift Direction Select bit 1 = Data word is shifted into the CRC starting with the LSb (little endian) 0 = Data word is shifted into the CRC starting with the MSb (big endian) bit 2-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39951C-page 216 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 20-2: CRCCON2: CRC CONTROL REGISTER 2 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — DWIDTH4 DWIDTH3 DWIDTH2 DWIDTH1 DWIDTH0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — PLEN4 PLEN3 PLEN2 PLEN1 PLEN0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 DWIDTH<4:0>: Data Width Select bits Defines the width of the data word (Data Word Width = (DWIDTH<4:0>) + 1). bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 PLEN<4:0>: Polynomial Length Select bits Defines the length of the CRC polynomial (Polynomial Length = (PLEN<4:0>) + 1). REGISTER 20-3: CRCXORL: CRC XOR POLYNOMIAL REGISTER, LOW BYTE R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 X15 X14 X13 X12 X11 X10 X9 X8 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-1 X<15:1>: XOR of Polynomial Term Xn Enable bits bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 217 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 20-4: CRCXORH: CRC XOR POLYNOMIAL REGISTER, HIGH BYTE R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 X31 X30 X29 X28 X27 X26 X25 X24 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 X23 X22 X21 X20 X19 X18 X17 X16 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-0 x = Bit is unknown X<31:16>: XOR of Polynomial Term Xn Enable bits DS39951C-page 218 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 21.0 Note: 10-BIT HIGH-SPEED A/D CONVERTER This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 17. “10-Bit A/D Converter” (DS39705). A block diagram of the A/D Converter is shown in Figure 21-1. To perform an A/D conversion: 1. The 10-bit A/D Converter has the following key features: • • • • • • • • • • • Successive Approximation (SAR) conversion Conversion speeds of up to 500 ksps 13 analog input pins External voltage reference input pins Internal band gap reference inputs Automatic Channel Scan mode Selectable conversion trigger source 16-word conversion result buffer Selectable Buffer Fill modes Four result alignment options Operation during CPU Sleep and Idle modes 2. Configure the A/D module: a) Configure port pins as analog inputs and/or select band gap reference inputs (AD1PCFGL<15:0> and AD1PCFGH<1:0>). b) Select voltage reference source to match expected range on analog inputs (AD1CON2<15:13>). c) Select the analog conversion clock to match the desired data rate with the processor clock (AD1CON3<7:0>). d) Select the appropriate sample/conversion sequence (AD1CON1<7:5> and AD1CON3<12:8>). e) Select how conversion results are presented in the buffer (AD1CON1<9:8>). f) Select interrupt rate (AD1CON2<5:2>). g) Turn on A/D module (AD1CON1<15>). Configure the A/D interrupt (if required): a) Clear the AD1IF bit. b) Select A/D interrupt priority. On all PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices, the 10-bit A/D Converter has 13 analog input pins, designated AN0 through AN12. In addition, there are two analog input pins for external voltage reference connections (VREF+ and VREF-). These voltage reference inputs may be shared with other analog input pins. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 219 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 21-1: 10-BIT HIGH-SPEED A/D CONVERTER BLOCK DIAGRAM Internal Data Bus AVSS VREF+ VR Select AVDD VR+ 16 VR- VREF- Comparator VINH AN0 VINL VRS/H VR+ DAC AN1 AN2 AN5 MUX A AN4 10-Bit SAR VINH AN3 Conversion Logic Data Formatting AN6 ADC1BUF0: ADC1BUFF VINL AN7 AN8 AD1CON1 AN9 AD1CON2 AD1CON3 AD1CHS0 AN10 AN12 VDDCORE VBG/2 MUX B AN11 VINH AD1PCFGL AD1PCFGH AD1CSSL AD1CSSH VINL VBG Sample Control Control Logic Conversion Control Input MUX Control Pin Config Control DS39951C-page 220 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 21-1: AD1CON1: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 1 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ADON(1) — ADSIDL — — — FORM1 FORM0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0, HCS R/C-0, HCS SSRC2 SSRC1 SSRC0 — — ASAM SAMP DONE bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit HCS = Hardware Clearable/Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 ADON: A/D Operating Mode bit(1) 1 = A/D Converter module is operating 0 = A/D Converter is off bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 ADSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode bit 12-10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 9-8 FORM<1:0>: Data Output Format bits 11 = Signed fractional (sddd dddd dd00 0000) 10 = Fractional (dddd dddd dd00 0000) 01 = Signed integer (ssss sssd dddd dddd) 00 = Integer (0000 00dd dddd dddd) bit 7-5 SSRC<2:0>: Conversion Trigger Source Select bits 111 = Internal counter ends sampling and starts conversion (auto-convert) 110 = CTMU event ends sampling and starts conversion 101 = Reserved 100 = Timer5 compare ends sampling and starts conversion 011 = Reserved 010 = Timer3 compare ends sampling and starts conversion 001 = Active transition on INT0 pin ends sampling and starts conversion 000 = Clearing the SAMP bit ends sampling and starts conversion bit 4-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2 ASAM: A/D Sample Auto-Start bit 1 = Sampling begins immediately after the last conversion completes; SAMP bit is auto-set 0 = Sampling begins when the SAMP bit is set bit 1 SAMP: A/D Sample Enable bit 1 = A/D sample/hold amplifier is sampling input 0 = A/D sample/hold amplifier is holding bit 0 DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit 1 = A/D conversion is done 0 = A/D conversion is NOT done Note 1: Values of ADC1BUFx registers will not retain their values once the ADON bit is cleared. Read out the conversion values from the buffer before disabling the module. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 221 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 21-2: AD1CON2: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 2 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 r-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 VCFG2 VCFG1 VCFG0 r — CSCNA — — bit 15 bit 8 R-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 BUFS — SMPI3 SMPI2 SMPI1 SMPI0 BUFM ALTS bit 7 bit 0 Legend: r = Reserved bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-13 x = Bit is unknown VCFG<2:0>: Voltage Reference Configuration bits VCFG<2:0> VR+ VR- 000 AVDD AVSS 001 External VREF+ pin AVSS 010 AVDD External VREF- pin 011 External VREF+ pin External VREF- pin 1xx AVDD AVSS bit 12 Reserved: Maintain as ‘0’ bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10 CSCNA: Scan Input Selections for CH0+ S/H Input for MUX A Input Multiplexer Setting bit 1 = Scan inputs 0 = Do not scan inputs bit 9-8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 7 BUFS: Buffer Fill Status bit (valid only when BUFM = 1) 1 = A/D is currently filling buffer 08-0F; user should access data in 00-07 0 = A/D is currently filling buffer 00-07; user should access data in 08-0F bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-2 SMPI<3:0>: Sample/Convert Sequences Per Interrupt Selection bits 1111 = Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 16th sample/convert sequence 1110 = Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 15th sample/convert sequence ..... 0001 = Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 2nd sample/convert sequence 0000 = Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each sample/convert sequence bit 1 BUFM: Buffer Mode Select bit 1 = Buffer is configured as two 8-word buffers (ADC1BUFn<15:8> and ADC1BUFn<7:0>) 0 = Buffer is configured as one 16-word buffer (ADC1BUFn<15:0>) bit 0 ALTS: Alternate Input Sample Mode Select bit 1 = Uses MUX A input multiplexer settings for first sample, then alternates between MUX B and MUX A input multiplexer settings for all subsequent samples 0 = Always uses MUX A input multiplexer settings DS39951C-page 222 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 21-3: AD1CON3: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 3 R/W-0 r-0 r-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ADRC r r SAMC4 SAMC3 SAMC2 SAMC1 SAMC0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ADCS7 ADCS6 ADCS5 ADCS4 ADCS3 ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: r = Reserved bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 ADRC: A/D Conversion Clock Source bit 1 = A/D internal RC clock 0 = Clock derived from system clock bit 14-13 Reserved: Maintain as ‘0’ bit 12-8 SAMC<4:0>: Auto-Sample Time bits 11111 = 31 TAD ····· 00001 = 1 TAD 00000 = 0 TAD (not recommended) bit 7-0 ADCS<7:0>: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits 11111111 to 01000000 = Reserved ······ 00111111 = 64 • TCY ······ 00000001 = 2 • TCY 00000000 = TCY 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39951C-page 223 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 21-4: AD1CHS: A/D INPUT SELECT REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 U-0 CH0NB — — R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CH0SB4(1,2) CH0SB3(1,2) CH0SB2(1,2) CH0SB1(1,2) CH0SB0(1,2) bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CH0NA — — CH0SA4 CH0SA3 CH0SA2 CH0SA1 CH0SA0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 CH0NB: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for MUX B Multiplexer Setting bit 1 = Channel 0 negative input is AN1 0 = Channel 0 negative input is VR- bit 14-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 CH0SB<4:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for MUX B Multiplexer Setting bits(1,2) 11111 = Channel 0 positive input is reserved for CTMU use only(3) 1xxxx = Unimplemented; do not use. 01111 = Channel 0 positive input is internal band gap reference (VBG) 01110 = Channel 0 positive input is VBG/2 01101 = Channel 0 positive input is voltage regulator output (VDDCORE) 01100 = Channel 0 positive input is AN12 01011 = Channel 0 positive input is AN11 01010 = Channel 0 positive input is AN10 01001 = Channel 0 positive input is AN9 01000 = Channel 0 positive input is AN8 00111 = Channel 0 positive input is AN7 00110 = Channel 0 positive input is AN6 00101 = Channel 0 positive input is AN5 00100 = Channel 0 positive input is AN4 00011 = Channel 0 positive input is AN3 00010 = Channel 0 positive input is AN2 00001 = Channel 0 positive input is AN1 00000 = Channel 0 positive input is AN0 bit 7 CH0NA: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for MUX A Multiplexer Setting bit 1 = Channel 0 negative input is AN1 0 = Channel 0 negative input is VR- bit 6-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4-0 CH0SA<4:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for MUX A Multiplexer Setting bits Implemented combinations are identical to those for CH0SB<4:0> (above). Note 1: 2: 3: Combinations not shown here are unimplemented; do not use. Analog channels, AN6, AN7, AN8 and AN12, are unavailable on 28-pin devices; do not use. Selecting this internal channel allows the CTMU module to utilize the A/D Converter sample and hold capacitor (CAD) for the smallest time measurements. DS39951C-page 224 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 21-5: AD1PCFG: A/D PORT CONFIGURATION REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0(1) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0(1) PCFG15 PCFG14 PCFG13 PCFG12 PCFG11 PCFG10 PCFG9 PCFG8 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PCFG7 PCFG6 PCFG5 PCFG4 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 PCFG15: A/D Input Band Gap Reference Enable bit 1 = Internal band gap (VBG) reference channel is disabled 0 = Internal band gap reference channel is enabled bit 14 PCFG14: A/D Input Half Band Gap Reference Enable bit 1 = Internal half band gap (VBG/2) reference channel is disabled 0 = Internal half band gap reference channel is enabled bit 13 PCFG13: A/D Input Voltage Regulator Output Reference Enable bit 1 = Internal voltage regulator output (VDDCORE) reference channel is disabled 0 = Internal voltage regulator output reference channel is enabled bit 12-0 PCFG<12:0>: Analog Input Pin Configuration Control bits(1) 1 = Pin for corresponding analog channel is configured in Digital mode; I/O port read is enabled 0 = Pin is configured in Analog mode; I/O port read is disabled, A/D samples pin voltage Note 1: Analog channels, AN6, AN7, AN8 and AN12, are unavailable on 28-pin devices; leave these corresponding bits set. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 225 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 21-6: AD1CSSL: A/D INPUT SCAN SELECT REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0(1) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CSSL15 CSSL14 CSSL13 CSSL12 CSSL11 CSSL10 CSSL9 CSSL8(1) bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CSSL7 CSSL6 CSSL5 CSSL4 CSSL3 CSSL2 CSSL1 CSSL0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 CSSL15: A/D Input Band Gap Scan Enable bit 1 = Internal band gap (VBG) channel is enabled for input scan 0 = Analog channel is disabled from input scan bit 14 CSSL14: A/D Input Half Band Gap Scan Enable bit 1 = Internal half band gap (VBG/2) channel is enabled for input scan 0 = Analog channel is disabled from input scan bit 13 CSSL13: A/D Input Voltage Regulator Output Scan Enable bit 1 = Internal voltage regulator output (VDDCORE) is enabled for input scan 0 = Analog channel is disabled from input scan bit 12-0 CSSL<12:0>: A/D Input Pin Scan Selection bits(1) 1 = Corresponding analog channel is selected for input scan 0 = Analog channel is omitted from input scan Note 1: Analog channels, AN6, AN7, AN8 and AN12, are unavailable on 28-pin devices; leave these corresponding bits cleared. DS39951C-page 226 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY A/D CONVERSION CLOCK PERIOD(1) EQUATION 21-1: ADCS = TAD –1 TCY TAD = TCY • (ADCS + 1) Note 1: FIGURE 21-2: Based on TCY = 2 * TOSC, Doze mode and PLL are disabled. 10-BIT A/D CONVERTER ANALOG INPUT MODEL VDD Rs VA RIC 250 VT = 0.6V ANx CPIN 6-11 pF (Typical) VT = 0.6V Sampling Switch RSS 5 k(Typical) RSS ILEAKAGE 500 nA CHOLD = ADC capacitance = 4.4 pF (Typical) VSS Legend: CPIN = Input Capacitance = Threshold Voltage VT ILEAKAGE = Leakage Current at the pin due to various junctions = Interconnect Resistance RIC = Sampling Switch Resistance RSS = Sample/Hold Capacitance (from DAC) CHOLD Note: CPIN value depends on the device package and is not tested. The effect of CPIN is negligible if Rs 5 k. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 227 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 21-3: A/D TRANSFER FUNCTION Output Code (Binary (Decimal)) 11 1111 1111 (1023) 11 1111 1110 (1022) 10 0000 0011 (515) 10 0000 0010 (514) 10 0000 0001 (513) 10 0000 0000 (512) 01 1111 1111 (511) 01 1111 1110 (510) 01 1111 1101 (509) 00 0000 0001 (1) DS39951C-page 228 (VINH – VINL) VR+ 1024 1023*(VR+ – VR-) VR- + 1024 VR- + 512*(VR+ – VR-) 1024 VR- + Voltage Level VR+ – VR- 0 VR- 00 0000 0000 (0) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 22.0 TRIPLE COMPARATOR MODULE Note: The comparator outputs may be directly connected to the CxOUT pins. When the respective COE equals ‘1’, the I/O pad logic makes the unsynchronized output of the comparator available on the pin. This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the associated “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 46. “Scalable Comparator Module” (DS39734) A simplified block diagram of the module in shown in Figure 22-1. Diagrams of the possible individual comparator configurations are shown in Figure 22-2. Each comparator has its own control register, CMxCON (Register 22-1), for enabling and configuring its operation. The output and event status of all three comparators are provided in the CMSTAT register (Register 22-2). The triple comparator module provides three dual input comparators. The inputs to the comparator can be configured to use any one of four external analog inputs, as well as voltage reference inputs from the voltage reference generator and band gap reference. FIGURE 22-1: TRIPLE COMPARATOR MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM EVPOL<1:0> CCH<1:0> CREF CPOL Trigger/Interrupt Logic CEVT COE VINCXINB CXINC CXIND VIN+ C1 Input Select Logic COUT C1OUT Pin EVPOL<1:0> CVREF- CPOL Trigger/Interrupt Logic CEVT COE VINVIN+ C2 COUT EVPOL<1:0> CXINA CVREF+ CPOL VINVIN+ Trigger/Interrupt Logic CEVT COE C3 COUT 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. C2OUT Pin C3OUT Pin DS39951C-page 229 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 22-2: INDIVIDUAL COMPARATOR CONFIGURATIONS Comparator Off CEN = 0, CREF = x, CCH<1:0> = xx COE VINVIN+ Cx Off (Read as ‘0’) Comparator CxINB > CxINA Compare CEN = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 00 CXINB CXINA VIN+ Comparator CxINC > CxINA Compare CEN = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 01 COE VIN- CXINC Cx CxOUT Pin CXINA COE VINVIN+ CVREF- Cx CxOUT Pin Comparator CxINB > CVREF+ Compare CEN = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 00 CXINB CVREF+ CXINC Cx CxOUT Pin CVREF+ DS39951C-page 230 VIN+ CVREF+ Cx CxOUT Pin COE VINVIN+ Cx CxOUT Pin COE VINVIN+ Cx CxOUT Pin Comparator CVREF- > CVREF+ Compare CEN = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 11 COE VIN- VIN+ Comparator CxINC > CVREF+ Compare CEN = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 01 Comparator CxIND > CVREF+ Compare CEN = 1, CREF = 1, CCH<1:0> = 10 CXIND CXINA COE VINVIN+ CXINA COE VIN- Comparator CVREF- > CxINA Compare CEN = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 11 Comparator CxIND > CxINA Compare CEN = 1, CREF = 0, CCH<1:0> = 10 CXIND CxOUT Pin CVREF- Cx CxOUT Pin CVREF+ COE VINVIN+ Cx CxOUT Pin 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 22-1: CMxCON: COMPARATOR x CONTROL REGISTERS (COMPARATORS 1 THROUGH 3) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R-0 CEN COE CPOL — — — CEVT COUT bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 EVPOL1 EVPOL0 — CREF — — CCH1 CCH0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 CEN: Comparator Enable bit 1 = Comparator is enabled 0 = Comparator is disabled bit 14 COE: Comparator Output Enable bit 1 = Comparator output is present on the CxOUT pin. 0 = Comparator output is internal only bit 13 CPOL: Comparator Output Polarity Select bit 1 = Comparator output is inverted 0 = Comparator output is not inverted bit 12-10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 9 CEVT: Comparator Event bit 1 = Comparator event defined by EVPOL<1:0> has occurred; subsequent triggers and interrupts are disabled until the bit is cleared 0 = Comparator event has not occurred bit 8 COUT: Comparator Output bit When CPOL = 0: 1 = VIN+ > VIN0 = VIN+ < VINWhen CPOL = 1: 1 = VIN+ < VIN0 = VIN+ > VIN- bit 7-6 EVPOL<1:0>: Trigger/Event/Interrupt Polarity Select bits 11 = Trigger/event/interrupt generated on any change of the comparator output (while CEVT = 0) 10 = Trigger/event/interrupt generated on transition of the comparator output: If CPOL = 0 (non-inverted polarity): High-to-low transition only. If CPOL = 1 (inverted polarity): Low-to-high transition only. 01 = Trigger/event/interrupt generated on transition of comparator output: If CPOL = 0 (non-inverted polarity): Low-to-high transition only. If CPOL = 1 (inverted polarity): High-to-low transition only. 00 = Trigger/event/interrupt generation is disabled bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 231 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 22-1: CMxCON: COMPARATOR x CONTROL REGISTERS (COMPARATORS 1 THROUGH 3) (CONTINUED) bit 4 CREF: Comparator Reference Select bits (non-inverting input) 1 = Non-inverting input connects to internal CVREF+ input reference voltage 0 = Non-inverting input connects to CxINA pin bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1-0 CCH<1:0>: Comparator Channel Select bits 11 = Inverting input of comparator connects to CVREF- input reference voltage 10 = Inverting input of comparator connects to CxIND pin 01 = Inverting input of comparator connects to CxINC pin 00 = Inverting input of comparator connects to CxINB pin REGISTER 22-2: CMSTAT: COMPARATOR MODULE STATUS REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 CMIDL — — — — C3EVT C2EVT C1EVT bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 — — — — — C3OUT C2OUT C1OUT bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 CMIDL: Comparator Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinue operation of all comparators when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continue operation of all enabled comparators in Idle mode bit 14-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10 C3EVT: Comparator 3 Event Status bit (read-only) Shows the current event status of Comparator 3 (CM3CON<9>). bit 9 C2EVT: Comparator 2 Event Status bit (read-only) Shows the current event status of Comparator 2 (CM2CON<9>). bit 8 C1EVT: Comparator 1 Event Status bit (read-only) Shows the current event status of Comparator 1 (CM1CON<9>). bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2 C3OUT: Comparator 3 Output Status bit (read-only) Shows the current output of Comparator 3 (CM3CON<8>). bit 1 C2OUT: Comparator 2 Output Status bit (read-only) Shows the current output of Comparator 2 (CM2CON<8>). bit 0 C1OUT: Comparator 1 Output Status bit (read-only) Shows the current output of Comparator 1 (CM1CON<8>). DS39951C-page 232 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 23.0 COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE Note: 23.1 This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 20. “Comparator Voltage Reference Module” (DS39709). Configuring the Comparator Voltage Reference voltage, each with 16 distinct levels. The range to be used is selected by the CVRR bit (CVRCON<5>). The primary difference between the ranges is the size of the steps selected by the CVREF Selection bits (CVR<3:0>), with one range offering finer resolution. The comparator reference supply voltage can come from either VDD and VSS, or the external VREF+ and VREF-. The voltage source is selected by the CVRSS bit (CVRCON<4>). The settling time of the comparator voltage reference must be considered when changing the CVREF output. The voltage reference module is controlled through the CVRCON register (Register 23-1). The comparator voltage reference provides two ranges of output FIGURE 23-1: VREF+ AVDD COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM CVRSS = 1 8R CVRSS = 0 CVR<3:0> CVREFP R CVREN R VREF+ 1 CVREF+ R 16-to-1 MUX R 0 16 Steps R CVREF R CVROE R CVRR VREF- CVREFM<1:0> 8R CVRSS = 1 CVRSS = 0 AVSS 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. VREF+ 11 VBG/6 10 VBG 01 VBG/2 00 CVREF- DS39951C-page 233 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 23-1: CVRCON: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — CVREFP CVREFM1 CVREFM0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CVREN CVROE CVRR CVRSS CVR3 CVR2 CVR1 CVR0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10 CVREFP: CVREF+ Reference Output Select bit 1 = Use VREF+ input pin as CVREF+ reference output to comparators 0 = Use comparator voltage reference module’s generated output as CVREF+ reference output to comparators bit 9-8 CVREFM<1:0>: CVREF- Reference Output Select bits 11 = Use VREF+ input pin as CVREF- reference output to comparators 10 = Use VBG/6 as CVREF- reference output to comparators 01 = Use VBG as CVREF- reference output to comparators 00 = Use VBG/2 as CVREF- reference output to comparators bit 7 CVREN: Comparator Voltage Reference Enable bit 1 = CVREF circuit is powered on 0 = CVREF circuit is powered down bit 6 CVROE: Comparator VREF Output Enable bit 1 = CVREF voltage level is output on CVREF pin 0 = CVREF voltage level is disconnected from CVREF pin bit 5 CVRR: Comparator VREF Range Selection bit 1 = CVRSRC range should be 0 to 0.625 CVRSRC with CVRSRC/24 step size 0 = CVRSRC range should be 0.25 to 0.719 CVRSRC with CVRSRC/32 step size bit 4 CVRSS: Comparator VREF Source Selection bit 1 = Comparator reference source, CVRSRC = VREF+ – VREF0 = Comparator reference source, CVRSRC = AVDD – AVSS bit 3-0 CVR<3:0>: Comparator VREF Value Selection (0 CVR<3:0> 15) bits When CVRR = 1: CVREF = (CVR<3:0>/24) (CVRSRC) When CVRR = 0: CVREF = 1/4 (CVRSRC) + (CVR<3:0>/32) (CVRSRC) DS39951C-page 234 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 24.0 Note: CHARGE TIME MEASUREMENT UNIT (CTMU) This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the associated “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”, Section 11. “Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU)” (DS39724). The Charge Time Measurement Unit is a flexible analog module that provides accurate differential time measurement between pulse sources, as well as asynchronous pulse generation. Its key features include: • • • • • • Four edge input trigger sources Polarity control for each edge source Control of edge sequence Control of response to edges Time measurement resolution of 1 nanosecond Accurate current source suitable for capacitive measurement Together with other on-chip analog modules, the CTMU can be used to precisely measure time, measure capacitance, measure relative changes in capacitance or generate output pulses that are independent of the system clock. The CTMU module is ideal for interfacing with capacitive-based sensors. The CTMU is controlled through two registers: CTMUCON and CTMUICON. CTMUCON enables the module and controls edge source selection, edge source polarity selection and edge sequencing. The CTMUICON register controls the selection and trim of the current source. FIGURE 24-1: 24.1 Measuring Capacitance The CTMU module measures capacitance by generating an output pulse, with a width equal to the time between edge events, on two separate input channels. The pulse edge events to both input channels can be selected from four sources: two internal peripheral modules (OC1 and Timer1) and two external pins (CTEDG1 and CTEDG2). This pulse is used with the module’s precision current source to calculate capacitance according to the relationship: i=C• dV dT For capacitance measurements, the A/D Converter samples an external capacitor (CAPP) on one of its input channels after the CTMU output’s pulse. A Precision Resistor (RPR) provides current source calibration on a second A/D channel. After the pulse ends, the converter determines the voltage on the capacitor. The actual calculation of capacitance is performed in software by the application. Figure 24-1 shows the external connections used for capacitance measurements, and how the CTMU and A/D modules are related in this application. This example also shows the edge events coming from Timer1, but other configurations using external edge sources are possible. A detailed discussion on measuring capacitance and time with the CTMU module is provided in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”. TYPICAL CONNECTIONS AND INTERNAL CONFIGURATION FOR CAPACITANCE MEASUREMENT PIC24F Device Timer1 CTMU EDG1 Current Source EDG2 Output Pulse ANx A/D Converter ANY CAPP 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. RPR DS39951C-page 235 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 24.2 Measuring Time When the module is configured for pulse generation delay by setting the TGEN bit (CTMUCON<12>), the internal current source is connected to the B input of Comparator 2. A capacitor (CDELAY) is connected to the Comparator 2 pin, C2INB, and the comparator voltage reference, CVREF, is connected to C2INA. CVREF is then configured for a specific trip point. The module begins to charge CDELAY when an edge event is detected. When CDELAY charges above the CVREF trip point, a pulse is output on CTPLS. The length of the pulse delay is determined by the value of CDELAY and the CVREF trip point. Time measurements on the pulse width can be similarly performed using the A/D module’s internal capacitor (CAD) and a precision resistor for current calibration. Figure 24-2 shows the external connections used for time measurements, and how the CTMU and A/D modules are related in this application. This example also shows both edge events coming from the external CTEDG pins, but other configurations using internal edge sources are possible. For the smallest time measurements, select the internal A/D Channel 31, CH0Sx <4:0>= 11111. This minimizes any stray capacitance that may otherwise be associated with using an input pin, thus keeping the total capacitance to that of the A/D Converter itself (4-5 pF). A detailed discussion on measuring capacitance and time with the CTMU module is provided in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”. 24.3 Figure 24-3 shows the external connections for pulse generation, as well as the relationship of the different analog modules required. While CTEDG1 is shown as the input pulse source, other options are available. A detailed discussion on pulse generation with the CTMU module is provided in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”. Pulse Generation and Delay The CTMU module can also generate an output pulse with edges that are not synchronous with the device’s system clock. More specifically, it can generate a pulse with a programmable delay from an edge event input to the module. FIGURE 24-2: TYPICAL CONNECTIONS AND INTERNAL CONFIGURATION FOR TIME MEASUREMENT PIC24F Device CTMU CTEDG1 EDG1 CTEDG2 EDG2 Current Source Output Pulse A/D Converter ANx CAD RPR FIGURE 24-3: TYPICAL CONNECTIONS AND INTERNAL CONFIGURATION FOR PULSE DELAY GENERATION PIC24F Device CTEDG1 EDG1 CTMU CTPLS Current Source Comparator C2INB C2 CDELAY CVREF DS39951C-page 236 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 24-1: R/W-0 CTMUCON: CTMU CONTROL REGISTER U-0 CTMUEN R/W-0 — CTMUSIDL R/W-0 (1) TGEN R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 EDGEN EDGSEQEN IDISSEN CTTRIG bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 EDG2POL EDG2SEL1 EDG2SEL0 EDG1POL EDG1SEL1 EDG1SEL0 EDG2STAT EDG1STAT bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 CTMUEN: CTMU Enable bit 1 = Module is enabled 0 = Module is disabled bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 CTMUSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode bit 12 TGEN: Time Generation Enable bit(1) 1 = Enables edge delay generation 0 = Disables edge delay generation bit 11 EDGEN: Edge Enable bit 1 = Edges are not blocked 0 = Edges are blocked bit 10 EDGSEQEN: Edge Sequence Enable bit 1 = Edge 1 event must occur before Edge 2 event can occur 0 = No edge sequence is needed bit 9 IDISSEN: Analog Current Source Control bit 1 = Analog current source output is grounded 0 = Analog current source output is not grounded bit 8 CTTRIG: Trigger Control bit 1 = Trigger output is enabled 0 = Trigger output is disabled bit 7 EDG2POL: Edge 2 Polarity Select bit 1 = Edge 2 is programmed for a positive edge response 0 = Edge 2 is programmed for a negative edge response bit 6-5 EDG2SEL<1:0>: Edge 2 Source Select bits 11 = CTED1 pin 10 = CTED2 pin 01 = OC1 module 00 = Timer1 module bit 4 EDG1POL: Edge 1 Polarity Select bit 1 = Edge 1 is programmed for a positive edge response 0 = Edge 1 is programmed for a negative edge response Note 1: x = Bit is unknown If TGEN = 1, the peripheral inputs and outputs must be configured to an available RPn pin. For more information, see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)”. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 237 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 24-1: CTMUCON: CTMU CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 3-2 EDG1SEL<1:0>: Edge 1 Source Select bits 11 = CTED1 pin 10 = CTED2 pin 01 = OC1 module 00 = Timer1 module bit 1 EDG2STAT: Edge 2 Status bit 1 = Edge 2 event has occurred 0 = Edge 2 event has not occurred bit 0 EDG1STAT: Edge 1 Status bit 1 = Edge 1 event has occurred 0 = Edge 1 event has not occurred Note 1: If TGEN = 1, the peripheral inputs and outputs must be configured to an available RPn pin. For more information, see Section 10.4 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)”. REGISTER 24-2: CTMUICON: CTMU CURRENT CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ITRIM5 ITRIM4 ITRIM3 ITRIM2 ITRIM1 ITRIM0 IRNG1 IRNG0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-10 ITRIM<5:0>: Current Source Trim bits 011111 = Maximum positive change from nominal current 011110 ..... 000001 = Minimum positive change from nominal current 000000 = Nominal current output specified by IRNG<1:0> 111111 = Minimum negative change from nominal current ..... 100010 100001 = Maximum negative change from nominal current bit 9-8 IRNG<1:0>: Current Source Range Select bits 11 = 100 Base Current 10 = 10 Base Current 01 = Base current level (0.55 A nominal) 00 = Current source is disabled bit 7-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39951C-page 238 x = Bit is unknown 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 25.0 Note: SPECIAL FEATURES 25.1.1 This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. For more information, refer to the following sections of the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual”: In PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices, the configuration bytes are implemented as volatile memory. This means that configuration data must be programmed each time the device is powered up. Configuration data is stored in the three words at the top of the on-chip program memory space, known as the Flash Configuration Words. Their specific locations are shown in Table 25-1. These are packed representations of the actual device Configuration bits, whose actual locations are distributed among several locations in configuration space. The configuration data is automatically loaded from the Flash Configuration Words to the proper Configuration registers during device Resets. • Section 9. “Watchdog Timer (WDT)” (DS39697) • Section 32. “High-Level Device Integration” (DS39719) • Section 33. “Programming and Diagnostics” (DS39716) PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices include several features intended to maximize application flexibility and reliability, and minimize cost through elimination of external components. These are: • • • • • • Note: Flexible Configuration Watchdog Timer (WDT) Code Protection JTAG Boundary Scan Interface In-Circuit Serial Programming In-Circuit Emulation 25.1 Configuration data is reloaded on all types of device Resets. When creating applications for these devices, users should always specifically allocate the location of the Flash Configuration Word for configuration data. This is to make certain that program code is not stored in this address when the code is compiled. The upper byte of all Flash Configuration Words in program memory should always be ‘1111 1111’. This makes them appear to be NOP instructions in the remote event that their locations are ever executed by accident. Since Configuration bits are not implemented in the corresponding locations, writing ‘1’s to these locations has no effect on device operation. Configuration Bits The Configuration bits can be programmed (read as ‘0’), or left unprogrammed (read as ‘1’), to select various device configurations. These bits are mapped starting at program memory location F80000h. A detailed explanation of the various bit functions is provided in Register 25-1 through Register 25-6. Note: Note that address F80000h is beyond the user program memory space. In fact, it belongs to the configuration memory space (800000h-FFFFFFh) which can only be accessed using table reads and table writes. TABLE 25-1: CONSIDERATIONS FOR CONFIGURING PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DEVICES Performing a page erase operation on the last page of program memory clears the Flash Configuration Words, enabling code protection as a result. Therefore, users should avoid performing page erase operations on the last page of program memory. FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD LOCATIONS FOR PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY DEVICES Device Configuration Word Addresses 1 2 3 4 PIC24FJ32GA10x 57FEh 57FCh 57FAh 57F8h PIC24FJ64GA10x ABFEh ABFCh ABFAh ABF8h 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 239 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 25-1: CW1: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 — — — — — — — — bit 23 bit 16 r-x R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 U-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 r JTAGEN(1) GCP GWRP DEBUG — ICS1 ICS0 bit 15 bit 8 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 U-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 FWDTEN WINDIS — FWPSA WDTPS3 WDTPS2 WDTPS1 WDTPS0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: r = Reserved bit R = Readable bit PO = Program Once bit -n = Value when device is unprogrammed U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘1’ = Bit is set bit 23-16 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 15 Reserved: The value is unknown; program as ‘0’ bit 14 JTAGEN: JTAG Port Enable bit(1) 1 = JTAG port is enabled 0 = JTAG port is disabled bit 13 GCP: General Segment Program Memory Code Protection bit 1 = Code protection is disabled 0 = Code protection is enabled for the entire program memory space bit 12 GWRP: General Segment Code Flash Write Protection bit 1 = Writes to program memory are allowed 0 = Writes to program memory are disabled bit 11 DEBUG: Background Debugger Enable bit 1 = Device resets into Operational mode 0 = Device resets into Debug mode bit 10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 9-8 ICS<1:0>: Emulator Pin Placement Select bits 11 = Emulator functions are shared with PGEC1/PGED1 10 = Emulator functions are shared with PGEC2/PGED2 01 = Emulator functions are shared with PGEC3/PGED3 00 = Reserved; do not use bit 7 FWDTEN: Watchdog Timer Enable bit 1 = Watchdog Timer is enabled 0 = Watchdog Timer is disabled bit 6 WINDIS: Windowed Watchdog Timer Disable bit 1 = Standard Watchdog Timer is enabled 0 = Windowed Watchdog Timer is enabled; FWDTEN must be ‘1’ bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 4 FWPSA: WDT Prescaler Ratio Select bit 1 = Prescaler ratio of 1:128 0 = Prescaler ratio of 1:32 Note 1: ‘0’ = Bit is cleared The JTAGEN bit can only be modified using In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™). It cannot be modified while connected through the JTAG interface. DS39951C-page 240 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 25-1: bit 3-0 Note 1: CW1: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 1 (CONTINUED) WDTPS<3:0>: Watchdog Timer Postscaler Select bits 1111 = 1:32,768 1110 = 1:16,384 1101 = 1:8,192 1100 = 1:4,096 1011 = 1:2,048 1010 = 1:1,024 1001 = 1:512 1000 = 1:256 0111 = 1:128 0110 = 1:64 0101 = 1:32 0100 = 1:16 0011 = 1:8 0010 = 1:4 0001 = 1:2 0000 = 1:1 The JTAGEN bit can only be modified using In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™). It cannot be modified while connected through the JTAG interface. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 241 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 25-2: CW2: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 2 U-1 — bit 23 U-1 — U-1 — U-1 — U-1 — U-1 — U-1 — R/PO-1 IESO bit 15 U-1 — U-1 — U-1 — U-1 — R/PO-1 FNOSC2 R/PO-1 FNOSC1 R/PO-1 FNOSC0 bit 8 R/PO-1 FCKSM1 bit 7 R/PO-1 FCKSM0 R/PO-1 OSCIOFCN R/PO-1 IOL1WAY U-1 — R/PO-1 I2C1SEL R/PO-1 POSCMD1 R/PO-1 POSCMD0 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit PO = Program Once bit -n = Value when device is unprogrammed bit 23-16 bit 15 bit 14-11 bit 10-8 bit 7-6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1-0 U-1 — bit 16 U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ IESO: Internal External Switchover bit 1 = IESO mode (Two-Speed Start-up) is enabled 0 = IESO mode (Two-Speed Start-up) is disabled Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ FNOSC<2:0>: Initial Oscillator Select bits 111 = Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler (FRCDIV) 110 = Reserved 101 = Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC) 100 = Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) 011 = Primary Oscillator with PLL module (XTPLL, HSPLL, ECPLL) 010 = Primary Oscillator (XT, HS, EC) 001 = Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler and PLL module (FRCPLL) 000 = Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) FCKSM<1:0>: Clock Switching and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Configuration bits 1x = Clock switching and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor are disabled 01 = Clock switching is enabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is disabled 00 = Clock switching is enabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is enabled OSCIOFCN: OSCO Pin Configuration bit If POSCMD<1:0> = 11 or 00: 1 = OSCO/CLKO/RA3 functions as CLKO (FOSC/2) 0 = OSCO/CLKO/RA3 functions as port I/O (RC15) If POSCMD<1:0> = 10 or 01: OSCIOFCN has no effect on OSCO/CLKO/RA3. IOL1WAY: IOLOCK One-Way Set Enable bit 1 = The IOLOCK bit (OSCCON<6>) can be set once, provided the unlock sequence has been completed. Once set, the Peripheral Pin Select registers cannot be written to a second time. 0 = The IOLOCK bit can be set and cleared as needed, provided the unlock sequence has been completed Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ I2C1SEL: I2C1 Pin Select bit 1 = Use default SCL1/SDA1 pins 0 = Use alternate SCL1/SDA1 pins POSCMD<1:0>: Primary Oscillator Configuration bits 11 = Primary Oscillator is disabled 10 = HS Oscillator mode is selected 01 = XT Oscillator mode is selected 00 = EC Oscillator mode is selected DS39951C-page 242 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 25-3: U-1 — bit 23 R/PO-1 WPEND bit 15 U-1 — CW3: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 3 U-1 — U-1 — U-1 — U-1 — U-1 — U-1 — U-1 — bit 16 R/PO-1 WPCFG R/PO-1 WPDIS U-1 — R/PO-1 WUTSEL1 R/PO-1 WUTSEL0 R/PO-1 SOSCSEL1(1) U-1 — R/PO-1 WPFP5 R/PO-1 WPFP4 R/PO-1 WPFP3 R/PO-1 WPFP2 R/PO-1 WPFP1 R/PO-1 SOSCSEL0(1) bit 8 R/PO-1 WPFP0 bit 0 bit 7 Legend: R = Readable bit PO = Program Once bit -n = Value when device is unprogrammed bit 23-16 bit 15 bit 14 bit 13 bit 12 bit 11-10 bit 9-8 bit 7-6 bit 5-0 Note 1: U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ WPEND: Segment Write Protection End Page Select bit 1 = Protected code segment lower boundary is at the bottom of program memory (000000h); upper boundary is the code page specified by WPFP<8:0> 0 = Protected code segment upper boundary is at the last page of program memory; lower boundary is the code page specified by WPFP<8:0> WPCFG: Configuration Word Code Page Protection Select bit 1 = Last page (at the top of program memory) and Flash Configuration Words are not protected 0 = Last page and Flash Configuration Words are code-protected WPDIS: Segment Write Protection Disable bit 1 = Segmented code protection is disabled 0 = Segmented code protection is enabled; protected segment defined by WPEND, WPCFG and WPFPx Configuration bits Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ WUTSEL<1:0>: Voltage Regulator Standby Mode Wake-up Time Select bits 11 = Default regulator start-up time used 01 = Fast regulator start-up time used x0 = Reserved; do not use SOSCSEL<1:0>: Secondary Oscillator Power Mode Select bits(1) 11 = SOSC pins are in default (high drive strength) oscillator mode 01 = SOSC pins are in Low-Power (low drive strength) Oscillator mode 00 = SOSC pins have digital I/O functions (RA4, RB4); SCLKI can be used 10 = Reserved Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ WPFP5:WPFP0: Protected Code Segment Boundary Page bits Designates the 512 instruction page that is the boundary of the protected code segment, starting with Page 9 at the bottom of program memory. If WPEND = 1: Last address of designated code page is the upper boundary of the segment. If WPEND = 0: First address of designated code page is the lower boundary of the segment. Digital functions on the SOSCI and SOSCO pins are only available when configured in Digital I/O mode (‘00’). 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 243 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 25-4: CW4: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 4 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 — — — — — — — — bit 23 bit 16 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 DSWDTEN DSBOREN RTCOSC R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 DSWDTOSC DSWDTPS3 DSWDTPS2 DSWDTPS1 DSWDTPS0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit PO = Program Once bit -n = Value when device is unprogrammed U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 23-8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 7 DSWDTEN: Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer Enable bit 1 = DSWDT is enabled 0 = DSWDT is disabled bit 6 DSBOREN: Deep Sleep BOR Enable bit 1 = BOR is enabled in Deep Sleep 0 = BOR is disabled in Deep Sleep (does not affect Sleep mode) bit 5 RTCOSC: RTCC Reference Clock Select bit 1 = RTCC uses SOSC as reference clock 0 = RTCC uses LPRC as reference clock bit 4 DSWDTOSC: DSWDT Reference Clock Select bit 1 = DSWDT uses LPRC as reference clock 0 = DSWDT uses SOSC as reference clock bit 3-0 DSWDTPS<3:0>: DSWDT Postscale select bits The DSWDT prescaler is 32; this creates an approximate base time unit of 1 ms. 1111 = 1:2,147,483,648 (25.7 days) 1110 = 1:536,870,912 (6.4 days) 1101 = 1:134,217,728 (38.5 hours) 1100 = 1:33,554,432 (9.6 hours) 1011 = 1:8,388,608 (2.4 hours) 1010 = 1:2,097,152 (36 minutes) 1001 = 1:524,288 (9 minutes) 1000 = 1:131,072 (135 seconds) 0111 = 1:32,768 (34 seconds) 0110 = 1:8,192 (8.5 seconds) 0101 = 1:2,048 (2.1 seconds) 0100 = 1:512 (528 ms) 0011 = 1:128 (132 ms) 0010 = 1:32 (33 ms) 0001 = 1:8 (8.3 ms) 0000 = 1:2 (2.1 ms) DS39951C-page 244 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY REGISTER 25-5: U — bit 23 DEVID: DEVICE ID REGISTER U — U — U — U — U — U — R FAMID7 bit 15 R FAMID6 R FAMID5 R FAMID4 R FAMID3 R FAMID2 R FAMID1 R FAMID0 bit 8 R DEV7 bit 7 R DEV6 R DEV5 R DEV4 R DEV3 R DEV2 R DEV1 R DEV0 bit 0 Legend: R = Read-Only bit bit 23-16 bit 15-8 bit 7-0 U — bit 16 U = Unimplemented bit Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ FAMID<7:0>: Device Family Identifier bits 01000010 = PIC24FJ64GA104 family DEV<7:0>: Individual Device Identifier bits 00000010 = PIC24FJ32GA102 00000110 = PIC24FJ64GA102 00001010 = PIC24FJ32GA104 00001110 = PIC24FJ64GA104 REGISTER 25-6: DEVREV: DEVICE REVISION REGISTER U — U — U — U — U — U — U — U — bit 16 U — U — U — U — U — U — U — U — bit 23 bit 15 bit 8 U — U — U — U — R REV3 R REV2 R REV1 bit 7 Legend: R = Read-only bit bit 23-4 bit 3-0 R REV0 bit 0 U = Unimplemented bit Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ REV<3:0>: Minor Revision Identifier bits Encodes revision number of the device (sequential number only; no major/minor fields). 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 245 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 25.2 On-Chip Voltage Regulator All PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices power their core digital logic at a nominal 2.5V. This may create an issue for designs that are required to operate at a higher typical voltage, such as 3.3V. To simplify system design, all devices in the PIC24FJ64GA104 family incorporate an on-chip regulator that allows the device to run its core logic from VDD. The regulator is controlled by the DISVREG pin. Tying VSS to the pin enables the regulator, which in turn, provides power to the core from the other VDD pins. When the regulator is enabled, a low-ESR capacitor (such as ceramic) must be connected to the VDDCORE/VCAP pin (Figure 25-1). This helps to maintain the stability of the regulator. The recommended value for the Filter Capacitor (CEFC) is provided in Section 28.1 “DC Characteristics”. FIGURE 25-1: Regulator Enabled (DISVREG tied to VSS): 3.3V PIC24FJ64GA104 VDD DISVREG VDDCORE/VCAP CEFC (10 F typ) VOLTAGE REGULATOR TRACKING MODE AND LOW-VOLTAGE DETECTION 2.5V(1) When the device enters Tracking mode, it is no longer possible to operate at full speed. To provide information about when the device enters Tracking mode, the on-chip regulator includes a simple, Low-Voltage Detect circuit. When VDD drops below full-speed operating voltage, the circuit sets the Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Flag, LVDIF (IFS4<8>). This can be used to generate an interrupt and put the application into a Low-Power Operational mode or trigger an orderly shutdown. Low-Voltage Detection is only available when the regulator is enabled. 3.3V(1) PIC24FJ64GA104 VDD DISVREG VDDCORE/VCAP VSS Regulator Disabled (VDD tied to VDDCORE): 2.5V(1) PIC24FJ64GA104 VDD When it is enabled, the on-chip regulator provides a constant voltage of 2.5V nominal to the digital core logic. The regulator can provide this level from a VDD of about 2.5V, all the way up to the device’s VDDMAX. It does not have the capability to boost VDD levels below 2.5V. In order to prevent “brown-out” conditions when the voltage drops too low for the regulator, the regulator enters Tracking mode. In Tracking mode, the regulator output follows VDD with a typical voltage drop of 100 mV. VSS Regulator Disabled (DISVREG tied to VDD): If DISVREG is tied to VDD, the regulator is disabled. In this case, separate power for the core logic, at a nominal 2.5V, must be supplied to the device on the VDDCORE/VCAP pin to run the I/O pins at higher voltage levels, typically 3.3V. Alternatively, the VDDCORE/VCAP and VDD pins can be tied together to operate at a lower nominal voltage. Refer to Figure 25-1 for possible configurations. 25.2.1 CONNECTIONS FOR THE ON-CHIP REGULATOR DISVREG VDDCORE/VCAP VSS Note 1: 25.2.2 These are typical operating voltages. Refer to Section 28.1 “DC Characteristics” for the full operating ranges of VDD and VDDCORE. ON-CHIP REGULATOR AND POR When the voltage regulator is enabled, it takes approximately 10 s for it to generate output. During this time, designated as TPM, code execution is disabled. TPM is applied every time the device resumes operation after any power-down, including Sleep mode. TPM is determined by the setting of the PMSLP bit (RCON<8>) and the WUTSEL Configuration bits (CW3<11:10>). Note: For more information on TPM, see Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics”. If the regulator is disabled, a separate Power-up Timer (PWRT) is automatically enabled. The PWRT adds a fixed delay of 64 ms nominal delay at device start-up (POR or BOR only). DS39951C-page 246 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY When waking up from Sleep with the regulator disabled, TPM is used to determine the wake-up time. To decrease the device wake-up time when operating with the regulator disabled, the PMSLP bit can be set. 25.3 25.2.3 The nominal WDT clock source from LPRC is 31 kHz. This feeds a prescaler that can be configured for either 5-bit (divide-by-32) or 7-bit (divide-by-128) operation. The prescaler is set by the FWPSA Configuration bit. With a 31 kHz input, the prescaler yields a nominal WDT time-out period (TWDT) of 1 ms in 5-bit mode, or 4 ms in 7-bit mode. ON-CHIP REGULATOR AND BOR When the on-chip regulator is enabled, PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices also have a simple brown-out capability. If the voltage supplied to the regulator is inadequate to maintain the tracking level, the regulator Reset circuitry will generate a Brown-out Reset. This event is captured by the BOR flag bit (RCON<1>). The brown-out voltage specifications are provided in Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics”. 25.2.4 POWER-UP REQUIREMENTS The on-chip regulator is designed to meet the power-up requirements for the device. If the application does not use the regulator, then strict power-up conditions must be adhered to. While powering up, VDDCORE must never exceed VDD by 0.3 volts. Note: 25.2.5 For more information, see Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics”. VOLTAGE REGULATOR STANDBY MODE When enabled, the on-chip regulator always consumes a small incremental amount of current over IDD/IPD, including when the device is in Sleep mode, even though the core digital logic does not require power. To provide additional savings in applications where power resources are critical, the regulator automatically places itself into Standby mode whenever the device goes into Sleep mode by removing power from the Flash program memory. This feature is controlled by the PMSLP bit (RCON<8>). By default, this bit is cleared, which enables Standby mode. For PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices, the time required for regulator wake-up from Standby mode is controlled by the WUTSEL<1:0> Configuration bits (CW3<11:10>). The default wake-up time for all devices is 190 s, which is a Legacy mode provided to match older PIC24F device wake-up times. Implementing the WUTSEL Configuration bits provides a fast wake-up option. When WUTSEL<1:0> = 01, the regulator wake-up time is TPM, 10 s. Watchdog Timer (WDT) For PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices, the WDT is driven by the LPRC Oscillator. When the WDT is enabled, the clock source is also enabled. A variable postscaler divides down the WDT prescaler output and allows for a wide range of time-out periods. The postscaler is controlled by the WDTPS<3:0> Configuration bits (CW1<3:0>), which allow the selection of a total of 16 settings, from 1:1 to 1:32,768. Using the prescaler and postscaler time-out periods, ranges from 1 ms to 131 seconds can be achieved. The WDT, prescaler and postscaler are reset: • On any device Reset • On the completion of a clock switch, whether invoked by software (i.e., setting the OSWEN bit after changing the NOSC bits) or by hardware (i.e., Fail-Safe Clock Monitor) • When a PWRSAV instruction is executed (i.e., Sleep or Idle mode is entered) • When the device exits Sleep or Idle mode to resume normal operation • By a CLRWDT instruction during normal execution If the WDT is enabled, it will continue to run during Sleep or Idle modes. When the WDT time-out occurs, the device will wake the device and code execution will continue from where the PWRSAV instruction was executed. The corresponding SLEEP or IDLE bits (RCON<3:2>) will need to be cleared in software after the device wakes up. The WDT Flag bit, WDTO (RCON<4>), is not automatically cleared following a WDT time-out. To detect subsequent WDT events, the flag must be cleared in software. Note: The CLRWDT and PWRSAV instructions clear the prescaler and postscaler counts when executed. When the regulator’s Standby mode is turned off (PMSLP = 1), Flash program memory stays powered in Sleep mode. That enables device wake-up without waiting for TPM. With PMSLP set, however, the power consumption, while in Sleep mode, will be approximately 40 A higher than what it would be if the regulator was allowed to enter Standby mode. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 247 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 25.3.1 WINDOWED OPERATION 25.3.2 The Watchdog Timer has an optional Fixed Window mode of operation. In this Windowed mode, CLRWDT instructions can only reset the WDT during the last 1/4 of the programmed WDT period. A CLRWDT instruction is executed before that window causes a WDT Reset; this is similar to a WDT time-out. Windowed WDT mode is enabled by programming the WINDIS Configuration bit (CW1<6>) to ‘0’. FIGURE 25-2: CONTROL REGISTER The WDT is enabled or disabled by the FWDTEN Configuration bit. When the FWDTEN Configuration bit is set, the WDT is always enabled. The WDT can be optionally controlled in software when the FWDTEN Configuration bit has been programmed to ‘0’. The WDT is enabled in software by setting the SWDTEN control bit (RCON<5>). The SWDTEN control bit is cleared on any device Reset. The WDT software option allows the user to enable the WDT for critical code segments, and disable the WDT during non-critical segments, for maximum power savings. WDT BLOCK DIAGRAM SWDTEN FWDTEN LPRC Control FWPSA WDTPS<3:0> Prescaler (5-bit/7-bit) LPRC Input 31 kHz Wake From Sleep WDT Counter Postscaler 1:1 to 1:32.768 1 ms/4 ms WDT Overflow Reset All Device Resets Transition to New Clock Source Exit Sleep or Idle Mode CLRWDT Instr. PWRSAV Instr. Sleep or Idle Mode 25.4 Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer (DSWDT) PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices have both a WDT module and a DSWDT module. The latter runs, if enabled, when a device is in Deep Sleep and is driven by either the SOSC or LPRC Oscillator. The clock source is selected by the DSWDTOSC (CW4<4>) Configuration bit. The DSWDT can be configured to generate a time-out at 2.1 ms to 25.7 days by selecting the respective postscaler.The postscaler can be selected by the Configuration bits, DSWDTPS<3:0> (CW4<3:0>). When the DSWDT is enabled, the clock source is also enabled. DSWDT is one of the sources that can wake the device from Deep Sleep mode. 25.5 Program Verification and Code Protection PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices provide two complimentary methods to protect application code from overwrites and erasures. These also help to protect the device from inadvertent configuration changes during run time. 25.5.1 GENERAL SEGMENT PROTECTION For all devices in the PIC24FJ64GA104 family, the on-chip program memory space is treated as a single block, known as the General Segment (GS). Code protection for this block is controlled by one Configuration bit, GCP. This bit inhibits external reads and writes to the program memory space. It has no direct effect in normal execution mode. Write protection is controlled by the GWRP bit in the Configuration Word. When GWRP is programmed to ‘0’, internal write and erase operations to program memory are blocked. DS39951C-page 248 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 25.5.2 CODE SEGMENT PROTECTION In addition to global General Segment protection, a separate subrange of the program memory space can be individually protected against writes and erases. This area can be used for many purposes where a separate block of erase and write-protected code is needed, such as bootloader applications. Unlike common boot block implementations, the specially protected segment in the PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices can be located by the user anywhere in the program space and configured in a wide range of sizes. Code segment protection provides an added level of protection to a designated area of program memory, by disabling the NVM safety interlock, whenever a write or erase address falls within a specified range. It does not override General Segment protection controlled by the GCP or GWRP bits. For example, if GCP and GWRP are enabled, enabling segmented code protection for the bottom half of program memory does not undo General Segment protection for the top half. The size and type of protection for the segmented code range are configured by the WPFPx, WPEND, WPCFG and WPDIS bits in Configuration Word 3. Code segment protection is enabled by programming the WPDIS bit (= 0). The WPFP bits specify the size of the segment to be protected by specifying the 512-word code page that is the start or end of the protected segment. The specified region is inclusive, therefore, this page will also be protected. A separate bit, WPCFG, is used to independently protect the last page of program space, including the Flash Configuration Words. Programming WPCFG (= 0) protects the last page, regardless of the other bit settings. This may be useful in circumstances where write protection is needed for both a code segment in the bottom of memory, as well as the Flash Configuration Words. The various options for segment code protection are shown in Table 25-2. 25.5.3 CONFIGURATION REGISTER PROTECTION The Configuration registers are protected against inadvertent or unwanted changes, or reads in two ways. The primary protection method is the same as that of the RP registers – shadow registers contain a complimentary value which is constantly compared with the actual value. To safeguard against unpredictable events, Configuration bit changes resulting from individual cell level disruptions (such as ESD events) will cause a parity error and trigger a device Reset. The data for the Configuration registers is derived from the Flash Configuration Words in program memory. When the GCP bit is set, the source data for device configuration is also protected as a consequence. Even if General Segment protection is not enabled, the device configuration can be protected by using the appropriate code cement protection setting. The WPEND bit determines if the protected segment uses the top or bottom of the program space as a boundary. Programming WPEND (= 0) sets the bottom of program memory (000000h) as the lower boundary of the protected segment. Leaving WPEND unprogrammed (= 1) protects the specified page through the last page of implemented program memory, including the Configuration Word locations. TABLE 25-2: SEGMENT CODE PROTECTION CONFIGURATION OPTIONS Segment Configuration Bits Write/Erase Protection of Code Segment WPDIS WPEND WPCFG 1 x 1 No additional protection enabled; all program memory protection is configured by GCP and GWRP 1 x 0 Last code page protected, including Flash Configuration Words 0 1 0 Addresses from the first address of code page are defined by WPFP<5:0> through the end of implemented program memory (inclusive) are protected, including Flash Configuration Words 0 0 0 Address, 000000h, through the last address of code page, defined by WPFP<5:0> (inclusive) is protected 0 1 1 Addresses from first address of code page, defined by WPFP<5:0> through the end of implemented program memory (inclusive), are protected, including Flash Configuration Words 0 0 1 Addresses from first address of code page, defined by WPFP<5:0> through the end of implemented program memory (inclusive), are protected 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 249 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 25.6 JTAG Interface PIC24FJ64GA104 family devices implement a JTAG interface, which supports boundary scan device testing. 25.7 In-Circuit Serial Programming PIC24FJ64GA104 family microcontrollers can be serially programmed while in the end application circuit. This is simply done with two lines for clock (PGECx) and data (PGEDx), and three other lines for power, ground and the programming voltage. This allows customers to manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices and then program the microcontroller just before shipping the product. This also allows the most recent firmware or a custom firmware to be programmed. DS39951C-page 250 25.8 In-Circuit Debugger When MPLAB® ICD 2 is selected as a debugger, the in-circuit debugging functionality is enabled. This function allows simple debugging functions when used with MPLAB IDE. Debugging functionality is controlled through the PGECx (Emulation/Debug Clock) and PGEDx (Emulation/Debug Data) pins. To use the in-circuit debugger function of the device, the design must implement ICSP connections to MCLR, VDD, VSS and the PGECx/PGEDx pin pair designated by the ICS Configuration bits. In addition, when the feature is enabled, some of the resources are not available for general use. These resources include the first 80 bytes of data RAM and two I/O pins. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 26.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT The PIC® microcontrollers and dsPIC® digital signal controllers are supported with a full range of software and hardware development tools: • Integrated Development Environment - MPLAB® IDE Software • Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers - MPLAB C Compiler for Various Device Families - HI-TECH C for Various Device Families - MPASMTM Assembler - MPLINKTM Object Linker/ MPLIBTM Object Librarian - MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for Various Device Families • Simulators - MPLAB SIM Software Simulator • Emulators - MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator • In-Circuit Debuggers - MPLAB ICD 3 - PICkit™ 3 Debug Express • Device Programmers - PICkit™ 2 Programmer - MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer • Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards, Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits 26.1 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows® operating system-based application that contains: • A single graphical interface to all debugging tools - Simulator - Programmer (sold separately) - In-Circuit Emulator (sold separately) - In-Circuit Debugger (sold separately) • A full-featured editor with color-coded context • A multiple project manager • Customizable data windows with direct edit of contents • High-level source code debugging • Mouse over variable inspection • Drag and drop variables from source to watch windows • Extensive on-line help • Integration of select third party tools, such as IAR C Compilers The MPLAB IDE allows you to: • Edit your source files (either C or assembly) • One-touch compile or assemble, and download to emulator and simulator tools (automatically updates all project information) • Debug using: - Source files (C or assembly) - Mixed C and assembly - Machine code MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a single development paradigm, from the cost-effective simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility and power. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 251 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 26.2 MPLAB C Compilers for Various Device Families The MPLAB C Compiler code development systems are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC18, PIC24 and PIC32 families of microcontrollers and the dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 families of digital signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, superior code optimization and ease of use. For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE debugger. 26.3 HI-TECH C for Various Device Families The HI-TECH C Compiler code development systems are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC family of microcontrollers and the dsPIC family of digital signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, omniscient code generation and ease of use. For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE debugger. The compilers include a macro assembler, linker, preprocessor, and one-step driver, and can run on multiple platforms. 26.4 MPASM Assembler The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs. The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel® standard HEX files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines and generated machine code and COFF files for debugging. The MPASM Assembler features include: 26.5 MPLINK Object Linker/ MPLIB Object Librarian The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using directives from a linker script. The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and modification of library files of precompiled code. When a routine from a library is called from a source file, only the modules that contain that routine will be linked in with the application. This allows large libraries to be used efficiently in many different applications. The object linker/library features include: • Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many smaller files • Enhanced code maintainability by grouping related modules together • Flexible creation of libraries with easy module listing, replacement, deletion and extraction 26.6 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and Librarian for Various Device Families MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24, PIC32 and dsPIC devices. MPLAB C Compiler uses the assembler to produce its object file. The assembler generates relocatable object files that can then be archived or linked with other relocatable object files and archives to create an executable file. Notable features of the assembler include: • • • • • • Support for the entire device instruction set Support for fixed-point and floating-point data Command line interface Rich directive set Flexible macro language MPLAB IDE compatibility • Integration into MPLAB IDE projects • User-defined macros to streamline assembly code • Conditional assembly for multi-purpose source files • Directives that allow complete control over the assembly process DS39951C-page 252 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 26.7 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code development in a PC-hosted environment by simulating the PIC MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs on an instruction level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of the simulator to record and track program execution, actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers. The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C Compilers, and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The software simulator offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside of the hardware laboratory environment, making it an excellent, economical software development tool. 26.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash MCUs and dsPIC® Flash DSCs with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE), included with each kit. The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with either a connector compatible with incircuit debugger systems (RJ11) or with the new highspeed, noise tolerant, Low-Voltage Differential Signal (LVDS) interconnection (CAT5). The emulator is field upgradable through future firmware downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming releases of MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported, and new features will be added. MPLAB REAL ICE offers significant advantages over competitive emulators including low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters) interconnection cables. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 26.9 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is Microchip's most cost effective high-speed hardware debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash Digital Signal Controller (DSC) and microcontroller (MCU) devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash microcontrollers and dsPIC® DSCs with the powerful, yet easyto-use graphical user interface of MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is connected to the design engineer's PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with a connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or MPLAB REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3 supports all MPLAB ICD 2 headers. 26.10 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/ Programmer and PICkit 3 Debug Express The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and programming of PIC® and dsPIC® Flash microcontrollers at a most affordable price point using the powerful graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The MPLAB PICkit 3 is connected to the design engineer's PC using a full speed USB interface and can be connected to the target via an Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compatible with MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The connector uses two device I/O pins and the reset line to implement in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial Programming™. The PICkit 3 Debug Express include the PICkit 3, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and MPLAB IDE software. DS39951C-page 253 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 26.11 PICkit 2 Development Programmer/Debugger and PICkit 2 Debug Express 26.13 Demonstration/Development Boards, Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer/Debugger is a low-cost development tool with an easy to use interface for programming and debugging Microchip’s Flash families of microcontrollers. The full featured Windows® programming interface supports baseline (PIC10F, PIC12F5xx, PIC16F5xx), midrange (PIC12F6xx, PIC16F), PIC18F, PIC24, dsPIC30, dsPIC33, and PIC32 families of 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit microcontrollers, and many Microchip Serial EEPROM products. With Microchip’s powerful MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE) the PICkit™ 2 enables in-circuit debugging on most PIC® microcontrollers. In-Circuit-Debugging runs, halts and single steps the program while the PIC microcontroller is embedded in the application. When halted at a breakpoint, the file registers can be examined and modified. A wide variety of demonstration, development and evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs allows quick application development on fully functional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware and source code for examination and modification. The PICkit 2 Debug Express include the PICkit 2, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and MPLAB IDE software. 26.12 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal, CE compliant device programmer with programmable voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display (128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modular, detachable socket assembly to support various package types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is included as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3 connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable. The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and optimized algorithms for quick programming of large memory devices and incorporates an MMC card for file storage and data applications. DS39951C-page 254 The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs, temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232 interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional EEPROM memory. The demonstration and development boards can be used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom circuits and for learning about various microcontroller applications. In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demonstration/development board series of circuits, Microchip has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security ICs, CAN, IrDA®, PowerSmart battery management, SEEVAL® evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate sensing, plus many more. Also available are starter kits that contain everything needed to experience the specified device. This usually includes a single application and debug capability, all on one board. Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com) for the complete list of demonstration, development and evaluation kits. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 27.0 Note: INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY This chapter is a brief summary of the PIC24F instruction set architecture, and is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. The PIC24F instruction set adds many enhancements to the previous PIC® MCU instruction sets, while maintaining an easy migration from previous PIC MCU instruction sets. Most instructions are a single program memory word. Only three instructions require two program memory locations. Each single-word instruction is a 24-bit word divided into an 8-bit opcode, which specifies the instruction type and one or more operands, which further specify the operation of the instruction. The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped into four basic categories: • • • • Word or byte-oriented operations Bit-oriented operations Literal operations Control operations • A literal value to be loaded into a W register or file register (specified by the value of ‘k’) • The W register or file register where the literal value is to be loaded (specified by ‘Wb’ or ‘f’) However, literal instructions that involve arithmetic or logical operations use some of the following operands: • The first source operand, which is a register ‘Wb’ without any address modifier • The second source operand, which is a literal value • The destination of the result (only if not the same as the first source operand), which is typically a register ‘Wd’ with or without an address modifier The control instructions may use some of the following operands: • A program memory address • The mode of the table read and table write instructions Table 27-1 shows the general symbols used in describing the instructions. The PIC24F instruction set summary in Table 27-2 lists all of the instructions, along with the status flags affected by each instruction. Most word or byte-oriented W register instructions (including barrel shift instructions) have three operands: • The first source operand, which is typically a register ‘Wb’ without any address modifier • The second source operand, which is typically a register ‘Ws’ with or without an address modifier • The destination of the result, which is typically a register ‘Wd’ with or without an address modifier However, word or byte-oriented file register instructions have two operands: • The file register specified by the value, ‘f’ • The destination, which could either be the file register, ‘f’, or the W0 register, which is denoted as ‘WREG’ Most bit-oriented instructions (including rotate/shift instructions) have two operands: The literal instructions that involve data movement may use some of the following operands: simple All instructions are a single word, except for certain double-word instructions, which were made double-word instructions so that all the required information is available in these 48 bits. In the second word, the 8 MSbs are ‘0’s. If this second word is executed as an instruction (by itself), it will execute as a NOP. Most single-word instructions are executed in a single instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the program counter is changed as a result of the instruction. In these cases, the execution takes two instruction cycles, with the additional instruction cycle(s) executed as a NOP. Notable exceptions are the BRA (unconditional/computed branch), indirect CALL/GOTO, all table reads and writes, and RETURN/RETFIE instructions, which are single-word instructions but take two or three cycles. Certain instructions that involve skipping over the subsequent instruction require either two or three cycles if the skip is performed, depending on whether the instruction being skipped is a single-word or two-word instruction. Moreover, double-word moves require two cycles. The double-word instructions execute in two instruction cycles. • The W register (with or without an address modifier) or file register (specified by the value of ‘Ws’ or ‘f’) • The bit in the W register or file register (specified by a literal value or indirectly by the contents of register, ‘Wb’) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 255 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 27-1: SYMBOLS USED IN OPCODE DESCRIPTIONS Field Description #text Means literal defined by “text” (text) Means “content of text” [text] Means “the location addressed by text” { } Optional field or operation <n:m> Register bit field .b Byte mode selection .d Double-Word mode selection .S Shadow register select .w Word mode selection (default) bit4 4-bit bit selection field (used in word addressed instructions) {0...15} C, DC, N, OV, Z MCU Status bits: Carry, Digit Carry, Negative, Overflow, Sticky Zero Expr Absolute address, label or expression (resolved by the linker) f File register address {0000h...1FFFh} lit1 1-bit unsigned literal {0,1} lit4 4-bit unsigned literal {0...15} lit5 5-bit unsigned literal {0...31} lit8 8-bit unsigned literal {0...255} lit10 10-bit unsigned literal {0...255} for Byte mode, {0:1023} for Word mode lit14 14-bit unsigned literal {0...16383} lit16 16-bit unsigned literal {0...65535} lit23 23-bit unsigned literal {0...8388607}; LSB must be ‘0’ None Field does not require an entry, may be blank PC Program Counter Slit10 10-bit signed literal {-512...511} Slit16 16-bit signed literal {-32768...32767} Slit6 6-bit signed literal {-16...16} Wb Base W register {W0..W15} Wd Destination W register { Wd, [Wd], [Wd++], [Wd--], [++Wd], [--Wd] } Wdo Destination W register { Wnd, [Wnd], [Wnd++], [Wnd--], [++Wnd], [--Wnd], [Wnd+Wb] } Wm,Wn Dividend, Divisor working register pair (direct addressing) Wn One of 16 working registers {W0..W15} Wnd One of 16 destination working registers {W0..W15} Wns One of 16 source working registers {W0..W15} WREG W0 (working register used in file register instructions) Ws Source W register { Ws, [Ws], [Ws++], [Ws--], [++Ws], [--Ws] } Wso Source W register { Wns, [Wns], [Wns++], [Wns--], [++Wns], [--Wns], [Wns+Wb] } DS39951C-page 256 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 27-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW Assembly Mnemonic ADD ADDC AND ASR BCLR BRA BSET BSW BTG BTSC Assembly Syntax Description # of Words # of Cycles Status Flags Affected ADD f f = f + WREG 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADD f,WREG WREG = f + WREG 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADD #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 + Wd 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADD Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb + Ws 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADD Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb + lit5 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADDC f f = f + WREG + (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADDC f,WREG WREG = f + WREG + (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADDC #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 + Wd + (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADDC Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb + Ws + (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADDC Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb + lit5 + (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z AND f f = f .AND. WREG 1 1 N, Z AND f,WREG WREG = f .AND. WREG 1 1 N, Z AND #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 .AND. Wd 1 1 N, Z AND Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb .AND. Ws 1 1 N, Z AND Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb .AND. lit5 1 1 N, Z ASR f f = Arithmetic Right Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z ASR f,WREG WREG = Arithmetic Right Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z ASR Ws,Wd Wd = Arithmetic Right Shift Ws 1 1 C, N, OV, Z ASR Wb,Wns,Wnd Wnd = Arithmetic Right Shift Wb by Wns 1 1 N, Z ASR Wb,#lit5,Wnd Wnd = Arithmetic Right Shift Wb by lit5 1 1 N, Z BCLR f,#bit4 Bit Clear f 1 1 None BCLR Ws,#bit4 Bit Clear Ws 1 1 None BRA C,Expr Branch if Carry 1 1 (2) None BRA GE,Expr Branch if Greater than or Equal 1 1 (2) None BRA GEU,Expr Branch if Unsigned Greater than or Equal 1 1 (2) None BRA GT,Expr Branch if Greater than 1 1 (2) None BRA GTU,Expr Branch if Unsigned Greater than 1 1 (2) None BRA LE,Expr Branch if Less than or Equal 1 1 (2) None BRA LEU,Expr Branch if Unsigned Less than or Equal 1 1 (2) None BRA LT,Expr Branch if Less than 1 1 (2) None BRA LTU,Expr Branch if Unsigned Less than 1 1 (2) None BRA N,Expr Branch if Negative 1 1 (2) None BRA NC,Expr Branch if Not Carry 1 1 (2) None BRA NN,Expr Branch if Not Negative 1 1 (2) None BRA NOV,Expr Branch if Not Overflow 1 1 (2) None BRA NZ,Expr Branch if Not Zero 1 1 (2) None BRA OV,Expr Branch if Overflow 1 1 (2) None BRA Expr Branch Unconditionally 1 2 None BRA Z,Expr Branch if Zero 1 1 (2) None BRA Wn Computed Branch 1 2 None BSET f,#bit4 Bit Set f 1 1 None BSET Ws,#bit4 Bit Set Ws 1 1 None BSW.C Ws,Wb Write C bit to Ws<Wb> 1 1 None BSW.Z Ws,Wb Write Z bit to Ws<Wb> 1 1 None BTG f,#bit4 Bit Toggle f 1 1 None BTG Ws,#bit4 Bit Toggle Ws 1 1 None BTSC f,#bit4 Bit Test f, Skip if Clear 1 1 None (2 or 3) BTSC Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws, Skip if Clear 1 1 None (2 or 3) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 257 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 27-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED) Assembly Mnemonic BTSS BTST BTSTS Assembly Syntax Description # of Words # of Cycles Status Flags Affected BTSS f,#bit4 Bit Test f, Skip if Set 1 1 None (2 or 3) BTSS Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws, Skip if Set 1 1 None (2 or 3) BTST f,#bit4 Bit Test f 1 1 Z BTST.C Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to C 1 1 C BTST.Z Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to Z 1 1 Z BTST.C Ws,Wb Bit Test Ws<Wb> to C 1 1 C Z BTST.Z Ws,Wb Bit Test Ws<Wb> to Z 1 1 BTSTS f,#bit4 Bit Test then Set f 1 1 Z BTSTS.C Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to C, then Set 1 1 C BTSTS.Z Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to Z, then Set 1 1 Z CALL CALL lit23 Call Subroutine 2 2 None CALL Wn Call Indirect Subroutine 1 2 None CLR CLR f f = 0x0000 1 1 None CLR WREG WREG = 0x0000 1 1 None CLR Ws Ws = 0x0000 1 1 None Clear Watchdog Timer 1 1 WDTO, Sleep CLRWDT CLRWDT COM COM f f=f 1 1 N, Z COM f,WREG WREG = f 1 1 N, Z COM Ws,Wd Wd = Ws 1 1 N, Z CP f Compare f with WREG 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CP Wb,#lit5 Compare Wb with lit5 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CP Wb,Ws Compare Wb with Ws (Wb – Ws) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CP0 CP0 f Compare f with 0x0000 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CP0 Ws Compare Ws with 0x0000 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CPB CPB f Compare f with WREG, with Borrow 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CPB Wb,#lit5 Compare Wb with lit5, with Borrow 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CPB Wb,Ws Compare Wb with Ws, with Borrow (Wb – Ws – C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CPSEQ CPSEQ Wb,Wn Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if = 1 1 None (2 or 3) CPSGT CPSGT Wb,Wn Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if > 1 1 None (2 or 3) CPSLT CPSLT Wb,Wn Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if < 1 1 None (2 or 3) CPSNE CPSNE Wb,Wn Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if 1 1 None (2 or 3) DAW DAW.B Wn Wn = Decimal Adjust Wn 1 1 DEC DEC f f=f–1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z DEC f,WREG WREG = f – 1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CP C DEC Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – 1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z DEC2 f f=f–2 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z DEC2 f,WREG WREG = f – 2 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z DEC2 Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – 2 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z DISI DISI #lit14 Disable Interrupts for k Instruction Cycles 1 1 None DIV DIV.SW Wm,Wn Signed 16/16-bit Integer Divide 1 18 N, Z, C, OV DIV.SD Wm,Wn Signed 32/16-bit Integer Divide 1 18 N, Z, C, OV DIV.UW Wm,Wn Unsigned 16/16-bit Integer Divide 1 18 N, Z, C, OV DIV.UD Wm,Wn Unsigned 32/16-bit Integer Divide 1 18 N, Z, C, OV EXCH EXCH Wns,Wnd Swap Wns with Wnd 1 1 None FF1L FF1L Ws,Wnd Find First One from Left (MSb) Side 1 1 C FF1R FF1R Ws,Wnd Find First One from Right (LSb) Side 1 1 C DEC2 DS39951C-page 258 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 27-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED) Assembly Mnemonic GOTO INC INC2 Assembly Syntax Description # of Words # of Cycles Status Flags Affected GOTO Expr Go to Address 2 2 None GOTO Wn Go to Indirect 1 2 None INC f f=f+1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z INC f,WREG WREG = f + 1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z C, DC, N, OV, Z INC Ws,Wd Wd = Ws + 1 1 1 INC2 f f=f+2 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z INC2 f,WREG WREG = f + 2 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z C, DC, N, OV, Z INC2 Ws,Wd Wd = Ws + 2 1 1 IOR f f = f .IOR. WREG 1 1 N, Z IOR f,WREG WREG = f .IOR. WREG 1 1 N, Z IOR #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 .IOR. Wd 1 1 N, Z IOR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb .IOR. Ws 1 1 N, Z IOR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb .IOR. lit5 1 1 N, Z LNK LNK #lit14 Link Frame Pointer 1 1 None LSR LSR f f = Logical Right Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z LSR f,WREG WREG = Logical Right Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z LSR Ws,Wd Wd = Logical Right Shift Ws 1 1 C, N, OV, Z LSR Wb,Wns,Wnd Wnd = Logical Right Shift Wb by Wns 1 1 N, Z LSR Wb,#lit5,Wnd Wnd = Logical Right Shift Wb by lit5 1 1 N, Z MOV f,Wn Move f to Wn 1 1 None MOV [Wns+Slit10],Wnd Move [Wns + Slit10] to Wnd 1 1 None MOV f Move f to f 1 1 N, Z MOV f,WREG Move f to WREG 1 1 N, Z MOV #lit16,Wn Move 16-bit Literal to Wn 1 1 None MOV.b #lit8,Wn Move 8-bit Literal to Wn 1 1 None MOV Wn,f Move Wn to f 1 1 None MOV Wns,[Wns+Slit10] Move Wns to [Wns + Slit10] 1 1 MOV Wso,Wdo Move Ws to Wd 1 1 None MOV WREG,f Move WREG to f 1 1 N, Z MOV.D Wns,Wd Move Double from W(ns):W(ns + 1) to Wd 1 2 None MOV.D Ws,Wnd Move Double from Ws to W(nd + 1):W(nd) 1 2 None MUL.SS Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = Signed(Wb) * Signed(Ws) 1 1 None MUL.SU Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = Signed(Wb) * Unsigned(Ws) 1 1 None MUL.US Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = Unsigned(Wb) * Signed(Ws) 1 1 None MUL.UU Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = Unsigned(Wb) * Unsigned(Ws) 1 1 None MUL.SU Wb,#lit5,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = Signed(Wb) * Unsigned(lit5) 1 1 None MUL.UU Wb,#lit5,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = Unsigned(Wb) * Unsigned(lit5) 1 1 None MUL f W3:W2 = f * WREG 1 1 None NEG f f=f+1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z NEG f,WREG WREG = f + 1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z NEG Ws,Wd IOR MOV MUL NEG NOP POP Wd = Ws + 1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z NOP No Operation 1 1 None NOPR No Operation 1 1 None POP f Pop f from Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 1 None POP Wdo Pop from Top-of-Stack (TOS) to Wdo 1 1 None POP.D Wnd Pop from Top-of-Stack (TOS) to W(nd):W(nd + 1) 1 2 None Pop Shadow Registers 1 1 All POP.S PUSH PUSH f Push f to Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 1 None PUSH Wso Push Wso to Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 1 None PUSH.D Wns Push W(ns):W(ns + 1) to Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 2 None Push Shadow Registers 1 1 None PUSH.S 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 259 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 27-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED) Assembly Mnemonic Assembly Syntax Description # of Words # of Cycles Status Flags Affected PWRSAV PWRSAV #lit1 Go into Sleep or Idle mode 1 1 WDTO, Sleep RCALL RCALL Expr Relative Call 1 2 None RCALL Wn Computed Call 1 2 None REPEAT REPEAT #lit14 Repeat Next Instruction lit14 + 1 times 1 1 None REPEAT Wn Repeat Next Instruction (Wn) + 1 times 1 1 None RESET RESET Software Device Reset 1 1 None RETFIE RETFIE Return from Interrupt 1 3 (2) None RETLW RETLW Return with Literal in Wn 1 3 (2) None RETURN RETURN Return from Subroutine 1 3 (2) None RLC RLC f f = Rotate Left through Carry f 1 1 C, N, Z RLC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Left through Carry f 1 1 C, N, Z C, N, Z RLNC RRC RRNC #lit10,Wn RLC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Left through Carry Ws 1 1 RLNC f f = Rotate Left (No Carry) f 1 1 N, Z RLNC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Left (No Carry) f 1 1 N, Z N, Z RLNC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Left (No Carry) Ws 1 1 RRC f f = Rotate Right through Carry f 1 1 C, N, Z RRC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Right through Carry f 1 1 C, N, Z RRC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Right through Carry Ws 1 1 C, N, Z RRNC f f = Rotate Right (No Carry) f 1 1 N, Z RRNC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Right (No Carry) f 1 1 N, Z RRNC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Right (No Carry) Ws 1 1 N, Z SE SE Ws,Wnd Wnd = Sign-Extended Ws 1 1 C, N, Z SETM SETM f f = FFFFh 1 1 None SETM WREG WREG = FFFFh 1 1 None SETM Ws Ws = FFFFh 1 1 None SL f f = Left Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z SL f,WREG WREG = Left Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z SL Ws,Wd Wd = Left Shift Ws 1 1 C, N, OV, Z SL Wb,Wns,Wnd Wnd = Left Shift Wb by Wns 1 1 N, Z SL Wb,#lit5,Wnd Wnd = Left Shift Wb by lit5 1 1 N, Z SUB f f = f – WREG 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUB f,WREG WREG = f – WREG 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUB #lit10,Wn Wn = Wn – lit10 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUB Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb – Ws 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUB Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb – lit5 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBB f f = f – WREG – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBB f,WREG WREG = f – WREG – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBB #lit10,Wn Wn = Wn – lit10 – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBB Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb – Ws – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SL SUB SUBB SUBR SUBBR SWAP SUBB Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb – lit5 – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBR f f = WREG – f 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBR f,WREG WREG = WREG – f 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – Wb 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = lit5 – Wb 1 1 SUBBR f f = WREG – f – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBBR f,WREG WREG = WREG – f – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBBR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – Wb – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBBR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = lit5 – Wb – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SWAP.b Wn Wn = Nibble Swap Wn 1 1 None SWAP Wn Wn = Byte Swap Wn 1 1 None DS39951C-page 260 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 27-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED) Assembly Mnemonic Assembly Syntax Description # of Words # of Cycles Status Flags Affected TBLRDH TBLRDH Ws,Wd Read Prog<23:16> to Wd<7:0> 1 2 TBLRDL TBLRDL Ws,Wd Read Prog<15:0> to Wd 1 2 None TBLWTH TBLWTH Ws,Wd Write Ws<7:0> to Prog<23:16> 1 2 None TBLWTL TBLWTL Ws,Wd Write Ws to Prog<15:0> 1 2 None ULNK ULNK Unlink Frame Pointer 1 1 None XOR XOR f f = f .XOR. WREG 1 1 N, Z XOR f,WREG WREG = f .XOR. WREG 1 1 N, Z XOR #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 .XOR. Wd 1 1 N, Z XOR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb .XOR. Ws 1 1 N, Z XOR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb .XOR. lit5 1 1 N, Z ZE Ws,Wnd Wnd = Zero-Extend Ws 1 1 C, Z, N ZE 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. None DS39951C-page 261 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 262 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 28.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS This section provides an overview of the PIC24FJ64GA104 family electrical characteristics. Additional information will be provided in future revisions of this document as it becomes available. Absolute maximum ratings for the PIC24FJ64GA104 family are listed below. Exposure to these maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Functional operation of the device at these, or any other conditions above the parameters indicated in the operation listings of this specification, is not implied. Absolute Maximum Ratings(†) Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................-40°C to +135°C Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +4.0V Voltage on any combined analog and digital pin, and MCLR, with respect to VSS ........................ -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V) Voltage on any digital only pin with respect to VSS .................................................................................. -0.3V to +6.0V Voltage on VDDCORE with respect to VSS ................................................................................................. -0.3V to +3.0V Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................300 mA Maximum current into VDD pin (Note 1)................................................................................................................250 mA Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ....................................................................................................25 mA Maximum current sunk by all ports .......................................................................................................................200 mA Maximum current sourced by all ports (Note 1)....................................................................................................200 mA Note 1: Maximum allowable current is a function of device maximum power dissipation (see Table 28-1). NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 263 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 28.1 DC Characteristics FIGURE 28-1: PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY VOLTAGE/FREQUENCY GRAPH (INDUSTRIAL) 3.00V Voltage (VDDCORE)(1) 2.75V 2.75V 2.50V PIC24FJ64GA104 Family 2.35V 2.35V 2.00V 16 MHz Frequency 32 MHz For frequencies between 16 MHz and 32 MHz, FMAX = (45.7 MHz/V) * (VDDCORE – 2V) + 16 MHz. When the voltage regulator is disabled, VDD and VDDCORE must be maintained so that VDDCOREVDD3.6V. Note 1: FIGURE 28-2: PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY VOLTAGE/FREQUENCY GRAPH (EXTENDED TEMPERATURE) 3.00V Voltage (VDDCORE)(1) 2.75V 2.50V 2.75V PIC24FJ64GA104 Family 2.35V 2.25V 2.00V 16 MHz 24 MHz Frequency For frequencies between 16 MHz and 24 MHz, FMAX = (22.9 MHz/V) * (VDDCORE – 2V) + 16 MHz. Note 1: DS39951C-page 264 When the voltage regulator is disabled, VDD and VDDCORE must be maintained so that VDDCOREVDD3.6V. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-1: THERMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS Rating Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Operating Junction Temperature Range TJ -40 — +140 °C Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA -40 — +125 °C PIC24FJ64GA104 Family: Power Dissipation: Internal Chip Power Dissipation: PINT = VDD x (IDD – IOH) PD PINT + PI/O W PDMAX (TJ – TA)/JA W I/O Pin Power Dissipation: PI/O = ({VDD – VOH} x IOH) + (VOL x IOL) Maximum Allowed Power Dissipation TABLE 28-2: THERMAL PACKAGING CHARACTERISTICS Characteristic Package Thermal Resistance, 300 mil SOIC Symbol Typ Max Unit Notes JA 49 — °C/W (Note 1) Package Thermal Resistance, 6x6x0.9 mm QFN JA 33.7 — °C/W (Note 1) Package Thermal Resistance, 8x8x1 mm QFN JA 28 — °C/W (Note 1) Package Thermal Resistance, 10x10x1 mm TQFP JA 39.3 — °C/W (Note 1) Note 1: Junction to ambient thermal resistance; Theta-JA (JA) numbers are achieved by package simulations. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 265 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-3: DC CHARACTERISTICS: TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS DC CHARACTERISTICS Param Symbol No. Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended Min Typ(1) Max Units VDD 2.2 — 3.6 V Regulator enabled VDD VDDCORE — 3.6 V Regulator disabled 2.0 — 2.75 V Regulator disabled Characteristic Conditions Operating Voltage DC10 Supply Voltage VDDCORE DC12 VDR RAM Data Retention Voltage(2) 1.5 — — V DC16 VPOR VDD Start Voltage to Ensure Internal Power-on Reset Signal VSS — — V DC17 SVDD VDD Rise Rate to Ensure Internal Power-on Reset Signal 0.05 — — V/ms DC18 VBOR Brown-out Reset Voltage — 2.05 — V Note 1: 2: 0-3.3V in 0.1s 0-2.5V in 60 ms Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered without losing RAM data. DS39951C-page 266 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-4: DC CHARACTERISTICS: OPERATING CURRENT (IDD) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended DC CHARACTERISTICS Parameter No. Typical(1) Max Units Conditions Operating Current (IDD)(2) DC21 0.24 0.395 mA -40°C DC21a 0.25 0.395 mA +25°C DC21b 0.25 0.395 mA +85°C DC21f 0.3 0.395 mA +125°C DC21c 0.44 0.78 mA -40°C DC21d 0.41 0.78 mA +25°C DC21e 0.41 0.78 mA +85°C DC21g 0.6 0.78 mA +125°C DC20 0.5 0.75 mA -40°C DC20a 0.5 0.75 mA +25°C DC20b 0.5 0.75 mA +85°C DC20c 0.6 0.75 mA +125°C DC20d 0.75 1.4 mA -40°C DC20e 0.75 1.4 mA +25°C DC20f 0.75 1.4 mA +85°C DC20g 1.0 1.4 mA +125°C DC23 2.0 3.0 mA -40°C DC23a 2.0 3.0 mA +25°C DC23b 2.0 3.0 mA +85°C DC23c 2.4 3.0 mA +125°C DC23d 2.9 4.2 mA -40°C DC23e 2.9 4.2 mA +25°C DC23f 2.9 4.2 mA +85°C 3.5 4.2 mA +125°C DC23g Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 2.0V(3) 0.5 MIPS 3.3V(4) 2.0V(3) 1 MIPS 3.3V(4) 2.0V(3) 4 MIPS 3.3V(4) Data in “Typical” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements are as follows: OSCI driven with external square wave from rail to rail. All I/O pins are configured as inputs and pulled to VDD. MCLR = VDD; WDT and FSCM are disabled. CPU, SRAM, program memory and data memory are operational. No peripheral modules are operating and all of the Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) bits are set. On-chip voltage regulator is disabled (DISVREG is tied to VDD). On-chip voltage regulator is enabled (DISVREG is tied to VSS). Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) and Brown-out Detect (BOD) are enabled. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 267 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-4: DC CHARACTERISTICS: OPERATING CURRENT (IDD) (CONTINUED) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended DC CHARACTERISTICS Parameter No. Typical(1) Max Units Conditions Operating Current (IDD)(2) DC24 10.5 15.5 mA -40°C DC24a 10.5 15.5 mA +25°C DC24b 10.5 15.5 mA +85°C DC24c 11.3 15.5 mA +125°C DC24d 11.3 15.5 mA -40°C DC24e 11.3 15.5 mA +25°C DC24f 11.3 15.5 mA +85°C DC24g 11.3 15.5 mA +125°C DC31 15.0 18.0 A -40°C DC31a 15.0 19.0 A +25°C DC31b 20.0 36.0 A +85°C DC31c 42.0 55.0 A +125°C DC31d 57.0 120.0 A -40°C DC31e 57.0 125.0 A +25°C DC31f 95.0 160.0 A +85°C 114.0 180.0 A +125°C DC31g Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 2.5V(3) 16 MIPS 3.3V(4) 2.0V(3) LPRC (31 kHz) 3.3V(4) Data in “Typical” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements are as follows: OSCI driven with external square wave from rail to rail. All I/O pins are configured as inputs and pulled to VDD. MCLR = VDD; WDT and FSCM are disabled. CPU, SRAM, program memory and data memory are operational. No peripheral modules are operating and all of the Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) bits are set. On-chip voltage regulator is disabled (DISVREG is tied to VDD). On-chip voltage regulator is enabled (DISVREG is tied to VSS). Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) and Brown-out Detect (BOD) are enabled. DS39951C-page 268 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-5: DC CHARACTERISTICS: IDLE CURRENT (IIDLE) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial DC CHARACTERISTICS Parameter No. Typical(1) -40°C TA +125°C for Extended Max Units Conditions Idle Current (IIDLE)(2) DC41 67 100 A -40°C DC41a 68 100 A +25°C DC41b 74 100 A +85°C DC41f 102 120 A +125°C DC41c 166 265 A -40°C DC41d 167 265 A +25°C DC41e 177 265 A +85°C DC41g 225 285 A +125°C DC40 125 180 A -40°C DC40a 125 180 A +25°C DC40b 125 180 A +85°C DC40c 167 200 A +125°C DC40d 210 350 A -40°C DC40e 210 350 A +25°C DC40f 210 350 A +85°C DC40g 305 370 A +125°C DC43 0.5 0.6 mA -40°C DC43a 0.5 0.6 mA +25°C DC43b 0.5 0.6 mA +85°C DC43c 0.54 0.62 mA +125°C DC43d 0.75 0.95 mA -40°C DC43e 0.75 0.95 mA +25°C DC43f 0.75 0.95 mA +85°C DC43g 0.8 0.97 mA +125°C DC47 2.6 3.3 mA -40°C DC47a 2.6 3.3 mA +25°C DC47b 2.6 3.3 mA +85°C DC47f 2.7 3.4 mA +125°C DC47c 2.9 3.5 mA -40°C DC47d 2.9 3.5 mA +25°C DC47e 2.9 3.5 mA +85°C 3.0 3.6 mA +125°C DC47g Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 2.0V(3) 0.5 MIPS 3.3V(4) 2.0V(3) 1 MIPS 3.3V(4) 2.0V(3) 4 MIPS 3.3V(4) 2.5V(3) 16 MIPS 3.3V(4) Data in “Typical” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Base IIDLE current is measured with the core off, OSCI driven with external square wave from rail to rail. All I/O pins are configured as inputs and pulled to VDD. MCLR = VDD; WDT and FSCM are disabled. No peripheral modules are operating and all of the Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) bits are set. On-chip voltage regulator is disabled (DISVREG is tied to VDD). On-chip voltage regulator is enabled (DISVREG is tied to VSS). Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) and Brown-out Detect (BOD) are enabled. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 269 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-5: DC CHARACTERISTICS: IDLE CURRENT (IIDLE) (CONTINUED) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial DC CHARACTERISTICS Parameter No. Typical(1) -40°C TA +125°C for Extended Max Units Conditions Idle Current (IIDLE)(2) DC50 0.8 1.0 mA -40°C DC50a 0.8 1.0 mA +25°C DC50b 0.8 1.0 mA +85°C DC50c 0.9 1.1 mA +125°C DC50d 1.1 1.3 mA -40°C DC50e 1.1 1.3 mA +25°C DC50f 1.1 1.3 mA +85°C DC50g 1.2 1.4 mA +125°C DC51 2.4 8.0 A -40°C DC51a 2.2 8.0 A +25°C DC51b 7.2 21 A +85°C DC51c 35 50 A +125°C DC51d 38 55 A -40°C DC51e 44 60 A +25°C DC51f 70 100 A +85°C DC51g 96 150 A +125°C Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 2.0V(3) FRC (4 MIPS) 3.3V(4) 2.0V(3) LPRC (31 kHz) 3.3V(4) Data in “Typical” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Base IIDLE current is measured with the core off, OSCI driven with external square wave from rail to rail. All I/O pins are configured as inputs and pulled to VDD. MCLR = VDD; WDT and FSCM are disabled. No peripheral modules are operating and all of the Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) bits are set. On-chip voltage regulator is disabled (DISVREG is tied to VDD). On-chip voltage regulator is enabled (DISVREG is tied to VSS). Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) and Brown-out Detect (BOD) are enabled. DS39951C-page 270 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-6: DC CHARACTERISTICS: POWER-DOWN BASE CURRENT (IPD) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended DC CHARACTERISTICS Parameter No. Typical(1) Max Units 1.0 A Conditions Power-Down Current (IPD)(2) DC60 0.05 -40°C DC60a 0.2 1.0 A +25°C DC60i 2.0 6.5 A +60°C DC60b 3.5 12 A +85°C DC60m 29.9 50 A +125°C DC60c 0.1 1.0 A -40°C DC60d 0.4 1.0 A +25°C DC60j 2.5 15 A +60°C DC60e 4.2 25 A +85°C DC60n 36.2 75 A +125°C DC60f 3.3 9.0 A -40°C DC60g 3.3 10 A +25°C DC60k 5.0 20 A +60°C DC60h 7.0 30 A +85°C DC60p 39.2 80 A +125°C DC70c 0.003 0.2 A -40°C DC70d 0.02 0.2 A +25°C DC70j 0.2 0.35 A +60°C DC70e 0.51 1.5 A +85°C DC70a 6.1 12 A +125°C DC70f 0.01 0.3 A -40°C DC70g 0.04 0.3 A +25°C DC70k 0.2 0.5 A +60°C DC70h 0.71 2.0 A +85°C DC70b 7.2 16 A +125°C Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 2.0V(3) 2.5V(3) Base Power-Down Current(5) 3.3V(4) 2.5V(4) Base Deep Sleep Current 3.3V(4) Data in the Typical column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Base IPD is measured with the device in Sleep mode (all peripherals and clocks shut down). All I/Os are configured as inputs and pulled high. WDT, etc., are all switched off, PMSLP bit is clear and the Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) bits for all unused peripherals are set. On-chip voltage regulator is disabled (DISVREG is tied to VDD). On-chip voltage regulator is enabled (DISVREG is tied to VSS). Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) and Brown-out Detect (BOD) are enabled. The current is the additional current consumed when the module is enabled. This current should be added to the base IPD current. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 271 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-7: DC CHARACTERISTICS: POWER-DOWN PERIPHERAL MODULE CURRENT (IPD) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended DC CHARACTERISTICS Parameter No. Typical(1) Max Units Conditions Power-Down Current (IPD): PMD Bits are Set, PMSLP Bit is ‘0’(2) DC61 0.2 0.7 A -40°C DC61a 0.2 0.7 A +25°C DC61i 0.2 0.7 A +60°C DC61b 0.23 0.7 A +85°C +125°C DC61m 0.3 1.0 A DC61c 0.25 0.9 A -40°C DC61d 0.25 0.9 A +25°C DC61j 0.25 0.9 A +60°C DC61e 0.28 0.9 A +85°C DC61p 0.5 1.2 A +125°C DC61f 0.6 1.5 A -40°C DC61g 0.6 1.5 A +25°C DC61k 0.6 1.5 A +60°C DC61h 0.8 1.5 A +85°C DC61n 1.0 1.7 A +125°C DC62 0.5 1.0 A -40°C DC62a 0.5 1.0 A +25°C DC62i 0.5 1.0 A +60°C DC62b 0.5 1.3 A +85°C DC62m 0.6 1.6 A +125°C DC62c 0.7 1.5 A -40°C DC62d 0.7 1.5 A +25°C DC62j 0.7 1.5 A +60°C DC62e 0.7 1.8 A +85°C DC62n 0.8 2.1 A +125°C DC62f 1.5 2.0 A -40°C DC62g 1.5 2.0 A +25°C DC62k 1.5 2.0 A +60°C DC62h 1.5 2.5 A +85°C 1.9 3.0 A +125°C DC62p Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 2.0V(3) 2.5V(3) 31 kHz LPRC Oscillator with RTCC, WDT, DSWDT or Timer 1: ILPRC(5) 3.3V(4) 2.0V(3) 2.5V(3) Low drive strength, 32 kHz Crystal with RTCC, DSWDT or Timer1: ISOSC; SOSCSEL = 01 3.3V(4) Data in the Typical column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Peripheral IPD deltas are measured with the device in Sleep mode (all peripherals and clocks shut down). All I/Os are configured as inputs and pulled high. Only the peripheral or clock being measured is enabled. PMSLP bit is clear and the Peripheral Module Disable bits (PMD) for all unused peripherals are set. On-chip voltage regulator is disabled (DISVREG is tied to VDD). On-chip voltage regulator is enabled (DISVREG is tied to VSS). Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) and Brown-out Detect (BOD) are enabled. The current is the additional current consumed when the module is enabled. This current should be added to the base IPD current. DS39951C-page 272 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-7: DC CHARACTERISTICS: POWER-DOWN PERIPHERAL MODULE CURRENT (IPD) (CONTINUED) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended DC CHARACTERISTICS Parameter No. Typical(1) Max Units Conditions Power-Down Current (IPD): PMD Bits are Set, PMSLP Bit is ‘0’(2) DC63 1.8 2.3 A -40°C DC63a 1.8 2.7 A +25°C DC63i 1.8 3.0 A +60°C DC63b 1.8 3.0 A +85°C +125°C DC63m 2.2 3.3 A DC63c 2 2.7 A -40°C DC63d 2 2.9 A +25°C DC63j 2 3.2 A +60°C DC63e 2 3.5 A +85°C DC63n 2.5 3.8 A +125°C DC63f 2.25 3.0 A -40°C DC63g 2.25 3.0 A +25°C DC63k 2.25 3.3 A +60°C DC63h 2.25 3.5 A +85°C DC63p 2.8 4.0 A +125°C DC71c 0.001 0.25 A -40°C DC71d 0.03 0.25 A +25°C DC71j 0.05 0.60 A +60°C DC71e 0.08 2.0 A +85°C DC71a 3.9 10 A +125°C DC71f 0.001 0.50 A -40°C DC71g 0.03 0.50 A +25°C DC71k 0.05 0.75 A +60°C DC71h 0.08 2.5 A +85°C 3.9 12.5 A +125°C DC71b Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 2.0V(3) 2.5V(3) 32 kHz Crystal with RTCC, DSWDT or Timer1: ISOSC; SOSCSEL = 11(5) 3.3V(4) 2.5V(4) Deep Sleep BOR: IDSBOR 3.3V(4) Data in the Typical column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Peripheral IPD deltas are measured with the device in Sleep mode (all peripherals and clocks shut down). All I/Os are configured as inputs and pulled high. Only the peripheral or clock being measured is enabled. PMSLP bit is clear and the Peripheral Module Disable bits (PMD) for all unused peripherals are set. On-chip voltage regulator is disabled (DISVREG is tied to VDD). On-chip voltage regulator is enabled (DISVREG is tied to VSS). Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) and Brown-out Detect (BOD) are enabled. The current is the additional current consumed when the module is enabled. This current should be added to the base IPD current. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 273 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-8: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN INPUT SPECIFICATIONS Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym VIL Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units Input Low Voltage(4) DI10 I/O Pins with ST Buffer VSS — 0.2 VDD V DI11 I/O Pins with TTL Buffer VSS — 0.15 VDD V DI15 MCLR VSS — 0.2 VDD V DI16 OSC1 (XT mode) VSS — 0.2 VDD V DI17 OSC1 (HS mode) VSS — 0.2 VDD V DI18 2 I/O Pins with I C™ Buffer: VSS — 0.3 VDD V DI19 I/O Pins with SMBus Buffer: VSS — 0.8 V I/O Pins with ST Buffer: with Analog Functions, Digital Only 0.8 VDD 0.8 VDD — — VDD 5.5 V V I/O Pins with TTL Buffer: with Analog Functions, Digital Only 0.25 VDD + 0.8 0.25 VDD + 0.8 — — VDD 5.5 V V VIH DI20 DI21 Conditions Input High SMBus enabled Voltage(4) DI25 MCLR 0.8 VDD — VDD V DI26 OSC1 (XT mode) 0.7 VDD — VDD V DI27 OSC1 (HS mode) 0.7 VDD — VDD V 0.7 VDD 0.7 VDD — — VDD 5.5 V V VDD 5.5 V V I2C DI28 I/O Pins with Buffer: with Analog Functions, Digital Only DI29 I/O Pins with SMBus Buffer: with Analog Functions, Digital Only DI30 ICNPU CNx Pull-up Current IIL 2.5V VPIN VDD 2.1 2.1 50 250 400 A VDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS Input Leakage Current(2,3) DI50 I/O Ports — — +50 nA VSS VPIN VDD, Pin at high-impedance DI51 Analog Input Pins — — +50 nA VSS VPIN VDD, Pin at high-impedance DI55 MCLR — — +50 nA VSS VPIN VDD DI56 OSC1 — — +50 nA VSS VPIN VDD, XT and HS modes Note 1: 2: 3: 4: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin. Refer to Table 1-2 for I/O pins buffer types. DS39951C-page 274 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-9: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym VOL Characteristic I/O Ports DO16 I/O Ports VOH Note 1: Max Units — — 0.4 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 3.6V — — 0.4 V IOL = 5.0 mA, VDD = 2.0V — — 0.4 V IOL = 8.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V, 125°C — — 0.4 V IOL = 4.5 mA, VDD = 2.0V, 125°C 3.0 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V Conditions Output High Voltage I/O Ports I/O Ports DO26 Typ(1) Output Low Voltage DO10 DO20 Min 2.4 — — V IOH = -6.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V 1.65 — — V IOH = -1.0 mA, VDD = 2.0V 1.4 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 2.0V 3.0 — — V IOH = -2.5 mA, VDD = 3.6V, 125°C 1.65 — — V IOH = -0.5 mA, VDD = 2.0V, 125°C Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. TABLE 28-10: DC CHARACTERISTICS: PROGRAM MEMORY Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym Characteristic D130 EP Cell Endurance D131 VPR VDD for Read Min Typ(1) Max Units 10,000 — — E/W VMIN — 3.6 V Conditions -40C to +85C VMIN = Minimum operating voltage VPEW Supply Voltage for Self-Timed Writes D132A VDDCORE 2.25 — 3.6 V D132B VDD 2.35 — 3.6 V D133A TIW Self-Timed Write Cycle Time — 3 — ms D133B TIE Self-Timed Page Erase Time 40 — — ms D134 TRETD Characteristic Retention 20 — — Year D135 IDDP — 7 — mA Note 1: Supply Current during Programming Provided no other specifications are violated Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 275 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-11: COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS Operating Conditions: 2.0V < VDD < 3.6V, -40°C < TA < +85°C (unless otherwise stated) Param No. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Units D300 VIOFF Input Offset Voltage* — 20 40 mV D301 VICM Input Common Mode Voltage* 0 — VDD V D302 CMRR Common Mode Rejection Ratio* 55 — — dB 300 TRESP Response Time*(1) — 150 400 ns 301 TMC2OV Comparator Mode Change to Output Valid* — — 10 s * Note 1: Comments Parameters are characterized but not tested. Response time measured with one comparator input at (VDD – 1.5)/2, while the other input transitions from VSS to VDD. TABLE 28-12: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS Operating Conditions: 2.0V < VDD < 3.6V, -40°C < TA < +85°C (unless otherwise stated) Param No. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Units VDD/24 — VDD/32 LSb VRD310 CVRES Resolution VRD311 CVRAA Absolute Accuracy — — AVDD – 1.5 LSb VRD312 CVRUR Unit Resistor Value (R) — 2k — Time(1) — — 10 s VR310 Note 1: TSET Settling Comments Settling time measured while CVRR = 1 and CVR<3:0> bits transition from ‘0000’ to ‘1111’. TABLE 28-13: INTERNAL VOLTAGE REGULATOR SPECIFICATIONS Operating Conditions: -40°C < TA < +85°C (unless otherwise stated) Param Symbol No. Characteristics Min Typ Max Units VBG Band Gap Reference Voltage 1.14 1.2 1.26 V TBG Band Gap Reference Start-up Time — 1 — ms VRGOUT Regulator Output Voltage 2.35 2.5 2.75 V CEFC External Filter Capacitor Value 4.7 10 — F DS39951C-page 276 Comments Series resistance < 3 Ohm recommended; < 5 Ohm required. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 28.2 AC Characteristics and Timing Parameters The information contained in this section defines the PIC24FJ64GA104 family AC characteristics and timing parameters. TABLE 28-14: TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS – AC Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial and -40°C TA +125°C for Extended Operating voltage VDD range as described in Section 28.1 “DC Characteristics”. AC CHARACTERISTICS FIGURE 28-3: LOAD CONDITIONS FOR DEVICE TIMING SPECIFICATIONS Load Condition 1 – for all pins except OSCO Load Condition 2 – for OSCO VDD/2 CL Pin RL VSS CL Pin RL = 464 CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSCO 15 pF for OSCO output VSS TABLE 28-15: CAPACITIVE LOADING REQUIREMENTS ON OUTPUT PINS Param Symbol No. Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions 15 pF In XT and HS modes when external clock is used to drive OSCI. COSC2 OSCO/CLKO Pin — — DO56 CIO All I/O Pins and OSCO — — 50 pF EC mode. DO58 CB SCLx, SDAx — — 400 pF In I2C™ mode. DO50 Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 277 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 28-4: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 OSCI OS20 OS30 OS30 OS31 OS31 OS25 CLKO OS40 OS41 TABLE 28-16: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions: 2.50 to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended AC CHARACTERISTICS Param Sym No. OS10 Characteristic FOSC External CLKI Frequency (External clocks allowed only in EC mode) Oscillator Frequency Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions DC 4 DC 4 — — — — 32 8 24 6 MHz MHz MHz MHz EC, -40°C TA +85°C ECPLL, -40°C TA +85°C EC, -40°C TA +125°C ECPLL, -40°C TA +125°C 3 3 10 31 3 10 — — — — — — 10 8 32 33 6 24 MHz MHz MHz kHz MHz MHz XT XTPLL, -40°C TA +85°C HS, -40°C TA +85°C SOSC XTPLL, -40°C TA +125°C HS, -40°C TA +125°C — — — — 62.5 — DC ns OS20 TOSC TOSC = 1/FOSC OS25 TCY OS30 TosL, External Clock in (OSCI) TosH High or Low Time 0.45 x TOSC — — ns EC OS31 TosR, External Clock in (OSCI) TosF Rise or Fall Time — — 20 ns EC OS40 TckR — 6 10 ns — 6 10 ns OS41 TckF Note 1: 2: 3: Instruction Cycle Time(2) CLKO Rise Time(3) CLKO Fall Time(3) See parameter OS10 for FOSC value Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals two times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “Min.” values with an external clock applied to the OSCI/CLKI pin. When an external clock input is used, the “Max.” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices. Measurements are taken in EC mode. The CLKO signal is measured on the OSCO pin. CLKO is low for the Q1-Q2 period (1/2 TCY) and high for the Q3-Q4 period (1/2 TCY). DS39951C-page 278 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-17: PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS (VDD = 2.0V TO 3.6V) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended AC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. OS50 Sym FPLLI Characteristic(1) PLL Input Frequency Range Typ(2) Max Units 3 — 8 MHz 3 — 6 MHz 8 8 — — 32 24 MHz MHz OS51 FSYS OS52 TLOCK PLL Start-up Time (Lock Time) — — 2 ms OS53 DCLK -2 1 2 % Note 1: 2: PLL Output Frequency Range Min CLKO Stability (Jitter) Conditions ECPLL, HSPLL, XTPLL modes, -40°C TA +85°C ECPLL, HSPLL, XTPLL modes, -40°C TA +125°C -40°C TA +85°C -40°C TA +125°C Measured over 100 ms period These parameters are characterized but not tested in manufacturing. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. TABLE 28-18: INTERNAL RC OSCILLATOR SPECIFICATIONS Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended AC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym TFRC Characteristic(1) FRC Start-up Time TLPRC LPRC Start-up Time Min Typ Max Units — 15 — s — 500 — s Conditions TABLE 28-19: INTERNAL RC OSCILLATOR ACCURACY Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended AC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Characteristic F20 FRC Accuracy @ 8 MHz(1,3) F21 kHz(2) Note 1: 2: 3: LPRC Accuracy @ 31 Min Typ Max Units Conditions -1.25 +0.25 1.0 % -40°C TA +85°C, 3.0V VDD 3.6V -15 — 15 % -40°C TA +85°C, 3.0V VDD 3.6V Frequency calibrated at 25°C and 3.3V. OSCTUN bits can be used to compensate for temperature drift. Change of LPRC frequency as VDD changes. To achieve this accuracy, physical stress applied to the microcontroller package (ex: by flexing the PCB) must be kept to a minimum. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 279 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY FIGURE 28-5: CLKO AND I/O TIMING CHARACTERISTICS I/O Pin (Input) DI35 DI40 I/O Pin (Output) New Value Old Value DO31 DO32 Note: Refer to Figure 28-3 for load conditions. TABLE 28-20: CLKO AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended AC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym Characteristic Typ(1) Min Max Units DO31 TIOR Port Output Rise Time — 10 25 ns DO32 TIOF Port Output Fall Time — 10 25 ns DI35 TINP INTx pin High or Low Time (output) 20 — — ns DI40 TRBP CNx High or Low Time (input) 2 — — TCY Note 1: Conditions Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. TABLE 28-21: RESET, POWER-UP TIMER AND BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended AC CHARACTERISTICS Param Symbol No. Characteristic Min. Typ(1) Max. Units SY10 TmcL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 2 — — s SY11 TPWRT Power-up Timer Period — 64 — ms Conditions SY12 TPOR Power-on Reset Delay — 2 — s SY13 TIOZ I/O High-Impedance from MCLR Low or Watchdog Timer Reset — — 100 ns SY25 TBOR Brown-out Reset Pulse Width 1 — — s TRST Internal State Reset Time — 50 — s TDSWU Wake-up from Deep Sleep Time — 200 — s Based on full discharge of 10 F capacitor on VCAP. Includes TPOR and TRST. Sleep wake-up with PMSLP = 0 and WUTSEL<1:0> = 11 TPM Note 1: — 10 — s — 190 — s VDD VBOR Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. DS39951C-page 280 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-22: ADC MODULE SPECIFICATIONS Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial -40°C TA +125°C for Extended AC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ Max. Units Conditions Device Supply AD01 AVDD Module VDD Supply Greater of VDD – 0.3 or 2.0 — Lesser of VDD + 0.3 or 3.6 V AD02 AVSS Module VSS Supply VSS – 0.3 — VSS + 0.3 V Reference Inputs AD05 VREFH Reference Voltage High AVSS + 1.7 — AVDD V AD06 VREFL Reference Voltage Low AVSS — AVDD – 1.7 V AD07 VREF Absolute Reference Voltage AVSS – 0.3 — AVDD + 0.3 V AD08 IVREF Reference Voltage Input Current — — 1.25 mA (Note 3) AD09 ZVREF Reference Input Impedance — 10K — (Note 4) (Note 2) Analog Input AD10 VINH-VINL Full-Scale Input Span VREFL — VREFH V AD11 VIN Absolute Input Voltage AVSS – 0.3 — AVDD + 0.3 V AD12 VINL Absolute VINL Input Voltage AVSS – 0.3 — AVDD/2 V Leakage Current — ±0.001 ±0.610 A VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3V, Source Impedance = 2.5 k Recommended Impedance of Analog Voltage Source — — 2.5K 10-bit AD13 — AD17 RIN ADC Accuracy AD20b NR Resolution — 10 — bits AD21b INL Integral Nonlinearity — ±1 <±2 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3V AD22b DNL Differential Nonlinearity — ±0.5 <±1.25 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3V AD23b GERR Gain Error — ±1 ±3 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3V AD24b EOFF Offset Error — ±1 ±2 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3V AD25b Monotonicity(1) — — — — Note 1: 2: 3: 4: — Guaranteed The ADC conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing codes. Measurements taken with external VREF+ and VREF- are used as the ADC voltage reference. External reference voltage is applied to the VREF+/- pins. IVREF is current during conversion at 3.3V, 25°C. Parameter is for design guidance only and is not tested. Impedance during sampling at 3.3V, 25°C. Parameter is for design guidance only and is not tested. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 281 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY TABLE 28-23: ADC CONVERSION TIMING REQUIREMENTS(1) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C -40°C TA +125°C for Extended AC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ Max. Units Conditions TCY = 75 ns, AD1CON3 in default state Clock Parameters AD50 TAD ADC Clock Period 75 — — ns AD51 tRC ADC Internal RC Oscillator Period — 250 — ns Conversion Rate AD55 tCONV Conversion Time — 12 — TAD AD56 FCNV Throughput Rate — — 500 ksps AD57 tSAMP Sample Time — 1 — TAD — 3 TAD AVDD > 2.7V Clock Parameters AD61 Note 1: tPSS Sample Start Delay from setting Sample bit (SAMP) 2 Because the sample capacitors will eventually lose charge, clock rates below 10 kHz can affect linearity performance, especially at elevated temperatures. DS39951C-page 282 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 29.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION 29.1 Package Marking Information Example 28-Lead QFN 24FJ32GA 102/ML e3 1010017 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX YYWWNNN Example 28-Lead SOIC (.300”) XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN Example 28-Lead SPDIP XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 28-Lead SSOP PIC24FJ32GA102 -I/SP e3 1010017 Example XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN Legend: XX...X Y YY WW NNN * Note: PIC24FJ32GA102/SO e3 1010017 PIC24FJ32GA 102-I/SS e3 1010017 Customer-specific information Year code (last digit of calendar year) Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year) Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’) Alphanumeric traceability code Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn) This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( e3 ) can be found on the outer packaging for this package. In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available characters for customer-specific information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 283 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 44-Lead QFN XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 44-Lead TQFP XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN DS39951C-page 284 Example 24FJ32GA 104-I/ML e3 1010017 Example 24FJ32GA 104-I/PT e3 1010017 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 29.2 Package Details The following sections give the technical details of the packages. !" #$%&''())$ * 2%& %!% *") ' % * $%%"% %% 133)))& &3 * D D2 EXPOSED PAD e E b E2 2 2 1 1 N K N NOTE 1 L BOTTOM VIEW TOP VIEW A A3 A1 4% & 5&% 6!&($ 55,, 6 6 67 8 9 % 7;% 9 %"$$ . 0%%* + 7<"% , ,# ""<"% , 75% ,# ""5% :./0 ,2 :/0 +:. + :/0 +:. + 0%%<"% ( + + +. 0%%5% 5 . .. 0%%%,# "" = > * !"#$%!&'(!%&! %(%")%%%" * ) !%" + & "% ,-. /01 / & %#%! ))%!%% ,21 $& '! !)%!%%'$$&% ! > ) 0./ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 285 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY !" #$%&''())$ * 2%& %!% *") ' % * $%%"% %% 133)))& &3 * DS39951C-page 286 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY +,)+,-.&'% !+,/(" * 2%& %!% *") ' % * $%%"% %% 133)))& &3 * D N E E1 NOTE 1 1 2 3 e b h α A2 A h c φ L A1 4% & 5&% 6!&($ β L1 55,, 6 6 67 8 9 % 7;% > /0 > ""** . > > %"$$? > + 7<"% , ""*<"% , ./0 75% /0 :. +/0 0&$@ %A . > . 2%5% 5 > 2% % 5 ,2 2% I B > 9B 5"* 9 > ++ 5"<"% ( + > . "$% D .B > .B "$%/%%& E .B > .B * !"#$%!&'(!%&! %(%")%%%" ?$%0% % + & ","%!"&"$ %! "$ %! %#".&& " & "% ,-. /01 / & %#%! ))%!%% ,21 $& '! !)%!%%'$$&% ! ) 0./ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 287 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DS39951C-page 288 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY +)) 0/))+ 1%% !+ 0/ " * 2%& %!% *") ' % * $%%"% %% 133)))& &3 * N NOTE 1 E1 1 2 3 D E A2 A L c b1 A1 b e eB 4% & 5&% 6!&($ 60;, 6 6 67 8 9 % %% > > ""** +. . / %% . > > !"%!"<"% , + ++. ""*<"% , 9. . 75% +. +:. %% 5 + . 5"* 9 . ( . ( 9 / > > 4 5"<"% 5)5"<"% 7) ? /0 + * !"#$%!&'(!%&! %(%")%%%" ?$%0% % + & ","%!"&"$ %! "$ %! %#"C " & "% ,-. /01 / & %#%! ))%!%% ) 0/ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 289 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 22 !" * 2%& %!% *") ' % * $%%"% %% 133)))& &3 * D D2 EXPOSED PAD e E E2 b 2 2 1 N 1 N NOTE 1 TOP VIEW K L BOTTOM VIEW A A3 A1 4% & 5&% 6!&($ 55,, 6 6 67 8 % 7;% 9 %"$$ . 0%%* + 7<"% , ,# ""<"% , 75% ,# ""5% :./0 ,2 9/0 :+ :. :9 9/0 :+ :. 0%%<"% ( . + +9 0%%5% 5 + . 0%%%,# "" = > * !"#$%!&'(!%&! %(%")%%%" * ) !%" + & "% ,-. /01 / & %#%! ))%!%% ,21 $& '! !)%!%%'$$&% ! :9 > ) 0+/ DS39951C-page 290 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 22 !" * 2%& %!% *") ' % * $%%"% %% 133)))& &3 * 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 291 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 22 3$)4 35%5%5 &%%!3 " * 2%& %!% *") ' % * $%%"% %% 133)))& &3 * D D1 E e E1 N b NOTE 1 1 2 3 NOTE 2 α A φ c β A2 A1 L L1 4% & 5&% 6!&($5" 55,, 6 6 67 8 5"% 7;% > 9/0 > ""** . . %"$$ . > . 2%5% 5 . : . 2% % 5 ,2 2% I 7<"% , B /0 +.B 75% /0 ""*<"% , /0 ""*5% /0 B 5"* > 5"<"% ( + + . "$% D B B +B "$%/%%& E B B +B * !"#$%!&'(!%&! %(%")%%%" 0&$ % %D E& + & ","%!"&"$ %! "$ %! %#".&& " & "% ,-. /01 / & %#%! ))%!%% ,21 $& '! !)%!%%'$$&% ! ) 0:/ DS39951C-page 292 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY 22 3$)4 35%5%5 &%%!3 " * 2%& %!% *") ' % * $%%"% %% 133)))& &3 * 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 293 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY +$6)+,)++'&1% !++, " * 2%& %!% *") ' % * $%%"% %% 133)))& &3 * D N E E1 1 2 NOTE 1 b e c A2 A φ A1 L L1 4% & 5&% 55,, 6 67 6!&($ 6 9 % :./0 8 7;% > > ""** :. . 9. %"$$ . > > 7<"% , 9 9 ""*<"% , . .+ .: 75% . 2%5% 5 .. . . 2% % 5 .,2 5"* > 2% I B B . 9B 5"<"% ( > +9 * !"#$%!&'(!%&! %(%")%%%" & ","%!"&"$ %! "$ %! %#"&& " + & "% ,-. /01 / & %#%! ))%!%% ,21 $& '! !)%!%%'$$&% ! ) 0+/ DS39951C-page 294 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 295 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 296 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY APPENDIX A: REVISION HISTORY Revision A (August 2009) Original data sheet for the PIC24FJ64GA104 family of devices. Revision B (October 2009) Corrected Section 10.3 “Input Change Notification” regarding the number of ICN inputs and the availability of pull-downs. Updated Section 10.4.2 “Available Peripherals” by removing the Timer 1 clock input from Table 10-2. Updated Section 28.1 “DC Characteristics” as follows: • Added new specifications to Tables 29-4 and 29-5 for IDD and IIDLE at 0.5 MIPS operation. • Updated Table 29-4 with revised maximum IDD specifications for 1 MIP and 4 MIPS. • Renumbered the parameters for the delta IPD current (32 kHz, SOSCEL = 11) from DC62n to DC63n. Revision C (August 2010) This revision includes the following updates: Pin Diagrams • Updated Pin 7 and Pin 14 in 28-Pin SPDIP, SOIC. • Updated the device name, Pin13 and Pin 23, in 28-Pin QFN. Removed IEC5, IFS5 and IPC21 rows from Table 4-5. Updated CLKDIV bit details in Table 4-23. Removed JTAG from Flash programming list in Section 5.0 “Flash Program Memory”. Updated Section 10.4.5 “Considerations Peripheral Pin Selection” as follows: for • Replaced the code in Example 10-2. • Added the new code as Example 10-3. Updated shaded note in Section 20.0 “32-Bit Programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Generator” and Section 22.0 “Triple Comparator Module”. Updated Section 28.1 “DC Characteristics” as follows: • Updated the device name in Table 28-1. • Added the “125°C data” in Table 28-4,Table 28-5,Table 28-6 and Table 28-7. • Updated Min and Typ columns of DC16 in Table 28-3. • Added rows, AD08 and AD09, in Table 28-22. • Added Figure 28-2. Added the 28-pin SSOP package to Section 29.0 “Packaging Information”. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 297 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 298 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY INDEX A Partially Multiplexed Addressing Application Example ........................................................... 199 PIC24F CPU Core ...................................................... 26 PIC24FJ64GA104 Family (General)........................... 12 PMP Module Overview ............................................. 191 PSV Operation............................................................ 50 Reset System ............................................................. 59 RTCC........................................................................ 201 Shared I/O Port Structure ......................................... 121 SPI Master, Frame Master Connection .................... 173 SPI Master, Frame Slave Connection ...................... 173 SPI Master/Slave Connection (Enhanced Buffer Modes)................................. 172 SPI Master/Slave Connection (Standard Mode)....... 172 SPI Slave, Frame Master Connection ...................... 173 SPI Slave, Frame Slave Connection ........................ 173 SPIx Module (Enhanced Mode)................................ 167 SPIx Module (Standard Mode) ................................. 166 System Clock............................................................ 101 Triple Comparator Module........................................ 229 UART (Simplified)..................................................... 183 Watchdog Timer (WDT)............................................ 248 A/D Converter Analog Input Model ................................................... 227 Transfer Function...................................................... 228 AC Characteristics ADC Specifications ................................................... 281 Capacitive Loading Requirements on Output Pins ....................................................... 277 CLKO and I/O Timing................................................ 280 Conversion Requirements ........................................ 282 External Clock Requirements ................................... 278 Internal RC Oscillator Accuracy ................................ 279 Internal RC Oscillator Specifications......................... 279 Load Conditions and Requirements for Timing Specifications ....................................... 277 PLL Clock Timing Specifications............................... 279 Reset, Power-up Timer and Brown-out Reset Timing..................................................... 280 Temperature and Voltage Specifications .................. 277 Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) .............................. 65 Assembler MPASM Assembler................................................... 252 B Block Diagrams 10-Bit High-Speed A/D Converter............................. 220 16-Bit Asynchronous Timer3 and Timer5 ................. 147 16-Bit Synchronous Timer2 and Timer4 ................... 147 16-Bit Timer1 Module................................................ 143 32-Bit Timer2/3 and Timer4/5 ................................... 146 8-Bit Multiplexed Address and Data Application Example ......................................... 200 Accessing Program Memory Using Table Instructions .............................................. 49 Addressable PSP Example....................................... 198 Addressing for Table Registers................................... 51 CALL Stack Frame...................................................... 47 Comparator Voltage Reference ................................ 233 CPU Programmer’s Model .......................................... 27 CRC Module ............................................................. 213 CRC Shift Engine...................................................... 213 CTMU Connections and Internal Configuration for Capacitance Measurement.......................... 235 CTMU Typical Connections and Internal Configuration for Pulse Delay Generation ........ 236 CTMU Typical Connections and Internal Configuration for Time Measurement ............... 236 Data Access From Program Space Address Generation .......................................................... 48 I2C Module ................................................................ 176 Individual Comparator Configurations....................... 230 Input Capture ............................................................ 151 LCD Control Example, Byte Mode ............................ 200 Legacy PSP Example ............................................... 198 Master Mode, Demultiplexed Addressing ................. 198 Master Mode, Fully Multiplexed Addressing ............. 199 Master Mode, Partially Multiplexed Addressing ........ 199 Multiplexed Addressing Application Example ........... 199 On-Chip Regulator Connections ............................... 246 Output Compare (16-Bit Mode)................................. 156 Parallel EEPROM Example, 16-Bit Data .................. 200 Parallel EEPROM Example, 8-Bit Data .................... 200 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. C C Compilers MPLAB C18.............................................................. 252 Charge Time Measurement Unit. See CTMU. Code Examples Basic Sequence for Clock Switching ........................ 107 Configuring UART1 Input and Output Functions (PPS), ‘C’ ......................................... 128 Configuring UART1 Input and Output Functions (PPS), Assembly.............................. 128 Erasing a Program Memory Block, ‘C’........................ 55 Erasing a Program Memory Block, Assembly ............ 54 I/O Port Write/Read .................................................. 122 Initiating a Programming Sequence, ‘C’ ..................... 56 Initiating a Programming Sequence, Assembly.......... 56 Loading the Write Buffers, ‘C’..................................... 56 Loading the Write Buffers, Assembly ......................... 55 PWRSAV Instruction Syntax .................................... 111 Setting the RTCWREN Bit ........................................ 202 Single-Word Flash Programming, ‘C’ ......................... 57 Single-Word Flash Programming, Assembly.............. 57 Code Protection ................................................................ 248 Code Segment.......................................................... 249 Code Segment Protection Configuration Options....................................... 249 Configuration Register.............................................. 249 General Segment ..................................................... 248 Comparator Voltage Reference ........................................ 233 Configuring ............................................................... 233 Configuration Bits ............................................................. 239 Core Features....................................................................... 9 CPU Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU) ........................................ 29 Control Registers........................................................ 28 Core Registers............................................................ 27 Programmer’s Model .................................................. 25 DS39951C-page 299 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY CRC Registers ................................................................... 215 Typical Operation ...................................................... 215 User Interface ........................................................... 214 Data .................................................................. 214 Polynomial ........................................................ 214 CTMU Measuring Capacitance ............................................ 235 Measuring Time ........................................................ 236 Pulse Generation and Delay ..................................... 236 Customer Change Notification Service ............................. 303 Customer Notification Service........................................... 303 Customer Support ............................................................. 303 D Data Memory Address Space............................................................ 33 Memory Map ............................................................... 33 Near Data Space ........................................................ 34 SFR Space.................................................................. 34 Software Stack ............................................................ 47 Space Organization and Alignment ............................ 34 DC Characteristics Comparator Specifications ........................................ 276 Comparator Voltage Reference Specifications ......... 276 I/O Pin Input Specifications ....................................... 274 I/O Pin Output Specifications .................................... 275 Idle Current ............................................................... 269 Internal Voltage Regulator Specifications ................. 276 Operating Current ..................................................... 267 Power-Down Base Current ....................................... 271 Power-Down Peripheral Module Current (IPD) .......... 272 Program Memory ...................................................... 275 Temperature and Voltage Specifications .................. 266 Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer (DSWDT) ........................... 248 Development Support ....................................................... 251 DISVREG Pin.................................................................... 246 E Electrical Characteristics Absolute Maximum Ratings ...................................... 263 Thermal Operating Conditions .................................. 265 Thermal Packaging ................................................... 265 V/F Graph (Extended Temperature) ......................... 264 V/F Graph (Industrial) ............................................... 264 Equations A/D Conversion Clock Period ................................... 227 Baud Rate Reload Calculation .................................. 177 Calculating the PWM Period ..................................... 159 Calculation for Maximum PWM Resolution............... 159 Relationship Between Device and SPI Clock Speed...................................................... 174 UART Baud Rate with BRGH = 0 ............................. 184 UART Baud Rate with BRGH = 1 ............................. 184 Errata .................................................................................... 8 Examples Baud Rate Error Calculation (BRGH = 0) ................. 184 DS39951C-page 300 F Flash Configuration Words ................................. 32, 239–244 Flash Program Memory ...................................................... 51 and Table Instructions ................................................ 51 Enhanced ICSP Operation ......................................... 52 JTAG Operation.......................................................... 52 Programming Algorithm .............................................. 54 RTSP Operation ......................................................... 52 Single-Word Programming ......................................... 57 I I/O Ports Analog Input Voltage Considerations ....................... 122 Analog Port Pins Configuration................................. 122 Input Change Notification ......................................... 123 Open-Drain Configuration......................................... 122 Parallel (PIO) ............................................................ 121 Peripheral Pin Select ................................................ 123 Pull-ups and Pull-Downs........................................... 123 I2C Clock Rates .............................................................. 177 Communicating as Master in a Single Master Environment ......................................... 175 Reserved Addresses ................................................ 177 Setting Baud Rate When Operating as Bus Master ....................................................... 177 Slave Address Masking ............................................ 177 Input Capture 32-Bit Mode .............................................................. 152 Operations ................................................................ 152 Synchronous and Trigger Modes.............................. 151 Input Capture with Dedicated Timers ............................... 151 Instruction Based Power-Saving Modes........................... 111 Deep Sleep ....................................................... 112, 119 Idle ............................................................................ 112 Sleep ........................................................................ 111 Instruction Set Overview................................................................... 257 Summary .................................................................. 255 Symbols Used in Opcode Descriptions .................... 256 Inter-Integrated Circuit. See I2C. ...................................... 175 Internet Address ............................................................... 303 Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) ................................................ 65 Interrupts Control and Status Registers...................................... 68 Implemented Vectors.................................................. 67 Reset Sequence ......................................................... 65 Setup and Service Procedures ................................... 99 Trap Vectors ............................................................... 66 Vector Table ............................................................... 66 J JTAG Interface.................................................................. 250 M Microchip Internet Web Site.............................................. 303 MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian ................... 252 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software .............................................. 251 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer .................................... 254 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System ................ 253 MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian ................ 252 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY N Near Data Space ................................................................ 34 O Oscillator Configuration Bit Values for Clock Selection................................... 102 Clock Switching......................................................... 106 Sequence.......................................................... 107 Control Registers ...................................................... 103 CPU Clocking Scheme ............................................. 102 Initial Configuration on POR ..................................... 102 Reference Clock Output............................................ 108 Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) ................................... 108 Output Compare 32-Bit Mode............................................................... 155 Operations ................................................................ 157 Subcycle Resolution ................................................. 160 Synchronous and Trigger Modes.............................. 155 Output Compare with Dedicated Timers ........................... 155 P Packaging ......................................................................... 283 Details ....................................................................... 285 Marking ..................................................................... 283 Parallel Master Port. See PMP. ........................................ 191 Peripheral Module Disable Bits ......................................... 119 Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) .............................................. 123 Available Peripherals and Pins ................................. 123 Configuration Control Changes................................. 126 Considerations for Use ............................................. 127 Function Priority ........................................................ 123 Input Mapping ........................................................... 124 Output Mapping ........................................................ 125 Pinout Descriptions ............................................................. 13 Power-Saving Features .................................................... 111 Clock Frequency and Clock Switching...................... 111 Product Identification System ........................................... 305 Program Memory Access Using Table Instructions................................. 49 Address Space............................................................ 31 Addressing Space....................................................... 47 Flash Configuration Words ......................................... 32 Memory Maps ............................................................. 31 Organization................................................................ 32 Program Space Visibility ............................................. 50 Program Space Visibility (PSV) .......................................... 50 Program Verification ......................................................... 248 Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) Mode .............................. 158 Pulse-Width Modulation. See PWM. PWM Duty Cycle and Period .............................................. 159 R Reader Response ............................................................. 304 Register Maps A/D Converter ............................................................. 43 Comparators ............................................................... 45 CPU Core.................................................................... 35 CRC ............................................................................ 44 CTMU.......................................................................... 43 Deep Sleep ................................................................. 46 I2C............................................................................... 41 ICN.............................................................................. 36 Input Capture .............................................................. 39 Interrupt Controller ...................................................... 37 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. NVM............................................................................ 46 Output Compare ......................................................... 40 Pad Configuration....................................................... 43 Parallel Master/Slave Port .......................................... 44 Peripheral Pin Select .................................................. 45 PMD............................................................................ 46 PORTA ....................................................................... 42 PORTB ....................................................................... 42 PORTC ....................................................................... 42 RTCC.......................................................................... 44 SPI.............................................................................. 42 System........................................................................ 46 Timers......................................................................... 38 UART.......................................................................... 41 Registers AD1CHS (A/D Input Select)...................................... 224 AD1CON1 (A/D Control 1)........................................ 221 AD1CON2 (A/D Control 2)........................................ 222 AD1CON3 (A/D Control 3)........................................ 223 AD1CSSL (A/D Input Scan Select)........................... 226 AD1PCFG (A/D Port Configuration) ......................... 225 ALCFGRPT (Alarm Configuration) ........................... 205 ALMINSEC (Alarm Minutes and Seconds Value) ................................................ 209 ALMTHDY (Alarm Month and Day Value) ................ 208 ALWDHR (Alarm Weekday and Hours Value) ......... 208 CLKDIV (Clock Divider) ............................................ 105 CMSTAT (Comparator Module Status) .................... 232 CMxCON (Comparator x Control) ............................ 231 CORCON (CPU Control) ............................................ 29 CORCON (CPU Core Control) ................................... 69 CRCCON1 (CRC Control 1) ..................................... 216 CRCCON2 (CRC Control 2) ..................................... 217 CRCXORH (CRC XOR Polynomial, High Byte) ....... 218 CRCXORL (CRC XOR Polynomial, Low Byte)......... 217 CTMUCON (CTMU Control)..................................... 237 CTMUICON (CTMU Current Control) ....................... 238 CVRCON (Comparator Voltage Reference Control) ........................................... 234 CW1 (Flash Configuration Word 1) .......................... 240 CW2 (Flash Configuration Word 2) .......................... 242 CW3 (Flash Configuration Word 3) .......................... 243 DEVID (Device ID).................................................... 245 DEVREV (Device Revision)...................................... 245 DSCON (Deep Sleep Control).................................. 117 DSWAKE (Deep Sleep Wake-up Source) ................ 118 I2CxCON (I2Cx Control)........................................... 178 I2CxMSK (I2Cx Slave Mode Address Mask)............ 182 I2CxSTAT (I2Cx Status) ........................................... 180 ICxCON1 (Input Capture x Control 1)....................... 153 ICxCON2 (Input Capture x Control 2)....................... 154 IEC0 (Interrupt Enable Control 0) ............................... 77 IEC1 (Interrupt Enable Control 1) ............................... 78 IEC2 (Interrupt Enable Control 2) ............................... 79 IEC3 (Interrupt Enable Control 3) ............................... 80 IEC4 (Interrupt Enable Control 4) ............................... 81 IFS0 (Interrupt Flag Status 0) ..................................... 72 IFS1 (Interrupt Flag Status 1) ..................................... 73 IFS2 (Interrupt Flag Status 2) ..................................... 74 IFS3 (Interrupt Flag Status 3) ..................................... 75 IFS4 (Interrupt Flag Status 4) ..................................... 76 INTCON1 (Interrupt Control 1) ................................... 70 INTCON2 (Interrupt Control 2) ................................... 71 INTTREG (Interrupt Control and Status) .................... 98 IPC0 (Interrupt Priority Control 0) ............................... 82 DS39951C-page 301 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY IPC1 (Interrupt Priority Control 1) ............................... 83 IPC10 (Interrupt Priority Control 10) ........................... 92 IPC11 (Interrupt Priority Control 11) ........................... 93 IPC12 (Interrupt Priority Control 12) ........................... 94 IPC15 (Interrupt Priority Control 15) ........................... 95 IPC16 (Interrupt Priority Control 16) ........................... 96 IPC18 (Interrupt Priority Control 18) ........................... 97 IPC19 (Interrupt Priority Control 19) ........................... 97 IPC2 (Interrupt Priority Control 2) ............................... 84 IPC3 (Interrupt Priority Control 3) ............................... 85 IPC4 (Interrupt Priority Control 4) ............................... 86 IPC5 (Interrupt Priority Control 5) ............................... 87 IPC6 (Interrupt Priority Control 6) ............................... 88 IPC7 (Interrupt Priority Control 7) ............................... 89 IPC8 (Interrupt Priority Control 8) ............................... 90 IPC9 (Interrupt Priority Control 9) ............................... 91 MINSEC (RTCC Minutes and Seconds Value) ......... 207 MTHDY (RTCC Month and Day Value) .................... 206 NVMCON (Flash Memory Control) ............................. 53 OCxCON1 (Output Compare x Control 1) ................ 161 OCxCON2 (Output Compare x Control 2) ................ 163 OSCCON (Oscillator Control) ................................... 103 OSCTUN (FRC Oscillator Tune) ............................... 106 PADCFG1 (Pad Configuration Control) ............ 197, 204 PMADDR (Parallel Port Address) ............................. 195 PMAEN (Parallel Port Enable) .................................. 195 PMCON (Parallel Port Control) ................................. 192 PMMODE (Parallel Port Mode) ................................. 194 PMSTAT (Parallel Port Status) ................................. 196 RCFGCAL (RTCC Calibration and Configuration) ................................................... 203 RCON (Reset Control) ................................................ 60 REFOCON (Reference Oscillator Control)................ 109 RPINR0 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 0) .................... 129 RPINR1 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 1) .................... 129 RPINR11 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 11) ................ 132 RPINR18 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 18) ................ 133 RPINR19 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 19) ................ 133 RPINR20 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 20) ................ 134 RPINR21 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 21) ................ 134 RPINR22 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 22) ................ 135 RPINR23 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 23) ................ 135 RPINR3 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 3) .................... 130 RPINR4 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 4) .................... 130 RPINR7 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 7) .................... 131 RPINR8 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 8) .................... 131 RPINR9 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 9) .................... 132 RPOR0 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 0) .................. 136 RPOR1 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 1) .................. 136 RPOR10 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 10) .............. 141 RPOR11 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 11) .............. 141 RPOR12 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 12) .............. 142 RPOR2 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 2) .................. 137 RPOR3 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 3) .................. 137 RPOR4 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 4) .................. 138 RPOR5 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 5) .................. 138 RPOR6 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 6) .................. 139 RPOR7 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 7) .................. 139 RPOR8 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 8) .................. 140 RPOR9 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 9) .................. 140 SPIxCON1 (SPIx Control 1) ...................................... 170 SPIxCON2 (SPIx Control 2) ...................................... 171 SPIxSTAT (SPIx Status and Control) ....................... 168 SR (ALU STATUS) ............................................... 28, 69 T1CON (Timer1 Control)........................................... 144 DS39951C-page 302 TxCON (Timer2 and Timer4 Control) ....................... 148 TyCON (Timer3 and Timer5 Control) ....................... 149 UxMODE (UARTx Mode).......................................... 186 UxSTA (UARTx Status and Control)......................... 188 WKDYHR (RTCC Weekday and Hours Value)......... 207 YEAR (RTCC Year Value)........................................ 206 Resets BOR (Brown-out Reset).............................................. 59 Clock Source Selection............................................... 61 CM (Configuration Mismatch Reset)........................... 59 Deep Sleep BOR (DSBOR) ........................................ 63 Delay Times................................................................ 62 Device Times .............................................................. 61 IOPUWR (Illegal Opcode Reset) ................................ 59 MCLR (Pin Reset)....................................................... 59 POR (Power-on Reset)............................................... 59 RCON Flags Operation............................................... 61 SFR States ................................................................. 63 SWR (RESET Instruction) .......................................... 59 TRAPR (Trap Conflict Reset) ..................................... 59 UWR (Uninitialized W Register Reset) ....................... 59 WDT (Watchdog Timer Reset) ................................... 59 Revision History................................................................ 297 RTCC Alarm Configuration .................................................. 210 Alarm Mask Settings (figure) .................................... 211 Calibration ................................................................ 210 Clock Source Selection............................................. 202 Register Mapping...................................................... 202 Source Clock ............................................................ 201 Write Lock................................................................. 202 S Selective Peripheral Control ............................................. 119 Serial Peripheral Interface. See SPI. SFR Space ......................................................................... 34 Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM) .................................... 253 Software Stack.................................................................... 47 Special Features................................................................. 10 SPI T Timer1............................................................................... 143 Timer2/3 and Timer4/5 ..................................................... 145 Timing Diagrams CLKO and I/O Characteristics .................................. 280 External Clock........................................................... 278 Triple Comparator............................................................. 229 U UART ................................................................................ 183 Baud Rate Generator (BRG) .................................... 184 IrDA Support ............................................................. 185 Operation of UxCTS and UxRTS Pins...................... 185 Receiving 8-Bit or 9-Bit Data Mode ................................... 185 Transmitting 8-Bit Data Mode................................................ 185 9-Bit Data Mode................................................ 185 Break and Sync Sequence ............................... 185 Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter. See UART. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY V W VDDCORE/VCAP Pin............................................................ 246 Voltage Regulator (On-Chip) ............................................ 246 and BOR ................................................................... 247 and POR ................................................................... 246 Power-up Requirements ........................................... 247 Standby Mode........................................................... 247 Tracking Mode .......................................................... 246 Watchdog Timer (WDT).................................................... 247 Control Register........................................................ 248 Windowed Operation ................................................ 248 WWW Address ................................................................. 303 WWW, On-Line Support ....................................................... 8 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 303 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY NOTES: DS39951C-page 304 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE CUSTOMER SUPPORT Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means to make files and information easily available to customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet browser, the web site contains the following information: Users of Microchip products can receive assistance through several channels: • Product Support – Data sheets and errata, application notes and sample programs, design resources, user’s guides and hardware support documents, latest software releases and archived software • General Technical Support – Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), technical support requests, online discussion groups, Microchip consultant program member listing • Business of Microchip – Product selector and ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases, listing of seminars and events, listings of Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory representatives • • • • • Distributor or Representative Local Sales Office Field Application Engineer (FAE) Technical Support Development Systems Information Line Customers should contact their distributor, representative or field application engineer (FAE) for support. Local sales offices are also available to help customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is included in the back of this document. Technical support is available through the web site at: http://support.microchip.com CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION SERVICE Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers will receive e-mail notification whenever there are changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a specified product family or development tool of interest. To register, access the Microchip web site at www.microchip.com, click on Customer Change Notification and follow the registration instructions. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 305 PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY READER RESPONSE It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150. Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document. To: Technical Publications Manager RE: Reader Response Total Pages Sent ________ From: Name Company Address City / State / ZIP / Country Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ FAX: (______) _________ - _________ Application (optional): Would you like a reply? Y Device: PIC24FJ64GA104 Family N Literature Number: DS39951C Questions: 1. What are the best features of this document? 2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs? 3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why? 4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject? 5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness? 6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)? 7. How would you improve this document? DS39951C-page 306 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ64GA104 FAMILY PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office. PIC 24 FJ 64 GA1 04 T - I / PT - XXX Examples: a) Microchip Trademark Architecture Flash Memory Family b) Program Memory Size (KB) PIC24FJ64GA104-I/PT: PIC24F device with, 64-Kbyte program memory, 44-pin, Industrial temp., TQFP package. PIC24FJ32GA102-I/ML: PIC24F device with32-Kbyte program memory, 28-pin, Industrial temp.,QFN package. Product Group Pin Count Tape and Reel Flag (if applicable) Temperature Range Package Pattern Architecture 24 = 16-bit modified Harvard without DSP Flash Memory Family FJ = Flash program memory Product Group GA1 = General purpose microcontrollers Pin Count 02 04 = 28-pin = 44-pin Temperature Range I E = -40C to +85C (Industrial) = -40C to +125C (Extended) Package ML = 28-lead (6x6 mm) or 44-lead (8x8 mm) QFN (Quad Flat) PT = 44-lead (10x10x1 mm) TQFP (Thin Quad Flatpack) SO = 28-lead (7.50 mm wide) SOIC (Small Outline) SP = 28-lead (300 mil) SPDIP (Skinny Plastic Dual In-Line) SS = 28-lead (530 mm) SSOP (Plastic Shrink Small) Pattern Three-digit QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements (blank otherwise) ES = Engineering Sample 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39951C-page 307 WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE AMERICAS ASIA/PACIFIC ASIA/PACIFIC EUROPE Corporate Office 2355 West Chandler Blvd. Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tel: 480-792-7200 Fax: 480-792-7277 Technical Support: http://support.microchip.com Web Address: www.microchip.com Asia Pacific Office Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor Tower 6, The Gateway Harbour City, Kowloon Hong Kong Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 852-2401-3431 India - Bangalore Tel: 91-80-3090-4444 Fax: 91-80-3090-4123 India - New Delhi Tel: 91-11-4160-8631 Fax: 91-11-4160-8632 Austria - Wels Tel: 43-7242-2244-39 Fax: 43-7242-2244-393 Denmark - Copenhagen Tel: 45-4450-2828 Fax: 45-4485-2829 India - Pune Tel: 91-20-2566-1512 Fax: 91-20-2566-1513 France - Paris Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79 Japan - Yokohama Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122 Germany - Munich Tel: 49-89-627-144-0 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44 Atlanta Duluth, GA Tel: 678-957-9614 Fax: 678-957-1455 Boston Westborough, MA Tel: 774-760-0087 Fax: 774-760-0088 Chicago Itasca, IL Tel: 630-285-0071 Fax: 630-285-0075 Cleveland Independence, OH Tel: 216-447-0464 Fax: 216-447-0643 Dallas Addison, TX Tel: 972-818-7423 Fax: 972-818-2924 Detroit Farmington Hills, MI Tel: 248-538-2250 Fax: 248-538-2260 Kokomo Kokomo, IN Tel: 765-864-8360 Fax: 765-864-8387 Los Angeles Mission Viejo, CA Tel: 949-462-9523 Fax: 949-462-9608 Santa Clara Santa Clara, CA Tel: 408-961-6444 Fax: 408-961-6445 Toronto Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Tel: 905-673-0699 Fax: 905-673-6509 Australia - Sydney Tel: 61-2-9868-6733 Fax: 61-2-9868-6755 China - Beijing Tel: 86-10-8528-2100 Fax: 86-10-8528-2104 China - Chengdu Tel: 86-28-8665-5511 Fax: 86-28-8665-7889 Korea - Daegu Tel: 82-53-744-4301 Fax: 82-53-744-4302 China - Chongqing Tel: 86-23-8980-9588 Fax: 86-23-8980-9500 Korea - Seoul Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or 82-2-558-5934 China - Hong Kong SAR Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 852-2401-3431 Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur Tel: 60-3-6201-9857 Fax: 60-3-6201-9859 China - Nanjing Tel: 86-25-8473-2460 Fax: 86-25-8473-2470 Malaysia - Penang Tel: 60-4-227-8870 Fax: 60-4-227-4068 China - Qingdao Tel: 86-532-8502-7355 Fax: 86-532-8502-7205 Philippines - Manila Tel: 63-2-634-9065 Fax: 63-2-634-9069 China - Shanghai Tel: 86-21-5407-5533 Fax: 86-21-5407-5066 Singapore Tel: 65-6334-8870 Fax: 65-6334-8850 China - Shenyang Tel: 86-24-2334-2829 Fax: 86-24-2334-2393 Taiwan - Hsin Chu Tel: 886-3-6578-300 Fax: 886-3-6578-370 China - Shenzhen Tel: 86-755-8203-2660 Fax: 86-755-8203-1760 Taiwan - Kaohsiung Tel: 886-7-213-7830 Fax: 886-7-330-9305 China - Wuhan Tel: 86-27-5980-5300 Fax: 86-27-5980-5118 Taiwan - Taipei Tel: 886-2-2500-6610 Fax: 886-2-2508-0102 China - Xian Tel: 86-29-8833-7252 Fax: 86-29-8833-7256 Thailand - Bangkok Tel: 66-2-694-1351 Fax: 66-2-694-1350 Italy - Milan Tel: 39-0331-742611 Fax: 39-0331-466781 Netherlands - Drunen Tel: 31-416-690399 Fax: 31-416-690340 Spain - Madrid Tel: 34-91-708-08-90 Fax: 34-91-708-08-91 UK - Wokingham Tel: 44-118-921-5869 Fax: 44-118-921-5820 China - Xiamen Tel: 86-592-2388138 Fax: 86-592-2388130 China - Zhuhai Tel: 86-756-3210040 Fax: 86-756-3210049 07/15/10 DS39951C-page 308 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.